logo
  • Issue 34 – Spring 2017
  • Issue 33 – Winter 2017
  • Issue 32 – Fall 2016
  • Issue 31 – Summer 2016
  • Previous Issues
  • About Silver Pen
    • Silver Pen Bylaws
    • Writers Forum
    • Fabula Argentea
    • Liquid Imagination
    • Youth Imagination
    • Write Well Blog
  • Silver Blade Staff
  • Grand List of Cliches

  • Home
  • Stories

Published by Associate Editor on February 28, 2017. This item is listed in Issue 33, Issue 33 Stories, Novellas, Short Stories, Stories

The Bones of Olak-Koth

by Pierce Skinner

I

The current roared over the black clay of the plains of Shoorm, carrying with it the thick burnt scent of the volcanic wastes. Sunlight was scarce this close to the Verge, falling to the plain like a bloodfog.

Jaltha swam beside a litter of males, harnessed by barbed wuorn-tentacles hooked through their beaks’ dorsal ridges, their bellies scraping the plain. Ten had already died, since the caravan had set out from the kryndyr city of Chorgaan three days ago. It had happened yesterday when a strap on a handler’s yoke snapped, and the litter had been freed. The idiot creatures had immediately swum toward the sweet, seductive aroma of a grove of bloodsponges, the only things that survived the bleak lifelessness of Shoorm. The entire litter had been caught by the sanguivorous things, and only three had been able to be saved, though not unscarred.

Rilask, the caravan’s leader, had punished the clumsy handler, who was called Malune, by forcing her to take the place of the males in the litter that pulled the bladdercart loaded with heavy criggn shells.

It was Malune that had first noticed the callused scars upon Jaltha’s belly.

“What happened to your Mooring?” Malune had asked, rather abruptly last night. Typically, the caravan’s hired guards formed their own sleep circle around the males and the shells, while the traders and male-herds kept to theirs. Malune, however, being shunned from the latter, had found her way to the former. It was death, after all, to sleep alone on the plains of Shoorm.

Jaltha had been unsure of how to respond, for she was always careful to keep the past concealed beneath the kelp-leather harness that held her sheath.

“My mother wore such scars,” Malune had said, meeting Jaltha’s scalding glare, “The scars of one who has drawn a warclub from the sheath a thousand times. The only ones with such calluses are those that have lived long enough to become Chieftains, or have suffered the scathing halls of the monasteries.”

Jaltha had bitten off another strip of uilka skin.

“It would be strange to be here,” Malune had continued, “hired by an aging, desperate trader like Rilask to protect a few pearls’ worth of males and criggn shells, if there still were a Mooring to protect.”

Anger had flashed through Jaltha, and she’d known that the lightning brightness that surged through her would be visible in the darkness. Over the years, she had ground many a young salathe’s beak into the sand for such impertinence. The young, it seemed to Jaltha, always had a laughing lilt that accompanied their words like a persistent gamra fish. And yet, her anger faded almost immediately. In its place, something else rose, like a domefish from beneath the sands. Somewhere within her, near the swell, a voice stirred.

Can it be? it asked. Jaltha, the wanderer—

Jaltha grunted, silencing the voice within her.

“I am no chieftain,” she’d answered Malune, “I have no Mooring.”

Malune’s beak had clicked in the darkness.

“Then you are a Shaman,” she’d deduced, “Serving your Penance by traversing Shoorm. What god do you serve?”

Jaltha’s body had gone rigid. She stared through the darkness, the lifeheat pulsing through Malune the only way she was still visible in the utter night of Shoorm.

“No god,” Jaltha had said.

Malune had chittered irreverently, perhaps taking some joy in the discomfort she was causing the way that males seemed to cherish the chaos they caused when freed from their bindings. It was the way of the enslaved and the punished to find joy in the misery of others. And, yet, Jaltha looked upon this creature, the exiled daughter of a deposed chieftain, lashed now as a common slave, who laughed from within the darkness. Jaltha felt something stir within her. For so long, she had thrown herself into her own past, seeking that fulcrum, desperately hoping to find a single moment where things could have gone one way, but instead went the other. Here, now, she looked upon Malune and realized that such a quest had been futile. Here, in the dark and lifeless night of Shoorm, where so few things were brave or desperate enough to venture, was precisely where she belonged. The tangled tentacles of the Fates had led her here, she knew, and finding a discernible pattern within them was impossible. The feeling that welled within Jaltha as she stared at Malune’s lifeheat was a confusing blend of terror and freedom. Here, Jaltha knew. This is where she would always have been. For here, too, was Malune.

The voice stirred within her, as it was prone to do whenever she found herself too deep in reverie.

What is it about the darkness that brings out such things in fleshcreatures?

She hissed at the voice.

“Very well,” Malune had laughed, backing away, believing the hiss to be directed at her. “I’ll ask no more tonight.” She had laughed again, and then slept. Jaltha had watched her lifeheat cool as her breaths slowed, and before long Jaltha, too, had settled herself on the plain, focusing on the breaths passing through her gills, perfectly still but unable to sleep.

The following night had been the same. Only this time, Jaltha had not been so terse. The two had shared an uilka skin and Jaltha had listened to Malune tell stories of her old Mooring, which she had fled after her mother, the chieftain, had gone mad and nearly killed her. Jaltha nearly spoke, but stopped herself several times. Malune’s life was too eerily similar to her own, with only barely enough variations in her history to prove she was, indeed, a separate individual and not Jaltha’s own reflection, or an illusion produced by the cursed plain. Yet somehow, instead of the wrathful beast Jaltha had felt herself becoming over the past several seasons since Fate had razed her life to the sands, Malune looked upon the detritus of her life and laughed, as though the world were not a wild, carnivorous thing, but a clumsy creature causing only accidental mayhem in its blundering. It was this, perhaps, more than anything else that drew Jaltha to her. She did not say so, unsure of how she would be interpreted if she did, but remained silent and contented herself to listen until Malune’s voice was replaced by the soft roar of the currents, and both fell asleep upon the plain.

Morning had come with the ferocious barking of Gaka, Rilask’s second in command. Malune had been taken and strapped into a yoke beside the males that pulled the bladdercart. Jaltha had taken her position with the other twelve guards. The journey resumed.

Jaltha looked up from the litter of males to the bladdercart, the criggn shells rattling against the cheruon bones, the whole thing rocking on the air bladders onto which it was lashed as the currents picked up, lifting a thin haze of silt from the black clay. Malune struggled, thrashing her tail wildly with the males, desperately trying not to lose the cart. If she did, Jaltha would not put it past Rilask to have her killed. She swam toward the cart, drawing the attention of two other guards who followed her, struggling to steady the cart by pushing against it while Jaltha took up a barbed cord from a fallen male and helped tug the cart beside Malune.

Malune, breathless, her beak grinding, her gills flared as wide as they could, her whole body thrashing, managed to nod thanks at Jaltha. One of the other guards shouted over the rushing current, pressed her flank against the cart, stabilizing it.

“Twice have I been to Olm-Daki by this very route,” the guard cried, “and never have I seen such a storm!”

The guard beside her shouted in reply, “Let the kryndyr have trade with Olm-Daki! Let the damned crustaceans brave the black plain! This is no place for a salathe!”

It was strange, and they had all thought it so, that the Mooring of Olm-Daki should be so secluded. None knew the history of the Mooring, only that it had always been within the caves at the base of a dormant volcano beyond the plains of Shoorm, just west of the volcanic wastes, and that it only survived because the currents that swelled out of the abyss beyond the Verge scattered the volcanoes’ poisonous clouds north. The journey to Olm-Daki was one of several days across bleak emptiness, the only life the immortal bloodsponges that anchored themselves upon the stones and the fossils of ancient monsters that rose from the plain like jagged black teeth. The journey was, however, a worthwhile one for those salathes like Rilask brave or desperate enough to take it. The Mooring of Olm-Daki was, after all, carved from pure volcanic stone. The obsidian’s weight in pearls could make a trader wealthy enough to retire or, at the very least, as in Rilask’s case, pay off dangerous debts.

Jaltha pulled at the cart, every muscle taught and burning. Malune struggled beside her, their long, sinuous bodies slamming against one another as they thrashed against the screaming current. Jaltha was aware of male-herds shouting through the building gray cloud kicked up by the storm, and of guards and traders panicking, thrashing against the current.

“The plain doesn’t seem to be all that fond of us,” Malune managed to laugh between pained gasps.

A tearing pain tore through Jaltha’s body and she howled, though she kept her claws wrapped firmly around the barbed cord. She looked down. There, across her tail, a gash as long as her forearm, leaking a cloud of blood that blended with the gray mist before being carried away by the current. Beside her, Malune screamed. Jaltha turned her head and saw a similar wound open across Malune’s back, just below her gillmound.

Then, all around them, screams of pain and clouds of blood. Jaltha saw the two guards beside the cart abandon their efforts, fleeing into the storm, vanishing in the haze, desperately trying to escape the sideways hail of wounds that the plain was throwing against them.

Malune screamed once more. Jaltha released the cart.

“No!” Malune bellowed as another wound widened across her bare shoulders, where the yoke was lashed to her. Jaltha unsheathed her warclub as the cart toppled in the gale, the leather lashings coming undone as the invisible daggers slashed them into tatters. The air bladders ruptured, great silver bubbles gushing out of them. The cart’s detritus tugged Malune back with it, the yoke strangling her. Jaltha brought her obsidian-spiked warclub down on the yoke, shattering it, freeing her friend. The males were gone, pulled backwards into the blinding haze of silt and blood. Jaltha pulled Malune down with her, pinning her to the plain by pressing her left arm across her gillmound. More pain came, more wounds opened across her back, and the silt clogged her gills. All around, the sounds of screams, thinned and muffled by the current. Jaltha threw her gaze in every direction, but could see nothing but gray…

Then, a flash of silver…and another…like brief daggers of moonlight slashing through the world…

“Razorfish!” Jaltha screamed. A great swarm of them.

Pain lanced into Jaltha’s left arm, just below her elbow. She looked down and saw a razorfish, its small, dagger-shaped body lodged in her flesh, her blood clouding its black eyes…but then, no…its eyes were not black, for it had no eyes…nor scales, nor flesh…only bones…

She panicked and released her hold on Malune, flailing to be free of the thing. As she turned, her fins caught the current. Jaltha tumbled through the haze, screaming Malune’s name into the storm.

II

When Jaltha woke, she was alone. Her body had come to rest only a few tail-lengths away from the Verge itself, beyond which there was only eternal night. Only a few more moments, or a slight shift in the current, and she would have awoken to the crushing death and utter blackness of the abyss. She flexed her muscles, felt the wounds from the razorfish throb. Her bones and muscles ached, but none of the injuries seemed particularly life-threatening. Her left arm hurt the worst, and she suspected that the razorfish had struck bone before becoming dislodged. Her first full thought was that she was, indeed, alive.

Her second thought was Malune.

Rilask, Jaltha knew, had plotted their path a full thirty miles north of the volcanic wastes, slightly closer to the Verge than was typical for treks across Shoorm due to recent rumors of increased volcanic activity. Still, their caravan never skirted closer than ten miles from the Verge. Tales abounded of the ancient strangeness that lurked near the abyss. None in Rilask’s employ would have permitted her to push them any nearer to it.

And yet, here the storm had left Jaltha, at the very mouth of it, a day’s journey at the least from their course, where the storm had struck. She looked around, hoping to see a scrap of debris or, miraculously, another salathe from the caravan, even a voiceless male, anything that would mean she was not utterly alone, here.

She found it. A shard of cheruon bone, stark white upon the black plain. She swam to it, lifted it, sniffed it with her gills…traces of the nall-leaf oil used to strengthen it…the scent of the males lashed to it…the sharpness of salathe blood…

Jaltha dropped the bone, sensing something drawing near, from behind her. She spun, flaring the spines from her elbows and around her gillmound.

There, only three tail-lengths away, floating through the thinning gray haze leftover from the storm, was a creature Jaltha had never seen, though she knew it well from the sleep-circle tales of her fellow guards. A grogglin, it was called. Its body was as wide as Jaltha’s was long, a massive, quivering white sphere from the sides of which jutted long bones that stretched translucent, veined flesh into torn, tattered triangles. Its jawless mouth was a permanent circle lined with a thousand teeth, each as long as Jaltha’s arm from shoulder to wrist. The teeth were set into muscled organs that each flexed and relaxed on their own accord, so that its mouth was ever in motion, the teeth rippling within like the tentacles of an anemone. The eyes set into the sides of its loathsome girth were nearly as large and hideous as its mouth, the milky darkness behind them soulless and ever-hungry. The tales the guards told claimed that the grogglins lived in the abyss, and only ventured out of it when they were near death from starvation, driven mad by hunger.

She reached for her warclub only to find her sheath empty. The voice from the aether sang through her mind.

Now may be a fine time to bring me forth.

“No,” Jaltha hissed. The grogglin was still drifting lazily, as though it had not seen her. She knew better. If the stories of the guards were true, the monster was incredibly fast. When it decided to strike, Jaltha would be rent to pieces by the autonomous teeth before she’d be able to scream…

Call me! The voice insisted.

“Silence,” Jaltha murmured. She remained perfectly still, hanging in the water. The grogglin’s pulsing white mass drifted nearer, following the Verge, one of its fins hanging over the black sand, the other jutting out over the abyss. She watched its tail fin ripple gently, almost hypnotically…the muscle at its base throbbing softly beneath its pulpy flesh…

Damn you! If you die, do you know how long I’d have to wait for someone to—

Jaltha leapt sideways, toward the abyss, spitting forth a black cloud of fearspores. The venomous cloud trailed her, and it was through this that the ferocious maw of the grogglin darted, its speed incongruous with its bloated, ugly form. The monster brought itself to a halt, thrashing its ugly spheroid body, trying to expel the toxin from its gills. Jaltha took the opportunity. She fled, swimming straight out over the abyss, following the Verge, taking care not to look down at the infinite nothing below her and the horrors it held…

Something slammed into her left shoulder with the speed and force of a god’s fist. She screamed. Her body went rigid as her vision went white with fear and pain. She fell…

Her vision cleared and she saw above her the grogglin, descending toward her, the Great Wall of the verge rushing past her, retreating toward the light as the world was swallowed by darkness.

You’re going to godsdamn die, here, Jaltha.

Jaltha felt the pressure building as the light retreated, the grip of the angry, ancient dark tightening around her. The last of the light formed a ring around the grogglin, a macabre eclipse as the monster’s maw reached her, and she felt the heat from its flesh, felt its teeth dance across her skin, almost gently, like the touch of a lover…

“Malune,” she thought she said.

Pure blackness, then. No light.

III

Jaltha’s eyes opened as quickly as she could force them. Her vision was blurred. There was soreness in her wrists, in her tail and across her back. She looked down at her hands…

Below her webbed claws, two holes had been punched through her wrist, between her bones, leaking wisps of blood. Below the wounds were shackles attached to thick chains of kryndyr steel. Her tail was similarly bound. She followed the chains to hooks set into the the wall behind her. The wall was a strange, porous stone, and pure black. There was a wide, circular opening in the wall not far from her beyond which was thick darkness and the sound of groans. The sound of torture. The mouth of the cave was only two or three tail-lengths away. Beyond it, she could see the last remnants of day sift down through the world like offal.

Jaltha swam backwards, pressing her aching body against the wall. How she had come to be here, when her last memory was of the grogglin’s devouring maw, she had no idea…perhaps, she reasoned, this was the afterlife…

Don’t be foolish, the voice from the aether trilled, You are still very much alive.

She tried to speak, but pain and exhaustion had weakened her to the point of muteness. The aether knew her thoughts, however, and answered them accordingly.

The grogglin brought you here, it said. Some sort of cave network, set into the wall of the Verge. The aether paused. Jaltha could feel it withholding something. She closed her eyes and focused, directing her thoughts to the aether.

What? Speak, damned thing!

The voice seemed to sigh.

When we arrived, Rilask was already here.

Jaltha’s eyes opened.

It was Rilask that bound you, so. It was she that put you in chains.

Jaltha’s mind raced. What the voice claimed made little sense to her. Still, it meant that Rilask was alive, at least—

No, the voice said, She isn’t.

What? Jaltha asked. You said—

Jaltha, this is very, very bad, the voice interrupted. The grogglin venom in your blood has slowed you. I…I do not think you can summon me…your mind is too weak to call me forth…

Another voice cut through the aether. It spoke aloud, not in her mind.

“You have a touch of magic in you, Strange One,” it said.

Jaltha turned to see two figures swim through the wide circular opening to her left. Salathe females, both of them. In the darkness, she could barely see them but for their lifeheat. They swam over to her, their tails wafting lazily in perfect unison, until they came to a stop midway between Jaltha and the mouth of the cave.

There, by the soft almost-light beyond the mouth, she could see her captors. The one nearest to her was an Eldress. Her hide was thick with pus-colored calluses, her beak nearly white with age. She wore the kasp-leaf robe of a Shaman, but somehow Jaltha knew this was no mere God-Speaker. There was a sinisterness to her, an unmistakable aura the color and viscosity of venom. Beside her, there was Rilask.

“Rilask!” Jaltha coughed, snapping the chains taught as she strained against them, “Rilask! What is this? Release me, now!”

Rilask did not respond, did not move at all except to wave her tail to remain in place. Jaltha shook her head, unbelieving.

“Rilask!” Jaltha barked. Rilask did not move. Razorfish wounds, hundreds of them, crisscrossed the trader’s body from the top of her skull to the tip of her tail. One of her eyes had been ruptured, its milky remains drifting out of the socket like a wuorn-tentacle.

Rilask, Jaltha knew, was dead. The Old One clicked her beak and swam closer to Jaltha until her beak nearly touched Jaltha’s own. The clouded eyes bored into Jaltha, played across her.

“But it is not a magic I know,” the Old One whispered, “and I know many. Still, it has touched you. As such, I have decided to keep you near.”

Something stirred in the darkness behind the Old One, and Jaltha shook as she beheld it…the grogglin, swimming lazily past the mouth of the cave. For the first time, Jaltha noticed the enormous black gash in its side, behind its eye. A great chunk of flesh was missing from the animal, its translucent bones and milk-colored organs bloodless and decayed. The grogglin, she realized, was dead. It was dead, and yet it moved, serving the will of the Old One. Jaltha’s mind trudged through her memory until she found the razorfish buried in her elbow…its eyeless head, its near fleshless body…

“You…” Jaltha croaked, “you are a necromancer…”

The Old One chittered, flared the spines around her gillmound. “The dead are often more willing servants than the living,” she shrugged, and chittered again. “The living require either pain or reward. The dead ask only to live. Once that price is paid, they will do whatever is asked of them.”

Jaltha quivered, straining against the chains.. It was useless. The toxin reduced her body and mind to mere caricatures of themselves…crude illuminations…

“I am called Olak-Koth,” the necromancer declared. “And you are called Jaltha, once chieftain of the Olmregmai.”

Jaltha edged away, her back colliding with the wall. Olak-Koth continued.

“I have seen your mind, as I see all of my prey. It is rare, but it does sometimes happen that one of the living may be worth more to me alive than dead.” She extended a bony claw towards Jaltha. “I believe you to be one of those.”

Jaltha, I kept her from what I could, the voice said. It sounded frightened. Her magic is strong, though. She knows I’m here—

The necromancer’s eyes twitched, her beak jerked upward, her gillmound quivered. Her eyes rolled and the protective white membranes flicked over them sporadically.

“I…can feel it…your mind, reaching out and touching it…near…it is very near…” the necromancer lowered her head, composed herself, ground her mandibles together before continuing. “What magic is it, Strange One, that speaks to you? That guards your mind from probing claws? What darkness is it you carry within you? Answer, fool! For it is this, alone, that has saved you from the fate your friends now suffer!”

Jaltha heard the groans of pain once more, echoing out of the cavern behind her…

“Malune!” Jaltha cried.

She pulled hard at the chains, throwing her tired weight against them, felt them bite into her flesh, felt them draw blood, but the kryndyr smiths were stronger than she, and the grogglin venom made her dizzy and filled her vision with tiny blinding suns. After a moment, she became still once more, drifting limply to the cave floor.

Olak-Koth swam nearer to her, looked down upon Jaltha. “Once,” the necromancer croaked, “you had a Mooring. Power. This, I have seen, and I needn’t have looked within your mind to see it. You were feared. Adored. Some felt that hate which is reserved only for gods and chieftains. And now, behold! Ruled by a fear strong enough to force you into the service of a fool trader,” her claw jabbed backward toward Rilask, still hovering in the water, staring ahead, seeing nothing.

“Though, somewhere along your path, magic touched you. You know its name. It speaks to you, protects you. It is ancient. Strong…” The necromancer’s voice trailed off. Her eyes rolled over white. Jaltha felt something like a breath of cold, putrid current across her thoughts. Within her, the voice roared like a guardian beast. Olak-Koth’s eyes opened and she shook her head, flared her gillspines, clicked her beak. She grasped Jaltha’s beak in her claws and stared into her eyes.

“Do you not crave what you have lost? Do you not crave that power?”

Jaltha tried to open her beak, but Olak-Koth’s grip was too strong.

“I can give you that power, Strange One. I can give you a world that fears you.”

Jaltha! The voice screamed through her, making her body go rigid, Jaltha, I know! I have seen it, what she plans!

Jaltha shook her head free of the necromancer’s grasp.

“I have seen enough of magic and those enslaved to it,” she spat, clicking her beak in disgust. “Do what you will with me.”

Jaltha, what are you doing—

“Silence!” Jaltha screamed. The tiny suns burst, leaked blindness through the world. She shook her head, which only made things worse. She shut her eyes and breathed. Above her, she heard the necromancer’s voice.

“So be it, wretch,” said Olak-Koth. “What comes next will shake the very foundations of the world. If you will not surrender your magic to me, your blood will suffice.”

Jaltha… the voice strained to be heard, but was drowned out by the grogglin venom, the pain in her broken shoulder, the gashes in her flesh…

Jaltha…

The grogglin’s venom seized her, then, having had its time to settle within her. Her body spasmed once, and then was still, as if molten iron had been poured into her bones. She could not move, could scarcely breathe as she settled on the cave floor like a cheruon bone. The blindness faded, though her gaze was as fixed as her bones. All she could see was the mouth of the cave beyond the shadows of the necromancer and her revelation slave.

She heard Olak-Koth say to Rilask’s living corpse. “Take her to the others.”

IV

Rilask’s strength was otherworldly as she dragged Jaltha’s paralyzed body through the dark corridor toward the sounds of torment.

They entered an immense cylindrical chamber, lit by ancient bubbling kryndyr flames set into sconces in the walls. The walls were rounded, following the curve of lengths of strange stone, almost like the ribs of some giant beast. As Rilask swam through the chamber, Jaltha’s unmoving eyes beheld the horrors within.

There, upon the curved, rib-like stones, were the members of her caravan…Gaka, the second in command…Dejeme the male-herd…Kalmara the navigator…all writhing, screaming, their eyes wide portals that opened onto worlds of agony. Gouts of black fearspores erupted from the vents below their beaks, instinctual, animal reactions to fear and anguish.

They were all bound to bloodpsonges. The vampiric things lined the rib-like stones, clustered upon it, and the salathes hissed and died slowly, slowly, as their life was drained from them…

Malune!

Rilask shifted Jaltha in her claws just as they passed the bound, quivering form of Malune. Her arms were stretched out, her tail torn, broken. Malune’s life was reduced to a weak light behind her eyes that dimmed as it was pulled into the bloodsponge on which she was bound.

Rilask turned and swam toward the wall, toward an empty bloodsponge further up, directly above Malune. Rilask spoke, then, though not with her own voice, but with the rasping hiss of Olak-Koth. “I have seen your affection for this one,” the revenant chittered, “You may watch her die.”

Rilask turned Jaltha’s body so that she stared into her dead, eyeless skull. Though Jaltha knew what was happening, the truth of it was still a distant thing. Buried beneath confusion and pain and the harsh magic that held her limbs, there was the voice, crying out to her through the void.

Jaltha…Jaltha…

Pain like sunfire burned across her back, down her tail, from her wrists down her arms, through her veins and everywhere, everywhere at once. She gasped, flaring out her gills, and tried to move. She felt the mind-numbing toxins of the sponge’s million mouths as they hooked in and sucked at her flesh, draining her slowly…slowly…

She screamed. Olak-Koth laughed loudly through Rilask’s beak. A cacophony of screams, of terror and blinding, pulsing agony, the laughter of the necromancer…the scent of the blood-infused sponges…Malune just inches below her, helpless, all of them…all of them doomed…all of this blended, melded at once into something pure and solid and white, the way a pearl is made of a million broken stones…

Jaltha! The voice screamed. She could hear it, now. She could focus. Rilask’s corpse swam away, back toward the entrance to the chamber of horrors.

I cannot heal you if you cannot summon me, the voice said, The grogglin venom will soon be overtaken by the bloodsponge’s own toxin. It will numb your mind as well as your body.

The voice paused for a moment.

Jaltha, it said, I am afraid.

All around her, the screams fused together into a deafening silence, and then there were only the sounds of her own blood and the voices within it.

What…what is happening?

The voice answered, When she entered your mind, I was able to enter hers, but only briefly. I have seen what she is, what she plans.

Jaltha was able to move her eyes again. She strained against the bloodsponge’s suction, but the combined venom of the undead grogglin and the sponge itself took the strain and turned it into a tearing nausea that threw acidic vomit out of her beak and caused her bowels to rupture. She moaned low and was still, casting her eyes about the vast fire-lit chamber, the twisted bodies, the blood leaking from the gluttonous things upon which they were dying.

This is not a cave, the voice continued. It is a massive skeleton, the fossilized remains of a gargantuan beast from your world’s prehistory, a kind of predatory serpent. By my estimates, the skeleton is nearly three hundred tail-lengths long. It has been hidden here, beneath the sediment, set into the wall of the Verge for eons. Olak-Koth had found the monster years ago, and sought a way to bring it forth from death.

Jaltha’s eyes were torn reluctantly down, to Malune, whose eyes were closed behind white membranes. Jaltha closed her own.

She practiced her death-magic here, within the skeleton, until she found a way to bring life to the dead by use of bloodsponges, transferring life from a living thing to a corpse with the vampires as the medium. Here, she waited, capturing stray travelers across the plain until our caravan came, and she drove the storm of razorfish to scatter us toward her.

The voice threw visions of the past upon the surface of Jaltha’s mind…visions of the past…Olak-Koth, once a revered Shaman of Olm-Daki, draped in silken leaves and pearl and obsidian jewelry…a black dagger in her claws…imprisonment…banishment…years wandering the black plain…the yawning maw of the predatory beast, trapped within the stone, its ancient, empty eye socket like a cave within the Verge…

With these lives, the voice said, with this blood, the beast is soon to rise from its tomb. Guided by Olak-Koth’s terrific will, it will be a siege engine with which she will visit her vengeance upon Olm-Daki. At the end of it, she will have more slaves. More lives. Enough to fill the bloodsponges set within the ribs of a hundred more fossils…enough to raise an army of the prehistoric dead…

She saw it then, painted upon her mind, twisting and fading and reforming with the surges of bloodsponge venom…Olak-Koth’s vision for the future…all of the Moorings of the salathes and the cities of the crustacean kryndyr razed, all of Dheregu United beneath the skeletal claws of an undying Empress of Death and her army of blood-stained bones…

Why do you show me this? Jaltha thought. She could almost hear the screams again, could feel the burning, gnashing pain of the bloodsponge’s mouths start to numb into a soft, almost pleasant sensation. If I am doomed to die, what does it matter to me the fate of a world none can save?

The voice answered, We can stop this. We alone, perhaps, can end this before it begins.

Jaltha opened her eyes, looked down at her weakened corpse. The color was already almost gone from the flesh of her tail.

You said…I could not summon you…that my mind…was too weak…that it was impossible…

It is, the voice said, and Jaltha felt it tremble. But you must try.

Jaltha’s gaze drifted past her tail, past the monster upon which she was splayed…to Malune. The only creature toward which she’d felt drawn since her Mooring was slaughtered, since she had inherited Nakaroth from the mad fiend Kalzahj, since she had been broken and scattered to the wild currents of Dheregu. In Malune, she felt the pull, the almighty command she had once felt in the gods she had abandoned, and she knew not why, only that she must obey it. In this, for the first time in a hundred seasons, she felt the mighty cry of purpose.

Focus, Jaltha! You must try!

The walls shook, suddenly, and would not stop. The great ribs of the creature to which the hapless salathes were bound trembled, dislodging themselves from the stone in which they were entombed…

It is beginning…the voice said.

The screams were drowned out by the thunderous crack of stone, and a booming, echoing voice roared through it all, the voice of Olak-Koth, speaking empowered words no living tongue save hers could form as the mighty, long-dead beast shook itself free from the cliff-face, alive once more, fed by the blood of a hundred salathes and the will of the necromancer in its eye…

A stone struck Jaltha as it fell, and the last thing she saw was the darkness of the abyss opening below her, a mountain’s worth of stone pulled free from the Verge by the living bones of the great serpent, sent tumbling into the eternal night.

V

It was a noxious heat that shook Jaltha awake. For a long moment, her venom-slowed mind forgot where she was. She looked around in confusion and tried to move. Then, she remembered.

The sunlight fell down through the world in gray, muddied torrents of light. All around her, the bloodsponge-lined ribs of the great prehistoric monster rippled and swayed as the skeleton swam forth. The light was stronger, here, not far from the worldbreak. She looked down. Malune had stopped moving, stopped screaming, as had most of them. Her eyes were closed. It was likely, Jaltha knew, that she was dead. The thought couldn’t penetrate her slow, clogged thoughts deeply enough to elicit pain. For that, she felt a small amount of gratitude.

Below Malune, a league or more below them all, there lay the wide, burning landscape of the volcanic wastes. The heat of it, even at this distance, had been strong enough to tear Jaltha from the grip of the bloodsponge toxin.

She is taking the beast over the volcanoes, the voice said, She hopes to reach Olm-Daki by nightfall.

She hissed as she felt another wave of nausea roar through her.

You must focus, Jaltha.

She vomited again, though there was little left in her but bile. She surveyed her body. Almost a translucent white against the bloodsponge, she swore she could see her very soul as it left her, fled into the bones of the reborn titan.

Jaltha…

She closed her eyes. The venom swirled beneath her membranes, a visible thing, a swarm of gray tendrils. She forced herself beyond that, deeper into the darkness, toward the core of it, where the voice lived…

Nearly, Jaltha…nearly…

She heard the humming song, the high-pitched trill that rang outward from the aether…

Bring me forth!

…and she saw before her the visions of Olak-Koth, a world of a million corpses, though even this moved her only slightly. Pain was the wide world’s blind author, and it mattered little to Jaltha who it selected as its scribe, be it Olak-Koth or some other fiend. But, there, in that vision of a million bloodless corpses, she saw only one.

The rage built, and the high, humming song burst into the world around her, outside her mind, and she felt the burning in her arms and chest, the painful toll the summoning took from her now a small, insignificant thing.

Her mind bellowed, full and deep into the aether, I call thee forth, Nakaroth, Blade of the Void!

Her eyes shot open to see the air in front of her left hand shiver and fracture into alien geometries. In the midst of this, a widening point of darkness appeared, the high shrill screech of reality suddenly deafening. Then, the point erupted into a thick, black triangle of serrated steel, the blade of Nakaroth. The hilt sprung from the blade into Jaltha’s webbed claws, which she closed around it. The song became silence.

Instantly, she felt the sword’s power course through her, replacing in moments what the bloodsponge had taken hours to steal. She roared, and in one mighty forward motion, tore herself from the bloodsponge’s thousand hooked mouths. Her blood trailed from the wounds, but she felt no pain, only rage and a ferocious swell of might borrowed from the timeless aether. She spun in the water and slashed at the bloodsponge. The thick black sword passed through it easily, lodging itself in the thick, stone-like rib beneath it. The wounded sponge and the enchanted bone released great scarlet clouds of her own blood, and the wounded resurrection quivered in pain and surprise from the attack.

She knows, the sword said. Hurry!

Jaltha darted down to Malune’s sponge, burying her claws into it to stay with the monstrous skeleton as it moved. Jaltha pressed the flat edge of the blade against Malune’s chest, and a dozen yellow runes glowed upon it. Malune’s eyes shot open and her gills flared. She looked about her, struggled against the bloodsponge’s grip.

“Be still,” Jaltha said, drawing back the sword.

Malune watched in horror as Jaltha brought the sword down. The blade bit deep into the bloodsponge, missing Malune’s tail by a fangwidth. The vampiric thing shuddered in panic, and Jaltha relished in knowing that, had the creature a mouth, it would have screamed. It released Malune in a thick cloud of her own blood.

Jaltha took Malune in her arms and swam away from the skeleton, struggling against the pull of it as it passed them. They looked at one another. Malune was still weak though even with the tiny amount of power granted her by Nakaroth she found herself able to swim on her own. She pushed away from Jaltha, suddenly terrified of the salathe in front of her, wielding a great black blade, surrounded by an aura the color of a dying sun.

“Malune…”

“J…Jaltha? What…what’s happened?”

“Can you swim?”

“I…I can.”

“Then swim south. There is an abandoned kryndyr outpost near the Verge, according to Rilask’s maps, at the southern tip of the wastes. There should be supplies there which will permit you to return to Chorgaan.”

“What…what’s happening? What was that creature…?”

Jaltha’s gillspines flared in anger. “Go!” She screamed. Malune backed away.

“What…what about the others?”

Jaltha’s gaze remained fixed on the living fossil as she said, “I will do what I can. For many of them, I fear it is too late.” Jaltha swam forward, past Malune.

“Why did…you save me, then?” Malune asked.

In reply, Jaltha barked, “To the outpost!” She stopped for only a moment, turned, and said, “If I live, I will meet you there.” Then, she was gone. Malune was behind her. Olak-Koth and her beast lay ahead.

VI

The power that surged outward from the sword propelled her through the water at an incredible speed. She caught up with the fossilized tail of the undead titan within moments. The pull of the beast’s mass through the water caught her, further accelerating her progress. She darted beneath its tremendous vertebrae, each one as wide as a grogglin and twice as long. The creature’s size dwarfed even the largest of the white cheruons, who themselves could reach a size of over two hundred tail-lengths. If Olak-Koth succeeded in raising an army of such things, Jaltha found it hard to believe that anything would be able to stop her from claiming all of Dheregu as her own.

She entered the cavernous ribcage by darting between two mammoth ribs. All around her, the dead and the dying…the reek of excrement and fearspores and blood. The serpent’s bones, she thought, carried the scent of war within its belly.

She swam over to the nearest of the tortured captives, a young caravan guard named Taati. She could smell the death rising off of her, could see it in the empty, open eyes. She took a long breath in through her gills, then drove Nakaroth through the corpse, into the sponge. Blood gushed forth. The monster shuddered. The thick blade severed the corpse in two, and the top half fell away to the hissing wastes.

Something is coming, Nakaroth said.

Jaltha ignored the sword and swam the seven or so tail-lengths to the next rib, to the hapless creature bound upon it. This one, too, was dead. She did not know her name. Without ceremony, she plunged the sword in. Blood rushed out.

Biting, slashing pain lanced into her side. Jaltha roared and spun. Buried in her tail up to its dead, empty eye sockets…a razorfish. She tore it out and crushed its bones in her fist, its bladed nose biting blood from her palm. She discarded the broken thing and looked up. Pouring out from the porous skull three hundred tail-length’s ahead was a swarm of razorfish as thick and full as the gouts of blood pouring from the ruptured sponges. The swarm moved as a solid entity, rushing across the skeleton toward her, an angry, bladed cloud.

Hurry!

Jaltha darted upwards following the wall of curved black bone until she came to the next bloodsponge. This one held Gaka, Rilask’s second in command. She was alive. Her eyes flickered open as Jaltha dug her claws into the sponge behind her head.

“You…one of…the guards…” Gaka rasped.

“Be still,” Jaltha commanded, and lifted the sword—

A razorfish tore a hole through the webbing below her right arm. She hissed as another slammed into the blade of Nakaroth, shattering itself upon impact with the magical steel. The swarm was upon her.

The living daggers encircled her in a cyclone. She lashed out with Nakaroth, swinging the blade in wide, mighty arcs, crushing dozens of them at a time. Still, they were able to attack, stabbing at her from all directions. They were too many.

The aura! Nakaroth cried, Use the aura!

Jaltha bellowed in protest, “No! I am too weak already!” A wound opened below her jaw. She swung her sword wildly, tearing holes in the wall of the cyclone that immediately healed itself as more and more of the necromancer’s minions poured forth from the titan’s skull.

Jaltha, you must—

“It will drain too much of us both!” Jaltha screamed over the roaring swarm, “It was you that said it’s meant only to be used as a last resort!”

Another dagger in her tail fin, then another near her spine, and another in her elbow…

Precisely! The sword countered.

Wounds opened like polyps across her back and shoulders…

She closed her eyes and hissed at the sword, “Very well! Do what you must!”

The sword’s mind bored into her own, pulled a portion of her soul into itself…

A great jagged sphere of yellow light burned the world around her body into a bubbling roar. She felt it tear at her soul, feeding off of it. Her arms threw out to their sides of their own accord. The destroying aura expanded outward from her, swallowing the razorfish, dissolving the swarm in a matter of seconds. When it was over, Jaltha hung in the water in a cloud of dust that was all that remained of the razorfish, pulled forward only by the mass of the great skeleton-beast as it glided forth.

She turned her head slowly as her strength returned. There was Gaka, still bound upon the bloodsponge. The aura had burnt Gaka’s chest and arms, and singed the bloodsponge itself. Gaka, however, still lived. Her eyes were fixed upon the great triangle of steel in Jaltha’s left hand.

“What…what are you…?” She whimpered.

Jaltha felt the sword’s diminished healing power slough through her, slowly sealing the wounds inflicted by the swarm. She stabbed the bloodsponge, releasing Gaka.

Gaka listened numbly to Jaltha’s commands, to the directions to the abandoned kryndyr outpost. Without a word, stricken dumb by pain and terror, she swam away.

“Wretched thing! Infidel!” The great, trembling voice of Olak-Koth filled the world, echoing out from the titan’s very bones.

Jaltha turned, then, and saw the corpse of Rilask leap out of the titan’s skull and turn, wielding a spear of fossilized bone, rushing down the winding length of ribcage through the scarlet fog of blood Jaltha had loosed from the vampiric sponges. Jaltha thrashed her tail and rushed forth, toward her enemy…

Their weapons collided like a clap of thunder, sending each of their wielders tumbling through the water. They each gathered their bearings, and struck again. Jaltha ducked beneath a supernaturally powerful thrust of the thick spear. The weapon passed over her gillmound and Jaltha swept upward with Nakaroth, slashing her enemy open from its abdomen to its throat. White milky tendrils of intestine burst forth from the wound.

The revenant lunged, dragging its bloodless entrails behind it. Jaltha, still slowed from the use of the aura, moaned in despair as she labored to lift Nakaroth to block the attack. She was too slow. The spear punched into her left side, slipped between her ribs. She screamed and grasped the bone spear’s wide shaft, brought the sword down upon it, slicing it in half. The revenant’s lonely eye flickered in anger as it looked down at its broken weapon. With the spearpoint still inside her, grinding against her ribs, Jaltha roared, flashing Nakaroth outward, severing the corpse’s head from its eviscerated body. The head fell away beneath and behind Jaltha, drifting down to the burning wastes a league below.

Jaltha looked down at the wound. If she pulled the spear out, she would only bleed out faster. Nakaroth would clot the bleeding for now, but could do little to save her from the death the wound would bring. The blade would have to return to the aether to replenish the power spent on the aura, and in that time, she would die.

She looked around at the hundred or so more bloodsponges left to be severed, at the corspes of the salathes that she could not save, and felt her grip on life loosen further. There was no way to stop the serpent. Even crossing the distance to the skull, to kill Olak-Koth and break the spell, would take more of her lifeforce than likely remained. She looked down, where Rilask’s headless corpse had fallen. She blinked, realizing something. She looked up, at the spine…

Yes, Nakaroth said. Do it.

Jaltha swam for the vertebrae.

Before you die, the sword said, send me back into the aether. I would rather wait there for another to summon me someday than perish utterly in the fires below.

Jaltha silently agreed. She was nearly there…nearly there…if she could sever the spine, interrupt the flow of blood through the bones, perhaps it would slay the beast just as it had slain Rilask.

She lifted the sword, thrashed her tail…almost…almost…

A screech behind her. She turned.

Olak-Koth, wreathed in a black aura that boiled the world around her, tore through the water, her claws bared and full of gnashing magic…

“Infidel!” She howled.

Jaltha tried to raise Nakaroth, but the sword was too heavy, emptied of power. She tightened her grip and prepared to send it back to the aether, fulfilling her promise.

The necromancer threw her claws outward, casting black, moaning beams through the water. Jaltha darted to her right, following the length of the spine. The black beams slammed into the vertebrae, scarring the fossilized bone. The great length of the titan shuddered. Olak-Koth screamed again, spun as she reached the spine only a tail-length away from Jaltha.

Nakaroth, she began the spell to send the blade back to the aether…

The necromancer’s hands pulled darkness into them from nowhere, her eyes wild, her tail flashing. Jaltha remained where she was, prepared to die.

Blade born of the starwinds…

The necromancer grasped Jaltha’s throat with a burning black hand.

…to the starwinds I command thee go…

Jaltha felt her flesh bubble and char beneath Olak-Koth’s grip. She met the necromancer’s eyes, saw the red and raging void, a future of corpses and blood scratched into sand-scoured stone…

Something lurched. The necromancer screeched in pain. Her black hand was torn away violently from Jaltha’s throat. Jaltha backed away, dizzy, dying, blinking blood out of her eyes.

Olak-Koth’s body was impaled against the titan’s spine by a length of broken bone. It was the half of the spear that Rilask had fallen with. Now, it was pushed upward through Olak-Koth’s abdomen, out through the back of her neck and into a fissure in the serpent’s vertebrae. At the other end of the shaft, Malune glared up at the necromancer, thrashed her tail, forced the weapon deeper into the necromancer.

“Now!” Malune turned and screamed at Jaltha. Jaltha did not hesitate. She swam forth, lifting Nakaroth with both hands and all her strength, though her dying muscles cried for relief. Olak-Koth opened her beak to scream, but no sound came before the sword had passed through her, the weeping cloak of souls suddenly silenced. The necromancer’s body separated below the arms, the bottom portion trailing black blood, like a dark comet on its way to the wastes a league below.

Jaltha and Malune’s eyes met for a moment before Malune’s gaze fell to the spear in Jaltha’s side. They grasped each other as Nakaroth vanished from Jaltha’s hand, flickering back into the aether. Malune took Jaltha and swam out of the serpent’s ribcage as the bones fell apart from one another. No longer held together by the necromancer’s will, they collapsed and crumbled, following their master and dragging the dead after them into the fire.

VII

Somewhere in the deep darkness of a wounded sleep, Nakaroth spoke.

You have done almighty work, Jaltha of Dheregu.

She opened her eyes, suddenly fully awake. Over her head, there was pure black stone, baroquely carved. She lifted her body from a slab of the same obsidian. There was a pain in her ribs, and deeper, and she remembered…

“Jaltha!” She turned. There, in a finely decorated threshold, was Malune. She swam into the small chamber. Behind her followed a regal-looking salathe Eldress, wearing the headdress and shoulder shells of a chieftain.

Malune took a place beside the wide berth of volcanic glass upon which Jaltha lay. They looked into each other’s eyes for a long while, perfectly silent. The chieftain waited, patiently. Words formed behind Jaltha’s beak, but she kept it shut. The silence was far more appropriate.

At last, Jaltha turned from Malune to face the chieftain.

“Where are we?” Jaltha asked.

It was the chieftain who answered.

“You are within the Mooring of Olm-Daki,” she said.

“A hunting party had spotted us,” said Malune, “They saw the bones of the serpent fall, and they found us among the debris. You’ve been asleep for many days.”

The chieftain lowered her heavily ornamented head. “It is likely that all of Olm-Daki owes you our lives.” She straightened, crossed her strong arms. She stared hard at Jaltha. “The kryndyr surgeons here have repaired your wounds, and assure me you will live. I wanted to personally extend my invitation that you remain here. All will be taken care of, of course. You would want for nothing. It is the least we can do.”

Malune and Jaltha both looked at the chieftain, then at each other. Malune nodded. Jaltha said, “For now, at least, we will remain.”

The chieftain chittered in excitement. “I will have a more permanent living arrangement prepared near the top of the mountain, close to the worldbreak. The sunlight there is legendary! Why, I myself retain a home there…” She was still speaking excitedly to herself as she turned and left the chamber.

Malune knelt and clacked her beak, just once, against Jaltha’s before turning and following the chieftain. “I will return,” she said. The sensation lingered, mingling with the sound of Malune’s voice as she absently ran her hands over her arms, her tail and felt the scars there. She stared up at the obsidian ceiling, at the myriad carvings, vines and tentacles entwined and knotted like the ways of the Fates that had led her here. It was useless to try and find a pattern, she knew. But she would have time.

Even as she followed them, the carvings seemed to blur, and she looked away, out the narrow window of the chamber toward the bright orange horizon, where the volcanoes breathed, and thought of Malune, and how they two alone had lived, how very many had died and for no good reason, and how old the world was, and how many more would live, and how many more would die, and how truly surreal it was to be anything, anything at all. On its own, her beak opened and she chittered. She thought she felt the world stumble then, as though she had joined Malune in learning its secret.

Outside, the fires burned forever, and the currents roared, and the souls of ancient monsters rode planes of sunlight to the sky.

Inside, Jaltha laughed.

—«»-«»-«»—

Pierce Skinner

  • Continue Reading

Published by Associate Editor on November 30, 2016. This item is listed in Issue 32, Issue 32 Stories, Short Stories, Stories

The Executioner’s Correspondent

by Kathleen Brogan

When Dornan Blackthorne was twenty-three years old, he began receiving strange messages from an unknown correspondent. Dornan had just been appointed Master Executioner in the city of Telvannath, after eleven years apprenticed to his father, and had never corresponded with anyone in his life. His father, the executioner in a much, much smaller town, had taught him how to read and write via the Scriptures, but that had been for God, not for letter-writing. And letters, Dornan knew, were something quite different from what he was receiving. They were longer, for one. Two, you knew where they were coming from. Three, letters came by post, not in your private journal.

The idea for the journal came from his father. Grellik Blackthorne was a sharp old man, and he knew the trade as well as anyone. “Write ’em all down, the poor sinners,” said Grellik, “Mark ’em down with a date, the crime, and the sentence. Show it to the city when you need more money. Proof of work performed.” And so Dornan did. There was no more honorable an executioner than Grellik Blackthorne, Dornan thought, so he planned to follow in his father’s footsteps the best that he could.

Dornan did not notice his first correspondence until after he had completed his second execution in Telvannath. He had pulled his journal from the shelf and sat down at his desk, a rickety old thing in the cluttered, unpacked room where his children would live if he had them. His wife, Caralee, sat in the floor hunched over a copy of the Scriptures. The right side of her face was horribly scarred–an accident from her childhood. She was the blacksmith’s daughter, and had an unfortunate encounter with a piece of hot metal. She’d fallen face-first on a rack of cooling pots and pans, and from what Dornan understood, she was lucky to be alive. Caralee was much older than him–thirty-five, she had told him, but she wasn’t sure. Her marital options were limited by her scarring, and Dornan’s by his occupation. No one wanted to marry the hangman. Dornan opened his journal and glanced over the first entry he had completed.

1. Jorund Faxil. Theft, rape. Death by the sword. Guilty

The sword. He snorted at the memory. The man deserved death by the wheel. The man would’ve been drawn and quartered back home, but they didn’t do that in Telvannath because they were progressive. His father would’ve caused a fuss, Dornan knew, but the executioner in Telvannath didn’t have that kind of power. Everything here was decided by Senate ruling. Dornan was naught but the instrument of the Senate’s will.

Dornan was still thinking about that, and a little bit of what he might’ve done differently had he the power, when he noticed something underneath Jorund Faxil’s entry. There was a word there, a word he had not included in his original assessment.

Guilty.

Or perhaps he had included it in his original assessment? He looked more closely at the handwriting, which at first glance could’ve passed for his own, but upon closer inspection it was far too neat. Dornan’s handwriting was serviceable at best. Besides, why would he, Dornan, write the word guilty as an addendum to an entry? Of course he believed Faxil guilty, or he wouldn’t have bloody executed him! It was justice!

The back of his neck was hot, flushed, and he thought that maybe he should open a window. “Caralee, love,” said Dornan. “Have you had any guests over that I’ve not known about?”

“No sir,” she said. “Why do you ask?”

“Someone’s mucking about in my journal,” Dornan said. “I didn’t write this bit.”

Caralee appeared beside him and set her copy of the Scriptures down on his desk. She leaned in close to read the word–she had awful eyesight. The smooth, unscarred side of her face brushed up against his. “Goo-lty.”

“Guilty,” Dornan corrected. Caralee was not a good reader, but she tried very hard.

“Guilty,” she repeated. “You didn’t write that?”

Dornan shook his head.

“Maybe it’s someone having a laugh,” said Caralee. “Sneaking into the hangman’s house on a dare.”

“Maybe,” said Dornan, but he doubted it.

Caralee stood up straight and placed her hand on the Scriptures. “Maybe it’s the Lord talking to you. Telling you you’re doing the right thing, and that Faxil’s burning in a lake of hellfire right now.”

Dornan snorted. He hadn’t set foot in a church in years. Not because of any reservations against the institution (he had his Scriptures and he read them daily) but because no one liked seeing the executioner in church. In his hometown, Dornan’s father had been told explicitly not to attend sermons because it made people jumpy. Dornan didn’t want to make any good church-going folk uncomfortable, so he stayed at home with his Scriptures. He sincerely doubted that the Lord wanted anything much to do with him. “I guess that’d be a good thing,” Dornan said.

“Put it away somewhere safe,” said Caralee. “That way you know you’re the only one writing in it.”

That, at least, was a good idea. Dornan carefully wrote his latest entry:

2. Gerard Wallace. Embezzling city funds. Death by the sword

And locked his journal in the box where he kept the money that he would send home to his father every month. Old Grellik’s eyesight was failing, and Dornan knew he couldn’t keep up the profession much longer. The pittance the town would give Grellik once the executions stopped would hardly be liveable.

◊ ◊ ◊

There was some period of time between his second and third executions. Dornan spent much of his time travelling back and forth between the Senate hall, located at the top of the escarpment that was the city of Telvannath, and Docktown, where his home was located. Every day he made the long trek from the bottom of the hill to the top, seeing if the Senate had any work for him that day. He was paid either way, and perhaps because of that he felt obligated to check in frequently to ensure he was completing his job to the Senate’s satisfaction. It was what his father would’ve done. He took to stopping by the cathedral on days that the Senate didn’t need him, again because it was what his father had done. “Church-goin’ folk don’t need a reminder of earthly punishments when they’re thinking of heavenly ones,” Grellik had told him. “But don’t let your Bishop be a stranger.” Telvannath’s holy man, Bishop Yelvin, never made Dornan feel unwelcome. More importantly, the frail little man seemed comfortable in Dornan’s presence. Perhaps it was because they had somewhat of a professional relationship–Bishop Yelvin gave the last rites to poor sinners before their execution.

Execution number three was Dornan’s first woman in the city of Telvannath, and also his first hanging in the city. It was a much more high profile case than his first two, and Dornan felt that this could really cement his position. In the days that led up to the event, Dornan worked himself up into a frenzy making sure that everything went off smoothly. He replaced the ropes in the gallows and then double-checked and triple-checked their integrity, using heavy sacks filled with stones. Caralee cleaned up his black leather armor with some oils she bought from the tanner, and she cut his hair. When Dornan had tried to go to the local barber, the man had shooed him out quickly, not giving him any definitive reason as to why. He didn’t have to. Dornan had seen the same thing happen to his father all of his life.

Elizabeth Baker, the poor sinner that Dornan would be executing, had been charged with killing her newborn child, caught in the act by her husband. As with the execution of 1. Jorund Faxil. Theft, rape. Death by the sword, Dornan was surprised that Elizabeth Baker was getting off so easily. His father had executed many women by the wheel, by drowning, even one drawn and quartered for the same crime. Not so in Telvannath. Elizabeth Baker was to be hanged.

Dornan did not sleep well the night before. He kept thinking of the journal, though he refused to look at it. If anything had been written next to 2. Gerard Wallace. Embezzling city funds. Death by the sword (which, Dornan knew, was highly unlikely), it could compromise the sense of calm that was so important for all executioners. He had to maintain the impassive face of justice. Any showing of doubt or uncertainty could not only end his career, but start a public riot.

At high noon, Dornan led the procession from the Senate Chamber, flanked by soldiers in shining metal breastplates and blue plumage. Back with the sinner walked Bishop Yelvin, wearing no armor except for the heavenly kind, his long black robes brushing up against his boots. Bringing up the rear of the party was one of the town’s Senators, dressed in judicial red, who would be pronouncing judgment on Madam Baker. The streets were filled with Telvannath’s citizens, far more than for his first two executions. Dornan’s suspicions had been right–this was going to be a spectacle. They passed midtown, where merchants tried to hawk ‘holy’ or ‘blessed’ items to anyone who would listen. They further descended Telvannath’s hill, coming back to Docktown. The gallows were built against the southeast wall of the city, where the tang of the river’s smell mixed awfully with that of the rotting corpses the city occasionally left artfully displayed across Dornan’s workstation.

Dornan ascended the gallows steps with Madam Baker and Bishop Yelvin. Despite the bishop’s soft, gentle assurances at possible salvation, she did not repent. Dornan suspected that was more from the fact that she could not stop crying long enough to form words. The crowd was immense, reaching past the field of Dornan’s vision, but in that moment he was not worried. He had prepared as well as he could, and besides, he had the most experience with hangings. They were the execution of choice back home. The gallows were better constructed in Telvannath, actually containing a trap door so that the executioner wasn’t required to simply push the sinner from a ladder. The only other difference was that the sinner was hooded which, as far as Dornan was concerned, was kinder to the children in the audience. The awkward way the dying kicked their legs was enough to cause nightmares. The eyes bulging, the tongue flailing–no one needed to see that.

Elizabeth Baker was safely conveyed into the hands of the Lord, Dornan performing a near flawless hanging. The noose gave him no difficulties, the trap door did not stick, and the poor sinner did not kick–well, kick more than was to be expected, at any rate. Dornan did not let his impassive countenance drop as the crowd dispersed and, once he felt the body was safe from any sort of mob behavior, he decided it was safe to head home. They’d remove Madam Baker in a few days, once everyone had the chance to see her. Dornan thought about his journal and felt a sense of dread and apprehension, though he told himself that was foolish. It had been a fluke, a one-off trick by some street rat. That was the end of it.

In Docktown proper, the streets were largely empty. People were probably still hanging about the pub, talking about the poor sinner and what could’ve possibly motivated her to kill her own child. When Dornan arrived home, he noticed that some of the shingles had fallen from his roof and cracked on the cobblestone street. He would have to get them replaced.

Docktown as a whole had a slapdash feel to it, built from whatever materials were travelling through port at the time, but Dornan was making enough money to maintain a level of upkeep that his neighbors could not. Dornan knew that he could probably afford a house in one of the nicer districts, but he also knew that would never be allowed. It didn’t bother him so much. His was a nice little house.

Caralee was inside, trying to read. At first he thought that she was looking at his journal, but of course she was not. It was the Scriptures, as always, and he immediately felt guilty for his momentary suspicion. Caralee was one of the kindest people he’d ever met, and she deserved better. He didn’t give a damn about her scarring, but everyone else had. Now she was stuck with him, the son of an executioner who had no other job prospects. No one would apprentice the executioner’s son. No one would marry the executioner’s son–no one, except sweet Caralee. She glanced up at his entry. “How’d it go?”

“Off without a hitch,” said Dornan. “Talk about it in a moment.” He retreated to his bedroom, where he kept his lockbox underneath his bed. He took the lockbox to his office, hands shaking slightly, unlocked it, and retrieved the journal. Underneath 2. Gerard Wallace. Embezzling city funds. Death by the sword, were the words Not Guilty.

The rage that burned through Dornan’s veins was like nothing he’d ever felt before. Not when a poor sinner broke his father’s wrist during an execution, not when he’d watched his mother’s body become riddled with boils from the plague. This was a personal attack. His lips formed words that never saw air, and he was suddenly sweating. It wasn’t his place to judge the sinner. That was the Senate’s job! Yes, he’d done it before, but not in Telvannath–that wasn’t his job. If he wanted to keep himself and Caralee in good health, why, he had to keep doing what the city told him. Besides, Wallace was obviously guilty. He’d confessed to Dornan three times under the screws, which he had done at the city’s behest. Who was this person to judge Dornan in his own journal? He was merely the instrument of justice!

Furious, he withdrew a piece of parchment from his desk and began writing some correspondence of his own. His father would know what to do.

I find myself in a situation that is perplexing and peculiar.

He had a dictionary and had to look up how to spell both ‘perplexing’ and ‘peculiar’.

I am keeping a career journal as you have requested of me, but someone is leaving notes in it.

He gave a brief description of the hangings, further consulting his dictionary three times. Dornan closed his note with his own suspicions.

I think that someone is breaking into our home and playing some sort of trick on me, though Caralee thinks it is the Lord writing these messages. This journal is well guarded and locked away. I would appreciate any counsel you could provide. With all of my love, your Son Dornan.

Writing the note had calmed him somewhat. He was giving this mysterious person what they wanted by giving into his anger. He shook his head as if that would actually clear it, then wrote the third entry in his journal:

3. Elizabeth Baker. Infanticide. Death by hanging.

Dornan didn’t know what he would do if this one read ‘Not Guilty’. He placed the journal in a pouch, grabbed the lock from the lockbox and its key, and made for the front door. “What’s the matter?” asked Caralee.

“I have to go to the locksmith,” said Dornan, not even sparing his wife a glance. Perhaps it had been her, after all. He didn’t know what to think.

“Another note?” she asked, but he did not answer her. He slammed the door shut behind him and set off at once for Docktown’s locksmith.

The locksmith was a man probably close to Dornan’s age, but the way his skin pulled tight over his bones made him look much older. Dornan hoped he wouldn’t turn him away like the barber. Dornan looked to the lock in his hand and realized he was still wearing his executioner’s leathers. He cursed inwardly. No chance of the man not recognizing him. “I need a new lock,” said Dornan, when the locksmith did not initially demand that Dornan leave. He seemed to be testing a tumbler mechanism, fiddling with a pick in the keyhole. “I think someone’s figured a way to get into this one. I’ll gladly exchange it for a discount toward a new one.”

“That was funny about Baker, wasn’t it?” said the locksmith. “Bring me your lock.”  Dornan was not eager to speak of 3. Elizabeth Baker. Infanticide. Death by hanging, but the locksmith continued. “Happy marriage. Why do you think she dunnit?”

“Who can guess the mind of a sinner?” asked Dornan. This was not a conversation he wanted to be having, and he hoped the locksmith would take the hint.

He did not. “I think–I’ll tell you what I think–I think that it was the husband that dunnit. I think he framed the lady.”

“I don’t make those kind of decisions,” said Dornan. “I just follow the will of the Senate.”

“Easier that way, I bet,” said the locksmith. He tossed Dornan a new lock, which he fumbled and had to retrieve from the floor.

“How much will that be?” asked Dornan.

“Two silver.”

“Two silver? Are you mad?”

“Two silver or no lock,” said the locksmith. His smile showed too many teeth.

Dornan grumbled but seemed to be without option. He handed over two silver to the locksmith, who inspected them closely.

“Thank you kindly,” he said, dropping the silver into his pocket. “Good work today, hangman. You did your job good.”

Dornan was still fuming about the price-gouging, but he had enough of a mind to remember his place. At least he hadn’t been refused service. “Thank you, good smith,” he said, his face becoming impassive only through years of practice. He returned home and locked the journal away in his lockbox with his new lock. He placed the entire box inside a larger box, which had some trivials inside–old dice, a hammer and nails, a piece of flint and steel, and the like–that he had not bothered to unpack since his arrival in Telvannath. Caralee came upon him there, in the space room.

“Another note?” she asked again.

Dornan snorted.

“What did it say?” Caralee asked.

He said nothing.

“You’re just doing your job,” said Caralee.

Her words echoed the locksmith’s, and he didn’t like it.

Execution number four was rushed through Telvannath’s courts because the poor sinner was considered a risk to both himself and others. His name was Marvin Addle and he was the closest thing the city had seen to a career killer in some time. He murdered women who looked like his mother, though from what Dornan could gather, she was a ripe old bird and he could almost understand Marvin’s frustrations. An unfortunate trio of black-haired, blue-eyed women fell to him before he was discovered by a stable boy, who had come to work in the early hours of the morning and discovered Marvin screaming at the corpse of his Master’s wife. The only reason Marvin was granted death by the sword was because the Senate wanted it over as quickly as possible. Dornan later discovered that one of the poor black-haired blue-eyed young women had been a Senator’s wife.

Marvin was a difficult case from start to finish. He babbled and flailed as Dornan’s assistants attempted to reign him in for judgment. He kissed Bishop Yelvin on the lips when the priest asked if he sought absolution for his sin (Bishop Yelvin took that answer as a ‘no.’) Dornan could hardly hear the Senator’s judgment decreed over the sounds of Marvin’s yelps. The Senator gave Dornan a helpful nod and then–in what could only be considered divine providence–Marvin stilled enough so that Dornan could give a clean cut. A good death. An excellent example of his ability to remain calm in the face of adversity. He considered writing that in his journal, though he knew he would have to look up how to spell “adversity.”

Following this particular execution, Dornan chose to accompany Bishop Yelvin and his assistants on their journey outside of town, to the mass grave where Marvin Addle’s body would rest. The Senators had insisted that his body be removed from Telvannath as soon as possible. Yelvin’s assistants sat in the back of the church’s wagon with the body, while Dornan sat next to Yelvin in the front.

“Bishop,” said Dornan. “I have a question, and it’s not going to come out right. I try to do right by the Scriptures, but it’s hard when I can’t come to church.”

“Ask away, Blackthorne,” said Yelvin. “And the Lord appreciates your efforts, even given your situation. Especially given your situation. You know that.”

Dornan ignored that statement. “Does the Lord speak to you directly?  Does he leave you messages that you give the church?”

“It is…” the Bishop paused. “A trifle more complicated than that. The Lord nudges my thought patterns, but he doesn’t give me words in the way that, say, he gave us the Scripture.”

“Oh,” said Dornan. The wagon creaked along, and the two men sat in silence for a moment.

“Don’t worry on it, Blackthorne,” said Yelvin. “Though he may not speak to you in a manner you understand, he guides your life in other ways. Especially you over others, as the instrument of his judgment.”

Dornan considered revealing his situation to the Bishop, telling him of the strange messages that no one else could possibly leave. But Dornan was afraid. The Bishop had close connections to the Senate and, well, if they suspected Dornan was mentally affected, then he would be removed from his position. What would happen to him then? And Caralee? So he remained silent, and looked on as the Bishop’s assistants unceremoniously dumped Marvin’s body into the stinking pit.

Instead of returning immediately home after his excursion with the Bishop, Dornan returned to the church with him and confessed. He confessed his desires for other women. He confessed his anger at the children in his community who threw horse dung at his windows. He confessed his doubt in the Lord and the judgments that he cast down on the poor sinners. Bishop Yelvin assured him that the Lord worked in mysterious ways, and Dornan agreed with that wholeheartedly. Yelvin gave him some special prayers to try over the coming week, and Dornan was grateful.

When Dornan finally made it home, dusk had fallen over Telvannath. He kissed Caralee and ate the pork chops she had made for him. She told him that his father had responded to his letter, and Dornan told her that he would check it when he was done with work that evening. He had put off the journalling long enough. Then he retreated to his office and locked the door.

3. Elizabeth Baker. Infanticide. Death by hanging.

Then:

Guilty.

He breathed an immense sigh of relief. The word guilty had never looked so lovely. Of course, the mystery of the correspondent still went unsolved, but Dornan had exacted justice for Elizabeth Baker’s child. The shaking that had stirred his bones since Marvin’s death ceased, and he rubbed his temples, feeling as though he could smooth out the wrinkles that had taken root. Then he wrote:

4. Marvin Addle. Murder (3 counts). Death by the sword.

He breathed in, and out.

He had expected being the instrument of righteousness to involve less anxiety. Already, he was wondering what the journal would say for Marvin. When would his bones begin to quake again?

Deciding that it was not a topic for the moment, Dornan locked his journal away, putting it in the same place it had been before. It was obvious that there was no hiding it. Dornan found Caralee, who gave him the letter from his father. It was short, and it was simple, like his father always was.

My dear Dornan,
Send your correspondent my regards. I have retired from the profession and am glad to finally be free of his incessant judgments.
                        G.B.

Dornan frowned and read over the letter again. And again. He checked the back of the paper to see if he had missed something, but he had not. He looked up to Caralee, who wore an expression of mild concern. He knew that he should apologize to her for having been so cross lately. For suspecting her of being responsible for this foolishness. She really was too good for him. “What did he say?” she asked.

He did not have a ready reply. He looked back to the paper and thought of his father, poor Grellik Blackthorne, and how the old man was to survive with the pittance paid to a retired executioner. “He’s retired now,” said Dornan. Maybe he could stay in Telvannath with him and Caralee. Dornan could clean out the spare room.

“Oh,” she said. “Did he say anything about…” She did not finish her sentence. The smell of the pork chops from dinner lingered in the air, and it nearly made Dornan sick. There was innocent blood on his hands, and there would be more. Innocent blood bought his livelihood.

“Someone playing a trick,” said Dornan. “Must be. No need worrying our heads about it.” He gave his best attempt at a smile and took her hands in his own. She raised her eyebrows at him, but did not question him further.

He wore the mask for the rest of the evening, the mask he knew he would wear for the rest of his life. It was not so different from the stern indifference he wore when working at the gallows. But it was a lie then and it was a lie now. What would be written underneath his name, he wondered, were it written in his journal?

Dornan Blackthorne. Murder, innumerable counts.

He never wanted to know the answer.

—«»-«»-«»—

Kathleen Brogan
Kathleen Brogan recently received her MA in English from Marshall University. She works as a librarian in Huntington, West Virginia.

  • Continue Reading

Published by Associate Editor on May 31, 2016. This item is listed in Issue 30, Issue 30 Stories, Short Stories, Stories

The Trial of Arthur A. Westcott

by Megan E. Cassidy

“Doctor Lynch, can you explain for the jury precisely how your machine works,” the prosecutor began. She had been waiting for this moment for the past seven months. After the investigation, the manhunt, the arrest, the pre-trial hearings, and the standard sets of objections and appeals, the stage was finally hers.

Due to the high profile nature of the crime and the sensitivity of the evidence being given, the judge ordered a closed courtroom, but the drones chronicling the events for the record and future public consumption zoomed in on the witness, as all twelve members of the jury and six alternates leaned forward in anticipation.

jury-box

It was not just a pivotal moment in the course of the trial. It was, quite literally, the pivotal moment of human history. Thousands of scientists would kill to get even the smallest tidbit of information on the heavily guarded research. Lynch and Pillay might have hidden away the information for years had it not been for the assassination. Instead, Lynch was about to reveal the secrets of the universe to eighteen average citizens with absolutely no scientific background whatsoever.

Lynch cleared his throat, recalling at the last second Prosecutor Janey’s careful instructions during their months of coaching. He dropped his fluttering hands and folded them in his lap, nails digging into his flesh as he tried to calm down. Lynch had always been more comfortable in a lab or library than around people. It was one of the reasons he had become a researcher instead of a professor. He wished that his partner Niemah Pillay had been called up first. But Janey worried about jury bias and wanted testimony from an American male instead of a South African female, whom the jury might see as an outsider in a trial involving the assassination of the President of the United States.

Lynch licked his lips and cleared his throat again, “The device was built after my colleagues and I discovered the flaw in the Einstein-Rosen Bridge hypothesis. By solving the Kepler problem and redirecting the gravitational…”

“In layman’s terms please, doctor,” Janey interrupted kindly, eliciting smiles and nods from the jury. She and Lynch had practiced this dialogue. Both Lynch and Pillay were reluctant to share their discoveries, fearing that other, less ethically responsible parties, would replicate or surpass their research to calamitous results. Janey had assured them that the jury, a group which included an accountant, housewife, preschool teacher, gardener, and grocery clerk, would be unable to understand the precise physics of time travel. Nevertheless, she had coached Lynch to begin elucidating on the subject, just to establish authority. Then, he could give carefully worded examples clear enough for amateurs to understand.

Janey handed her witness the small cardboard box to demonstrate. Lynch nodded and began again, “There are four known dimensions.” He held up box, running a finger across the sides and center of the box, “The first three are easily seen—height, width, and depth.”

“The fourth dimension is time. Historically, we have moved in three dimensional space. You can walk forward or backward, jump up, fall down, and spin around,” Lynch manipulated the box as he spoke, and Janey was pleased to see the eyes of the jury glued on the object, following Lynch’s every minute motion.

“But,” he continued, “thus far, we have only been able to move forward with time.” He slid the box along the rail of the witness stand, pausing momentarily as he said the words, “through the past, present, and future.”

“What do you mean?” Janey asked.

Lynch wanted to sigh. He thought this would be clear, but she had insisted on a further explanation, “Well, I was born July 6, 2013 at precisely 6:07am.” He set the box to his left. “As I wriggled back and forth in my crib,” he twisted the box around, “time continued marching forward to 6:08, 6:09, and so on.”

He inched the box forward by small increments, “I went along in that time, but I could not break the flow of time to jump ahead to noon. Nor could I jump from 6:06am to the minutes before I entered the world.”

“But now you can?” Janey asked.

“Yes,” he replied, and the jury gave a collective jump of excitement.

“Can you explain how,” Janey inquired, “again in layman’s terms?”

“Our machine is able to move backward and forward in time,” he began.

“But not in space?”

“No. It moves along the fourth dimension,” he dragged the box against the railing again, “but it is unable to move up, down, or from side to side. Instead, once it is placed on a particular spot, we are able to observe past, present, and future events only in that singular location. This is somewhat similar to the old HG Wells’ novel , The Time Machine. The device is rooted to one spot.”

“And how are you able to move into the past or future unseen?” Janey’s voice quavered almost imperceptibly. She knew this would be the most complicated part of the scientist’s testimony, and desperately hoped the jury would be able to understand. If not, the case might be lost.

Lynch explained, “Once the device is engaged, our machine, the Tempus V, moves within a fifth dimension, outside of our own.”

He opened the cardboard box and drew out the cube that had been nested within. “Think of this as a location,” he held up the box and placed it on the railing. “And think of this as the machine,” he held the cube a few inches away.

“It’s there. We can see and hear everything on the box. We can even see the box in the future or in the present. But we can’t touch it or interact with it. That’s one reason the machine doesn’t move from side to side or up and down. It’s on a different plane of existence.”

“A different plane,” Janey echoed his last words, “So, to use another literary reference, you become like the ghosts in Dickens’ A Christmas Carol?”

Lynch’s muscles eased and he realized he had been holding his breath, “Yes. We are able to observe, but can neither be seen nor heard.”

“Objection, Your Honor,” Defense Attorney Cain cut in, sneering sardonically with each word she spoke. “Are we really supposed to believe that this man and his,” she paused, “friend, fly around time like some sort of zany spirits?”

Judge Denison looked down, annoyed that the ground-breaking testimony had been cut short. It was standard and almost obligatory to object at such a point, but the seasoned lawyer had to know that she was hurting her case by doing so. “As I stated before, Ms. Cain, there have been numerous government officials who have observed Dr. Lynch’s work. Their testimonies have been recorded, but is highly classified. We will have the opportunity to hear from Dr. Pillay as well, and the defense team will, of course, have the ability to cross-examine both witnesses. Motion is denied.”

Cain nodded and sat back down. The fact was that she did know she was hurting her case, but realized that her client had been found guilty in the hearts of the jury weeks before. She also knew that without at least the appearance of a rigorous defense, Arthur Westcott would have grounds for appeal. After reading over the prosecution’s evidence during discovery, Cain wanted him executed just as much as every person sitting in that jury box.

Janey rolled her eyes at the rapt jury and smiled as if they were sharing an inside joke at the defense attorney’s expense. Turning back to her witness, she said, “You were just explaining that your machine, the Tempus V, exists on a separate plane. Once you reach that plane, are you able to move about and examine the location further since you’re unseen?”

“No,” Lynch resisted the urge to shout, bile rising slightly in his throat. He had known the question was coming, but he still felt unprepared to answer. “Our understanding of the fifth dimension, of this separate plane, is still limited,” he paused now and took a drink of water from the cup sitting by the stand and looked again at Pillay, who was staring into her lap, teary eyed.

“Look, you’re talking about moving about in a completely unknown space. Maybe you could come back into the vehicle. Maybe. But more than likely, you would be trapped within that moment, able to move through time, but not up, down, back, or forth.” His voice rose slightly as he pulled the little cube along the rail, shaking it gently to show the tension in his hand, as if it were trying to move off the railing of its own accord.

He continued, “Without the normal earthly rules of time, your body and mind wouldn’t age the same way. You’d be somewhere in this fifth dimension completely disembodied from our world, unable to communicate with anyone on this plane of existence ever again.” Lynch winced, and the entire jury shuddered right along with him.

“Objection, Your Honor,” Cain stood again. “Isn’t this entirely theoretical? Can we please return to the facts of the case?”

Lynch’s mind moved away from the trial proceedings. It wasn’t theoretical. Not in the least, no matter how he was presenting it here. But only he, Pillay, and a handful of others knew about their former colleague Rikichi Okada, and he wasn’t about to dredge up that painful incident in front of a roomful of strangers who could never understand.

Okada had assisted with the creation of each one of the five Tempus machines. Tempus I and II were complete failures. The first fell apart once the circuits were started, and the second closed up in on itself, thankfully crashing to the floor instead of creating some irrevocable time rift. Pillay had wanted to quit at that point, but Okada was more reckless and daring, and he had convinced a still-curious Lynch to continue on in their research.

Tempus III and IV had been sent out on a trial run with only a remote video feed. Only static was recorded, but they believed the experiment to be successful. The three scientists built the fifth prototype and had agreed to accept the risks of time travel when they boarded the Tempus V. Unsure whether their theories on fifth dimensional space were correct, they kept the machine in the lab, strapped themselves in and moved forward ten years into the future. When the machine stopped whirring, they saw three students cleaning beakers and straightening papers. One of the students passed directly through them, completely failing to acknowledge their presence.

Pillay was horrified when they returned, completely shaken by the experience. Lynch suggested that they had been reckless in jumping into the vehicle themselves and recommended turning the project over to the university at large. The headstrong Okada who had insisted they continue experimentation. “We are the first and only known people to travel through time,” he proclaimed. “Taking such a journey is like Neil Armstrong walking on a moon of another planet two solar systems away before anyone else figured out space travel was even possible!” After much debate and discussion, Okada won the battle.

The research team continued in their secret travels for three months after their first successful excursion. The Tempus V was a small carbon and glass structure wired to receive sound, and so they were able to observe everything, though recording had proved unsuccessful. The vehicle had room for four people, should they wish to bring someone else on board, but was relatively light and easy to transport in the large moving van they had purchased expressly for that purpose. Still, they cautiously limited trips to locations around the small college town, covertly moving the machine from place to place only at night and travelling backward and never forward, having universally agreed that knowing too much about the future could be detrimental.

They were preparing to publish a highly restrained and abbreviated account of their research when Okada suggested they take one last trip. They had taken the machine to a small cul-de-sac on the outskirts of town. Then, the team rolled the machine back to the previous morning and cheerfully observed parents sending their children off to school, dogs being walked, and mail being delivered.

Without warning, Okada had shouted, “I am not a scientist!  I am an explorer!” Before the other two could stop him, he threw open the door and dove headlong out of the vehicle.

They quickly closed the door, and looked around wildly, hoping to see their friend moving like a ghost amongst the other citizens of the town. There was no sight of him. They waited for hours. They moved the Tempus V back and forth through time, thinking perhaps Okada might appear in either the future or the past. But he did not, and most likely could not return.

At last, they had to leave Okada behind, wherever he had gone. Upon their return to campus, they had contacted first the university president and then a number of top government officials to report and explain their colleague’s sudden disappearance. All parties concerned had agreed to classify their findings as top-secret and move their research to the Pentagon for security reasons. Under the guise of an alternate energy grant, the two scientists continued to secretly observe and record both mundane and pivotal moments in American history.

It was not until three years later, upon the death of President Ophelia Smithe that Lynch, Pillay, and their highly guarded research were violently thrust into the public eye. The two researchers had been dodging questions and living in near seclusion under a heavily protective guard ever since.

Janey interrupted Lynch’s thoughts with a sharp, “Would you like me to repeat the question, Doctor?”

Lynch cringed, shamed that his attention had wandered at such an important moment. Janey smiled warmly; she didn’t want to alienate her star witness. “Coming back to the matter of the defendant Arthur Alan Westcott, how did you arrive at the conclusion that he had murdered President Smithe?”

The scientist relaxed again. From this point forward, his statements would be limited to those of witness describing a crime. There would hopefully be little room for the jury to doubt this evidence. “To begin with,” Lynch eased back into his chair, steepling his fingers in front of his chest, “the praise must go to the Chicago police department and the FBI for all of their hard work.”

He paused as both Janey and the jury smiled. She had thought this bit necessary, both to elucidate the procedure and to establish Lynch as not just a knowledgeable witness, but a kind, relatable one as well. Back at the defendant’s table, Cain snorted derisively but did not object, and so he continued. “The forensics team first determined the trajectory of the bullets that pierced through President Smithe’s skull and person.”

“How were they able to reach those conclusions?”

“Objection,” Cain stood. “Is Mr. Lynch an expert in time travel, or an expert in forensics?”

“I’m an expert in physics,” Lynched blinked, affronted and speaking out of turn. “I assure you I can speak to both.”

Janey smiled at the unexpected interruption. Lynch was proving to be the best witness she’d ever had. “Your Honor,” she said, “the trajectory of the bullets led directly to Dr. Lynch’s eventual placement at the scene of the crime. And, as he stated, he is in fact an expert in physics and if he can explain the bending of time and space, he can surely describe the simple path taken by a bullet moving along a mere three dimensional plane.”

The jury stifled laughter and the judge’s lips twitched almost imperceptibly in amusement, “I’ll allow it.”

bulletJaney motioned to the scientist to continue and he said, “There are a number of factors taken into account when concluding the origin of a bullet. First, one group inspected the bullets to determine the caliber. They also examined the angles at which the bullets had passed through the President’s podium and through the stage wall set up behind her. Meanwhile, doctors at the morgue examined the wounds in the President’s body to determine the angle at which they had entered her body. Finally, a third group studied footage from television cameras and phones taken during the event.”

“And yet, no one was able to see the origin of the shots?” Janey prompted.

“Correct. No cameras had been trained on that exact spot, but using this footage, the team was able to set up a dummy the exact height of the President in her exact location on the stage. From there, rods were placed from the dummy to the stage wall at the exact angle of entry. Finally, lasers were placed to show through the entrance of the bullets in the stage wall through the President’s body, and up into the buildings surrounding the square. At that point, it was determined that the shots had been fired from the roof of the Granchelli Building.”

“And that’s where you came into the picture?”

“Not quite. The area was inspected first by the brave men and women of both the FBI and the Chicago PD. According to their reports, which were testified to earlier, there was no physical evidence. The area had been completely cleaned. There were no footprints or fingerprints, no gunshot residue, no evidence that anyone had been up there.”

“So then you were called in to help?”

“Yes,” Lynch nodded. “Niemah, that is, Dr. Pillay and I were contacted by authorities and were asked to use the Tempus V to observe events and determine what had occurred.”

“And you agreed?”

“The President of the United States had been shot three days prior. The entire country was turned completely upside-down. Everyone was, and still are, shocked with grief. Of course we agreed,” Lynch finished his impassioned answer, and Janey repressed the urge to smile again.

“Tell us what happened next,” she said. Now that trust had been established and Lynch had the jury hooked, she gave her witness free rein to describe events as he saw fit.

“After all possible evidence had been collected and recorded, a helicopter brought Dr. Pillay, the Tempus V, and me onto the roof. After setting up the device, Dr. Pillay and I entered the vehicle. We then travelled backward to five minutes before the President’s death. From our location, we observed a blond middle-aged man dressed in a green polo shirt and blue jeans kneeling at the edge of the roof. He was holding a heavy barrelled sniper rifle with a high power scope.”

“Objection, Your Honor. Is the witness also a firearms expert?”

“Sustained,” the judge conceded.

Lynch tried again, “He was holding a large gun, which was later identified by a firearms expert who accompanied us on one of the later excursions.”

“So, the man was holding a gun at the edge of the roof where the bullet was determined to have originated from. What occurred next?”

“He fired five shots directly at President Smithe. The first two were fired off within seconds of each other.  Both entered the President’s chest. She stumbled backward and a secret service agent dove in front of her, but the agent was unable to prevent the third bullet from entering her skull and piercing through her brain. The assailant moved his gun to a lower trajectory and the fourth bullet crashed through the podium, missing the President, but hitting a second Secret Service member, Agent Cody Michaels in the shoulder. The final bullet went wild and killed Melissa Evans, a five-year-old child standing in front of the stage,” he paused as members of the jury gasped, clutched hands to mouths, and shook their heads. The death of the young girl had engendered almost as much sadness and outrage as the death of the President.

“After Melissa collapsed to the ground in a pool of blood,” Lynch remembered to elaborate on this portion of the story, “the assailant took precisely thirty-nine seconds to disassemble the sniper…the weapon. He had been kneeling on a blanket placed on top of the rooftop gravel. After placing the weapon into a green and white gym bag, he pulled up the blanket and shoved that into the bag as well. He then proceeded out of the rooftop door and calmly exited the rooftop.”

“Can you identify the man you saw that day?” Janey asked.

“Absolutely,” Lynch said, pointing to the defendant. “He’s sitting right over there.”

“And did you identify him immediately?” Janey asked.

“No. After a number of observations, Dr. Pillay and myself along with several other attending witnesses worked with sketch artists provided by the FBI. Once a sketch was created, there was a manhunt for the suspect, which lasted eight days. After Mr. Westcott was apprehended, Dr. Pillay and I were brought in to identify the suspect. Separated from one another and brought in before independent police lineups, both she and I identified Arthur Westcott as the perpetrator.”

“Was there ever any doubt in your mind that Mr. Westcott might not be the person you saw that day?”

Lynch sat forward, “Ms. Janey, seeing him kill the President and that little girl once would have been enough, but my colleague and I observed the murder precisely forty seven times.” He paused as the jury gasped again.

Lynch turned away from Janey and looked directly into the eyes of every juror and every alternate one by one. His voice became slow and deliberate, “Forty seven times. From every angle imaginable. I have absolutely no  doubt whatsoever that the man we saw that day over and over and over again is the man who sits before us now.”

“Thank you, Dr. Lynch, for your clear and courageous testimony. Your work will have far-reaching implications not just on the outcome of this trial, but on the fields of science and history. No further questions at this time, Your Honor,” Janey said, taking her seat.

“Would you like to cross-examine the witness at this time, Ms. Cain?” the judge asked, hoping the lawyer would say no so that they could pause for a recess and he, like everyone else in the courtroom, could take time to fully digest the implications of Lynch’s testimony.

Unfortunately, the attorney replied with a terse, “Yes, Your Honor,” and approached the witness stand.

“Mr. Lynch,” she began.

“Doctor,” he cut her off.

“I’m sorry?”

“You’ve been calling me Mr. Lynch all afternoon. I have dual doctoral degrees in physics and astronomy. I would prefer being addressed by my proper title.”

“Doctor then,” she conceded, to the delight of the jury and the chagrin of her client. “Dr. Lynch, I am not going to question any of the observations you or your colleague made that day.”

“You’re not?” Lynch tried not to show the shock which was written all over his face.

“No,” she smiled, “instead, I’d like to focus on your theories of time travel.”

He resisted correcting her again, even though theories were unproven concepts and his beliefs on the rules of the space-time continuum had already been proven many times over. She continued, “First, could you explain why you are unable to move about in three dimensional space and why you are unable to be seen by anyone?”

“Asked and answered, Your Honor,” Janey objected.

“I think we could all use a bit more clarification,” Cain smirked.

“I’ll allow it,” the judge decided.

“Well, as I stated before, working fifth dimensionally, we are outside this plane of existence,” Lynch said. “So, first is the fact that within the realms of the fifth dimension, space and time do not…” he paused, searching for the right word, “bend to allow for horizontal or lateral movement. Beyond that, there are two theories of time travel, one of which presents significant complications if one were to be seen.”

“Can you explain?”

“The first school of thought states that the fourth dimension, that is to say time, is unyielding. In this case, any visit to the past and any interference therein would have almost no effect on present or future events. You could attempt to travel back to prevent your own birth from occurring, but would be unsuccessful.”

“Ah. I see, and the second theory?”

“The second school of thought states that time is highly viable. So that any small alteration, even the tiniest of changes, would have enormous repercussions on the future, possibly even causing an unalterable paradox which could theoretically tear the fourth dimension apart.”

“A paradox?”

“Yes. To draw from the earlier example. If you went back to prevent your own birth and were successful, you would not be born, nor would any of your children or grandchildren. Yet, you were the one to prevent the birth. So, you would be there to do it, but you would not be born to complete the task. This process of being born and unborn might loop, or might destroy a part of the universe in unimaginable ways.”

“And yet, you took the risk that this would occur, at least with your first journey?”

Lynch looked over to Pillay, wondering how much to say, “We knew that working within the fifth dimension, this would not be a possibility. However, as a precaution, we journeyed first into the future as any visit ahead of our time would not cause any sort of alteration such as I have described.”

“Except that you could then know the future,” Cain quipped.

“Objection, badgering,” Janey broke in.

“I’ll answer,” Lynch said, wanting to explain. The judge nodded and the researcher said, “Before our work was brought under the auspices of the federal government, we took only two trips into the future. Both journeys were within the confines of our laboratory, and both lasted less than three minutes.”

“I’ll have to take your word for it,” Cain said. Waving a hand at an already rising Janey, she resumed, “Withdrawn, Your Honor. Now, Dr. Lynch, outside of these two excursions, you have traveled into the past on a number of occasions?”

“Yes.”

“How many?”

“I’m afraid that’s classified,” Lynch said. Finally there was a question for which he had been prepared, and he hoped his answer would be the same for every other inquiry the prosecutor threw his way.

“I’m sorry, but this is a federal trial in the case of the assassination of a president. Surely, you should be as forthcoming as possible,” she pretended to be shocked, turning with mock horror to the jury.

“I have been advised to limit my answers to the events of that day,” Lynch said.

“You have been advised,” Cain murmured. “By Counselor Janey, I presume.”

“No,” Lynch said, actually shocking her this time. “By Vice President, sorry, by President Lopez.”

The jury broke out into loud murmurs and exclamations that did not cease until the judge banged his gavel, “That will be enough. Continue, Ms. Cain.”

“I see,” the prosecutor arched an eyebrow, playing the part, but again secretly pleased to see the case was not going her way. She had only one set of questions left and hoped Lynch would be able to refute them. There were weeks left to this trial, but everyone knew the verdict would be truly decided today.

“Are you familiar with multi-verse theory?” she inquired.

“Of course,” Lynch said. His hands began to flutter again with nervousness, and again he folded them in his lap.

“Could you explain it for the jury?”

“In layman’s terms?”

“Of course,” she inclined her head

He turned to the jury, “The theory of the multi-verse proposes that there are parallel universes all existing in different planes of existence. According to these theories, some of these universes are nearly identical to our own. Others may follow entirely different laws of physics.”

“So there could be an earth without gravity?” the prosecutor asked.

“Theoretically.”

“Or there could be an earth with a carbon copy of myself asking you these very same questions?” she probed.

“Possibly, again, theoretically. Unlike our theories on time and time travel, the theory of parallel universes has yet to be proven,” he looked directly into her eyes.

“And yet, don’t many researchers believe that there are at least ten or eleven of these parallel universes?” she asked, staring right back.

“They did,” he said.

“Did?”

“Or, at least, they still might, until Dr. Pillay and I present our findings.”

“I see. Let’s imagine for a moment though that you’re wrong about this theory. Isn’t it possible that the man you and your friend saw on the roof that day was not my client?  Isn’t it possible that it was another Arthur A. Westcott living a parallel life in one of ten or eleven or even a hundred other dimensions?”

“No,” Lynch stated.

“And why not?” Cain leaned in toward him.

“Because if other universes existed within the fifth or sixth or tenth dimensions, we would be able to move around within them. Almost like astronauts coming into the moon, we would be able to come into those worlds, be seen, walk around, and interact among the people there. This, we are unable to do.”

“I see,” Cain pretended to look disappointed. “And could you tell us whether you’ve ever tried to do such a thing, to test out this particular hypothesis?”

coffin“We have, but the details are classified,” Lynch took another drink of water, thinking again of the reckless Rikichi Okada and the memorial service they’d held for him back in his hometown of Takayama, Japan. He, Pillay, and Vice President Lopez had flown in on Air Force Two for the solemn occasion. The Vice President gave an impassioned speech about the dedication and sacrifice of the researcher while standing in front of a coffin that could never be filled. Besides the assassination, the empty coffin was the one image which would never leave him.

“I see,” Cain said again, looking defeated. “One final question. Why forty seven times?”

“I’m sorry?” Lynch’s brow furrowed.

“You stated previously that you and Dr. Pillay returned to the scene of the crime forty seven times. Why forty seven? Or is that classified as well?”

“No. It’s not classified,” Lynch said, reaching up a hand to massage the space on his forehead between his eyes, where a migraine was beginning to form. “The original plan was to observe the event one hundred times.”

Cain pounced, “And yet, you stopped short at forty seven.”

Lynch looked up, “It came down to PTSD. We were all developing it. Witnessing a murder once is horrifying enough. To see it over and over again and from every angle as I said before… Well, the scene was shocking, as anyone who saw it in person or in the media knows. We observed it as often as we could. By the time we arrived at that number, more journeys and observations didn’t seem necessary, and no one at the FBI, CIA, or Pentagon felt that we should put ourselves through any further distress than was necessary.”

“Distress?”

“The trauma of seeing a beloved leader and an innocent little girl getting shot over and over again without being able to do anything about it,” Lynch rasped, holding back tears. “Once would have been enough. Ten times, more than enough. Forty seven was excessive. We were seeing it in our sleep, in our daydreams, every time we closed our eyes to blink. We didn’t need to see it again.”

“I see,” Cain repeated. She retreated, head bent down toward her shoes as she returned to her table. Her posture was one of defeat and the jury could guess her words before she even uttered them, “No further questions, Your Honor.”

Judge Denison looked to Janey, “Redirect?”

“We don’t feel there’s a need, Your Honor,” Janey said, standing tall and triumphant.

The judge nodded, “We’ll break for today, then and reconvene tomorrow.” He banged his gavel and at the sound, Lynch gave a sigh, wanting to cry tears of relief that he could begin putting this tragedy behind him.

◊ ◊ ◊

The next day, Niemah Pillay was called to the stand. Her description of their research and eye-witness statements were a formality, since her testimony was almost identical to her colleague’s. The trial was paused that Saturday and Sunday, but resumed the following Monday with testimony from Derek Tamworth, the lead investigator on the case. The courtroom was still closed to everyone except those involved in the case. Typically, witnesses were excused from the courtroom to preserve the authenticity of their testimony.  In this momentous trial, all the usual rules seemed to have exceptions.  Seated in the gallery seats, Lynch and Pillay observed the proceedings, ready and willing to return to the witness box, if necessary.

Under Janey’s direction, Tamworth again covered the territory begun by Lynch and Pillay, describing the forensics of the bullet trajectories in more detail, and using diagrams to explain how they had made their final determinations. After several hours of testimony the jury had already heard and understood, it was at last Cain’s turn to question the witness.

“Deputy Director Tamworth,” Cain began her cross, “isn’t it true that you had absolutely no physical evidence in this case prior to bringing in Drs. Lynch and Pillay?”

“Yes. That is correct.”

“And isn’t it true that even after the eye witness testimony, there was no further corroborating evidence pointing to my client as the perpetrator of this horribly tragic crime?”

“No. That is incorrect,” Tamworth said.

“Oh, so there were records of Mr. Westcott buying a rifle?”

“No.”

“Or, perhaps there were witnesses who saw him receiving firearms’ training, or accounts of any gun clubs he might have joined or firing ranges he might have visited.”

“No.”

“And, as you stated before, there were no fingerprints, fibers, DNA, or other pieces of evidence tying my client to the crime scene?”

“That is correct.”

“So, could you tell us just precisely what this other evidence consisted of?”

“There were psychological indications that Westcott was guilty,” he held up a thick calloused hand to ward off her objections before she could make them. “I know, I know. I am not a psychological expert. They’re not due in for another week or two, I’ve been told. So, I’ll just stick to the hard physical evidence within my realm of expertise. In terms of actual physical evidence, we had several suspects after the artists’ renderings were released to the media. However, within all the crackpot calls and tips on individuals with solid alibis leading nowhere, Westcott’s name kept reappearing.”

He cleared his throat and continued, “After questioning peers, family members, coworkers, and neighbors, it was clear that Westcott did not have an alibi during the afternoon of the incident. Based on those interviews, we were able to obtain a warrant, which we used to search Mr. Westcott’s home and office.”

“And in your searches did you find a weapon of the type described by Dr. Lynch and Dr. Pillay?”

“No,” Tamworth admitted, “but we did find clothing that matched their description.”

“That would be Prosecution’s Exhibit E?”

“Yes.”

She held up the clear plastic bag containing the shirt and pants in question. Lynch, who had not seen them since the repeated day of the assassination, sat forward in his seat in the second row of the gallery, squinting at the shirt beneath the plastic. “This pair of pants and shirt?” Cain asked the obligatory question.

“The very same,” the man nodded.

“And were you able to read the labels on the clothing in question?”

“I was.”

“And where did those labels identify the clothing as coming from?”

“The jeans were Levis and the shirt was from Lacoste,” Tamworth mispronounced the brand name.

“And are you aware that these are the most common cut of Levi jeans?  Or that this shirt is two years old, and that two years ago the Lacoste Company produced 25,000 shirts of the same size and color that year?”

“No. I was not aware of that,” Tamworth said, “I am not an expert on fashion. All I can say is that the clothing described by the two witnesses was found in your client’s closet, a man who matched their description exactly. At the point we found the items in his wardrobe, we made our arrest.”

“So, you arrested a forty-five-year-old school teacher with no evidence of firearm training and no history of violence on the basis of a commonly produced polo shirt and an even more commonly produced pair of jeans?” Cain sneered.

“Yes,” Tamworth admitted again, “and then after the arrest, the perpetrator was identified by both witnesses.”

“After you had spoken to them?” Cain attempted.

“Absolutely not. In a case as important as this one, we wanted to follow everything according to the book. After their work at the crime scene and their eye witness statements, they were kept in isolation both from the other investigators and from each other. Then, each was brought in separately to view the lineup and make identifications with yourself, your paralegal, and your independent investigator as witnesses for the defense. There were no violations here, Ms. Cain.”

“Thank you,” Cain said. “No further questions.”

“Redirect?” Judge Denison asked.

“Not at this time, Your Honor,” the prosecutor smiled, standing tall once again.

“Then we’ll take a break for lunch, and pick up with testimony in one hour,” the judge banged his gavel and the jury exited the courtroom.

As soon as they were out the door, Lynch and Pillay began whispering to each other fervently. She was violently shaking her head, but he pointed again to the bag and then to Janey, and at last, she shrugged, seeming to give in.

“We need to talk,” Lynch tapped the prosecutor’s shoulder.

“Here?” she inquired.

“Better to do it in your office,” he eyed one of the drones buzzing nearby.

She followed his gaze and nodded. Once they were seated in the quiet privacy of Janey’s office, Lynch said, “We never saw the other evidence before today.”

“Your point is?” Janey was tired and annoyed at this impromptu meeting so late in the game.

“That’s not the shirt.”

“What?” she tried not to shout, in case someone outside could overhear them.

“That’s not the shirt,” Lynch repeated as Pillay sat silently next to him, looking at the floor and shaking her head.

“How can you be sure?” Janey whispered.

“The logo on the breast of the shirt. I saw it through the bag. It’s an alligator.”

“Yes. That’s the standard logo for that company,” she replied.

“When we saw the murder, it was a penguin,” he said.

Janey froze, “Are you sure?”

“Forty seven times,” he reminded her. “Each time, it was a penguin.”

“But surely, he might have worn a different shirt, perhaps even bought an almost identical one after the crime,” Janey turned to gaze out her window, speaking more to herself than to either of her witnesses.

“Maybe,” Lynch said, “but it’s their only piece of physical evidence, surely…”

“Surely, he purchased a second shirt, Mr. Lynch,” Janey whipped back around, glaring at him sternly.

“That could be the case, but you don’t understand,” Lynch fumbled. “The multi-verses the prosecutor was talking about could…”

“I don’t want to hear it, Mr. Lynch, and neither will the jury. I see no reason to bring this to Ms. Cain. Discovery concluded long ago…”

“But this is new evidence,” Lynch tried again, wishing Niemah would jump in.

“This is a theory speculating that Mr. Westcott may have worn a different similar shirt the day of the crime,” she said and turned her attention to the silent Niemah. “Dr. Pillay, do you recall the shirt in question?”

Niemah shrugged, refusing to lift her gaze from the floor. Witnessing the assassination had been traumatizing, and now that her testimony had concluded, she didn’t want to talk about the incident ever again.

“Do you recall identifying the murderer from a lineup including nine other nearly identical men?” the prosecutor pushed.

“Yes,” the researcher squeaked.

“That settles it,” Janey brushed her hands together. “We shall assume that if Dr. Lynch is correct about the appearance of the attire, after the murder, Mr. Westcott stripped of his clothing, disposed of said clothing in whatever location he also hid the gun, and purchased a similar shirt to replace the one missing from his wardrobe.”

“But certainly, you could easily check with his wife to confirm the shirt had altered,” Lynch stammered, as Janey stood and ushered them toward the doorway, indicating they were done.

“And you could easily become the laughingstock of the scientific community,” she retorted, opening the door and practically throwing them out.

Lynch stood in the hallway staring as the lawyer quietly closed and then locked her office door. He looked to his colleague, stunned, “Niemah, you know I’m right. We have to go to the defense team with this.”

“Drop it, Gary,” Pillay replied. “We did our part, and we did our best. Let’s just leave it. We can even abandon the research. Go back to the university and start on something new.”

He shook his head, unable to fathom such a possibility. Abandon the research? The research was everything. “I’m going,” he squared his shoulders.

“Then you’ll have to go alone,” she turned and walked away.

Lynch was unsure how to approach the other attorney, and wondered whether witnesses were allowed to confer privately with the other side. He didn’t know what the rules were, but at this point, he didn’t care. He waited in the hallway outside of the conference room Cain and the rest of her team occupied, wondering when she might emerge. He didn’t have to wait too long as the defense attorney came out of the room alone ten minutes later. She was pushing open the door to the ladies’ room when he intervened. “We need to talk,” he said.

Shaken, Cain said, “I shouldn’t be…”

He cut her off, “Alone. Now!”

She pulled him into the bathroom, locking the door and carefully opening each stall to ensure no one could overhear their conversation.

“What?” Cain’s hands were shaking worse than his had been earlier.

“The multi-verse theory you mentioned earlier?”

She nodded and he continued, “There was one other flaw I didn’t mention.”

“What?” she asked again, her heartbeat quickening.

“Flaws, changes from one parallel universe to the next. You said it yourself, one carbon copy of you asking the same questions, another world in which gravity doesn’t exist.”

“Right,” she raised an eyebrow.

“Under that theory, in each universe, there would almost by necessity need to be at least some small infinitesimal changes in each dimension. For example, if true, there could be another me, exactly the same as myself, only with blond hair instead of brown.”

“I see, and did you observe any of these differences in any one of your forty seven trips to the crime scene?”

“No,” he admitted, feeling as if he were under cross examination again.

“You said the multi-verse theory was impossible,” she stated.

“We had a colleague whom we lost when he tried to move within the other dimension. We thought he was gone, but if the theories are correct, it’s possible he’s moving between each universe, or that in moving laterally, he landed in a separate dimension, a different parallel world we couldn’t see.”

“Doubtful and difficult to either explain or understand,” Cain said.

“But Westcott’s shirt,” Lynch exclaimed, “I saw it before. It’s different now. When we saw it on the roof, it had a penguin logo on the breast. Today in court, I saw that the logo on the shirt in evidence features an alligator. If those theories of multiple universes are correct, it could mean that Dr. Pillay and I observed a completely different parallel world in our travels. In those worlds, anything could be possible. There could be a world in which Arthur A. Westcott might be named Arthur B. Westcott. A world in which the mild mannered school teacher and father of three has no children, or has the same family, but homicidal tendencies, or had a different upbringing, or…”

“Or, a world which is precisely our own in which Mr. Westcott simply discarded the shirt along with the sniper rifle,” Cain interrupted.

“That’s exactly what Janey said,” Lynch was shocked that both women had arrived at the same conclusion.

“So you told her,” Cain tilted her head. “What did she say?”

“She told me to keep quiet,” Lynch admitted.

“She was right,” Cain smiled at the man’s wide eyes and gaping mouth. She had shocked him for once.

“She, she, she…” he stammered again. “But, the evidence. You said it yourself. It’s the only piece and if it’s wrong, if I’m wrong…”

Cain held up a hand to stop him again, “What you’re telling me could be enough to cast reasonable doubt in the minds of the jury. Your testimony is what won the prosecution’s case. If you back down or change your story now, it will throw everything off track.”

She leaned forward, causing Lynch to retreat, his back against the door of the bathroom stall. Cain continued whispering, “If you’re wrong, then that still means that some Arthur Westcott in some world somewhere out there murdered the best president this country’s ever seen and took a five-year-old girl down in the process. And someone is going to pay for that. And I don’t have Arthur B. or Arthur C. or Arthur fucking Z. in that courtroom. I’ve got Arthur A., and he’s the only perpetrator this universe is ever going to see. And I’m going to make damned sure he’s punished for the crime, no matter which version of him actually pulled the trigger.”

“But you’re his lawyer!” Lynch cried.

“Wise up, Mr. Lynch. Arthur Westcott is a psychopath and a murderer and not one person in this whole damned country is on his side, including me.” She unlocked the door. “And this conversation never took place.”

For the second time that afternoon, Gary Lynch found himself thrust out into the hallway, alone and desperately questioning every decision he had ever made.

Neither he nor anyone else needed a time machine to determine what was going to happen next. The prosecution whipped through witness after witness including three more forensics’ experts and a bevy of psychologists and psychiatrists, all testifying to the fact that Arthur A. Westcott was a dangerous psychopathic murderer who had shot down President Ophelia Smithe in cold blood, and had maliciously kept firing, injuring a valued Secret Service agent, and murdering an innocent little five-year-old in the process. Then came the pack of other eye-witnesses including Vice President, now President Thomas Lopez, the injured Secret Service agent, Cody Michaels, and Melissa’s parents, each of whom wept throughout their entire testimony.

But, as both lawyers had surmised, it had been Lynch’s testimony that had condemned the man. The rest was all nearly routine. By the time the trial was done, the jury reached a verdict in just under eight minutes, though they waited a respectable seven hours before revealing their decision to the court, wanting to seem as if they had truly deliberated. Westcott was convicted and, in a move that defied the traditions of the American legal system, he was executed for the crime less than six months later, the American people almost unified in their cry to see him punished.

The day of the execution, Lynch and Pillay silently dismantled the Tempus V and erased all of their research. For extra measure, they destroyed the computers beyond repair and then set about first shredding and then burning all traces of paperwork. Neither one spoke of time travel, the assassination, or their doubts ever again, but neither one ever had another night of uninterrupted sleep either.

Until the end of his days, Lynch’s dreams traveled back to the day of the assassination and he watched Westcott from every possible angle as the logo on the man’s chest flickered and changed from penguin to alligator and back over and over again.

—«»-«»-«»—

Megan E. Cassidy’s young adult novel Always, Jessie will be published by Saguaro Books this spring. Other short stories and essays have appeared in Pilcrow and Dagger, Wordhaus, and Gilded Serpent Magazine. She holds a master’s degree in English from the State University of New York at Brockport and us an Assistant Professor of Literature and Writing at Schenectady County Community College.

  • Continue Reading

Published by Associate Editor on March 15, 2016. This item is listed in Issue 29, Issue 29 Stories, Stories

Damsel in Distress

By Lauren Triola

One day my prince will come, and on that day…I’ll throttle him within an inch of his life! I’m the damsel in distress, damn it! I’m the curvaceous blonde who’s in trouble and needs rescuing! I’m trapped in a tower by a madman, the clock is ticking, and there’s a tear in my dress. He should have showed up hours ago! Where the hell is he?

◊ ◊ ◊

meadmugs“See, the way I figure it, you got a hero complex. You don’t need to go saving her just because she wants you to. She’s the one who’s gotten herself kidnapped. It’s her own fault, you know, let her figure it out!”

Davey certainly did make a lot of sense, especially after two mugs of mead. Why should Randolf go save her? Just because he was the prince and she was the princess didn’t mean he was her keeper. She could take care of herself. Who made up these rules about saving the damsel in distress anyway? If she was distressed, she should really learn to control herself; calm down a bit, do some yoga. He can’t go off and save her butt every time she gets in a little scrape. What about his needs?

“Davey,” Randolf slurred, “you’re right. She got herself into it, she can get herself out. More mead, barmaid!”

◊ ◊ ◊

Within the wicked depths of the Forest of Darkness, inside his iniquitous Castle of Dread, the dark wizard Lord Evilman drummed his fingers on his armrest.

Where was Randolf? Evilman had told him where the princess was, had practically given him a map because god knows that moron would never have gotten here on his own. He had given Randolf until midnight to show or he’d kill her, slowly, painfully.

Evilman looked up at the clock.

Where was he?

◊ ◊ ◊

Queen Moreen stared out her chamber window, biting her thumbnail. The door opened behind her, and she turned to see her husband, King Straus, enter the room.

She rushed to him. “Any news?”

Straus sadly shook his head and Moreen gave a silent sob. She had been pacing her room off and on ever since hearing the news of her daughter’s kidnapping. She was weary with worry but quite glad about the two pounds she had lost.

“There’s still time,” Straus assured her.

Moreen nodded. “I know, I know. But…Randolf will save her, won’t he?”

Straus wrapped Moreen in his arms. “Of course he will. It’s his princely duty. She’ll be just fine.” As long as that drunk got off his ass and sobered up long enough to know what was going on, the King thought but, wisely, did not tell his wife.

◊ ◊ ◊

“I love you, man,” Randolf said thickly, trying very hard to figure out why there were five Davey’s floating in front of him.

“You gotta lay off the mead, man,” Davey said as he grappled with what turned out to be his own leg. “I think we’re trashed, Randy. Better go home.”

“I can’t go home,” Randolf shouted, having lost control of the volume of his voice. “They think I’m saving the prinis—prancess—prinkass—whatever, you know, what’s-her-name.”

“The bar’s ’bout ta close, though,” Davey said.

“Yeah, well, I know a place,” Randolf yelled in what he thought was a conspiratorial whisper.

◊ ◊ ◊

I’ll boil him in oil, chop off his head, and display his body parts throughout the kingdom. That’ll show Prince Stupid. I bet he’s getting wasted right now.

Other lovely thoughts such as those went through the princess’s head as she paced her cell in the tallest tower of Lord Evilman’s castle. Occasionally she would add a rather violent gesture. At this point, she wasn’t even concerned with whatever dark destiny Evilman had in store for her. His role in all this felt secondary, really, despite him being the one who’d kidnapped her. He had always been nothing more than a distant figure of legend she had ignored in school, and honestly, he went down easy when kicked.

It was Randolf’s fault in her mind. He had mouthed off, said Evilman was all talk—a nonsense speech he often gave at random, usually followed by several sustained minutes of belching. So no, she didn’t really blame Evilman, or even fear him.

As for Randolf…

Her pink and frilly gown flowed out behind her as she practiced coming down on Randolf with a blunt and rusty ax.

◊ ◊ ◊

darkcastleEvilman paced his study, thinking. What if Randolf didn’t show? All the planning, the kidnapping, the rather nasty kick to the shins by a pair of pink and frilly shoes would all be for naught.

Then again, wouldn’t that mean he had won? But if there was no showdown between villain and hero, then he’s winning by default. That doesn’t prove Evilman’s superior to Randolf; that just proves Randolf was incompetent, which was hardly any news.

If Randolf didn’t show up, then what was the point? Why show his superiority to Randolf anyway? A shoe covered in horse manure was superior to Randolf. Why does Evilman need to challenge him? Why, because Randolf’s the prince? Big freaking deal! Why did Evilman even do this in the first place? What was there to be gained by kidnapping the princess?

Evilman rubbed his temples, a headache forming as panicky bubbles of anxiety boiled beneath his breastbone. Chewing his lip, Evilman strode toward the back wall of his study and pulled open a set of black curtains. Behind them was not a window but an oval mirror. It did not reflect Evilman’s ageless face. Instead, it showed a different man’s head: bald, strong-jawed, slightly transparent, and suspended among black swirling mist.

“Hi, Jeremy, nice to see you again. What’s on your mind?” the mirror asked in a calm, kind voice.

Evilman hugged himself, filled with guilt, rubbing his hands over his arms. “I’m having doubts about the plan.”

The mirror gave a kind smile. “Are you doubting the plan, or are you doubting yourself?”

“I don’t know. I’m so confused. People expect this kind of thing from me, because of my name, you know. But all I want to do is work in my garden and do interior decorating. What should I do, Mirror?”

“You shouldn’t search for answers from outside voices but from your own, inner voice. What is your inner voice telling you, Jeremy?”

“That I should take a bubble bath.”

“Good. Then that is what you should do. And if you ever doubt yourself again, I want you to say to yourself ‘I am Jeremy, and I am in control of my own life’.”

◊ ◊ ◊

“More mead, barmaid!” cried the prince as he entered the bar.

Randolf and Davey staggered over to a table and collapsed onto some chairs. About five, actually.

“See…this bar…stays open…later,” explained Randolf, trying very hard to recall the English language. “Mead more, barmaid!”

◊ ◊ ◊

“Randolf is a moron, a drunk, a cad, and he will never save the princess unless she’s being held prisoner in a wine cellar!”

“Come now, King Jonas,” said King Straus. “You’re talking about your son.”

“That’s how he knows,” remarked Jonas’s wife, Queen Rubella, as she adjusted her lipstick in a hand mirror.

Queen Moreen paused her pacing of the chamber. “But, Rubella—”

“Queen Rubella.”

Moreen rolled her eyes. Oh, yes, now she remembered why they never invited Randolf’s family over for dinner anymore. If he hadn’t been the only prince within reasonable traveling distance… “My apologies, Queen Rubella. But as I was saying, it is your son’s duty as prince to respond to any and all damsel in distress situations involving his betrothed. It is his role. Are you saying he will ignore all that? Will he not fulfill his rightful responsibility and save my daughter?”

Queen Rubella finished applying a fresh coat of lipstick and popped her lips, eyes on her reflection. “Not a chance in hell, dearie.”

◊ ◊ ◊

Does he really expect me to sit and wait for him? I’ve gotten into trouble, that’s my job, now where is he to do his? Don’t those bimbos from the fairy tales ever get annoyed with their princes swaggering in at the last minute? Can’t he ever come before she’s just about to die? Or how about preventing the whole thing altogether? Why can’t the damsel ever save herself? And then maybe get a job as an interior decorator…

Stuck in a tower? Seriously? She never thought she’d be one of those princesses. Yet here she was. The cliché to end all clichés. All that was missing was a Prince Charming.

Too bad she didn’t know one.

Randolf was a betrothal of convenience, though at the moment it didn’t feel particularly convenient. She was a princess and so it was her role to be married to a prince. It didn’t matter that she cared less about him than for the bugs she fed her pet tarantula (she had demanded an exotic pet for her eighth birthday, like a unicorn or tiger or something—her father had misunderstood). And she had far better things to do than eat apples, prick her finger, sell her voice, or go to balls in vermin-assisted coaches like what all the other princesses were doing. Not that there was anything wrong with those life choices, of course. Princesses could do whatever they wanted, whether it involved wielding swords or singing songs. She just wasn’t the sort to do either. All she wanted was to have a night in, maybe artfully arrange the rushes or invent the valance, all without having to find a true love or some such ridiculous thing. Where was the harm in that? She didn’t need, nor want, the adventure or near-death experiences.

Also, did she smell potpourri?

◊ ◊ ◊

Lord Evilman looked toward the clock then took a deep breath. “This is it. You told Randolf that if he didn’t come you would kill the princess. If you don’t carry out that threat then no one will ever believe you again. They’ll think you’ve gone soft. You can do this. I am Jeremy, and I am in control of my own life.”

“That’s the ticket,” the mirror said with an encouraging smile.

Evilman hesitated only a moment before heading toward the stairs to his tallest tower. Torches lined the dark winding staircase, the flames flickering as he passed. And flickering again when he briefly turned back. And then once more after he gave himself a pep talk and determinedly strode to the highest room, with only occasional pauses to hyperventilate.

He was outside the princess’s door now. He could hear her pacing the stone floor. Fumbling only slightly, he pulled out the key and unlocked the door.

◊ ◊ ◊

Queen Moreen stared, mouth slightly open, as Queen Rubella continued to reapply her lipstick. Despite the fact that red looked especially good on her and matched the highlights in her perfectly coiffed bouffant, Moreen very much wanted to jab it into Rubella’s eye socket.

“Excuse me, but did you just say there was ‘no chance in hell’ Prince Randolf—your son and leader of your army—will save my daughter from certain death?” Moreen asked.

Rubella rolled her eyes. “Oh, the army thing is just an honorary position. Jonas’s father did the same thing when he was a boy. I mean, come on, can you honestly see either one of them wielding a sword without chopping off their head or, god forbid, something important?”

“I’m right here,” Jonas said through clenched teeth.

Rubella adjusted her eyeliner. “Yes, so you are.”

“Let me get this straight,” Moreen said, resuming her pacing (if she kept at it, she might go down a whole size). “Your son, who promised to love and protect our daughter even in the face of the darkest evil, who swore in front of the Fairy Godmothers themselves that he would fight an actual fire-breathing dragon if need be to save her, is not going to rescue her from Lord Evilman, the most dreaded sorcerer this side of the Great Mountains? And he’s forgoing his duty because…?”

“Because he lied his ass off so he could get the free wine at the reception. And if your precious Fairy Godmothers hadn’t been three sheets to the wind themselves, they would have noticed.”

“But—but—but Rubella—”

“Queen Rubella.”

Moreen clenched her fists, itching to cram Rubella’s hand mirror the same place as her lipstick. “Come now, can’t we drop the royal titles? We’re going to be in-laws pretty soon.”

King Jonas snorted, slouching in his chair. “Pretty soon your daughter’s going to be the key ingredient in one of Lord Evilman’s potions. We just told you, Randolf will never save Princess What’s-Her-Face.”

Moreen turned her glare to Jonas. “My daughter is not Princess What’s-Her-Face! Her name is—”

“It doesn’t matter. Randolf won’t save her unless her name’s Guinness.”

“So my daughter is going to die?” Moreen cried.

“Nonsense,” King Straus piped up. “Evil guys are always kidnapping damsels, but killing them is always an empty threat.”

“We don’t know that. The prince always saves the princess.”

“Oh, right.” Straus tapped a finger to his lip in thought. “Then yes, yes she is going to die.”

◊ ◊ ◊

“More mead, barmaid!”

Ginny had had just about enough of the two drunks in the corner of the tavern. They’d come in sloshed and now they were thoroughly plastered. Despite her frustration, she shuffled off behind the bar to retrieve their requested refreshment then served them with a smile.

Five minutes later, she did the same.

And another five after that. And another.

“Maid more, barmead!”

This time, Ginny slammed the two flagons onto the table.

“Here’s your damn mead! When you finish it, get out! We’re closing!” Ginny turned to leave but a hand clutched her arm.

“Wha’ did you say?” slurred the more nicely dressed of the two boozehounds.

“I said this is your last round, get out!”

“Tha’s not wha’ you said before,” the second one said.

Ginny sighed. “It’s the gist. And I mean it, too. If you don’t leave in five minutes, I’ll get the bartender to toss you out.” Ginny wrenched her arm free of the rummy’s grasp. “And don’t touch me again, you pig!”

“Hey!” The nicer dressed one got shakily to his feet. “You can’ talk dat way to me! Do you know who I am?”

“No, so if you forgot, I can’t help you.”

“I’m the prince!”

Ginny paused. She looked him up and down. “Prince Randolf, eh? Who cares?”

“Who cares? You should! I could make things very diff’cult for you—”

“You already are making things difficult for me! Those taxes you’ve proposed to institute after you marry the princess and become king are just ridiculous. I can barely get by with the current ones, and now you want to take more?”

“I’m the prince—”

“Yes, we’ve established that. But just because you’re the prince doesn’t mean I have to like you. I’m not gonna curtsey to the Ass Who Would Be King. Now, get out!”

“No!”

“Then I’ll get the bartender to kick you out!”

“I’d like to see him try!”

◊ ◊ ◊

As Randolf and Davey struggled, both nursing black eyes and strained wrists, to pull themselves off the ground, Davey slurred, “Maybe we should’ve left when she told us to.”

Randolf, too drunk for this, rolled over several times in the dirt before remembering how legs worked. “I thought I could take him, but he was bigger than expected.”

Davey dragged himself upright with the help of someone’s horse. Or at least he thought it was a horse. “So, where to now?”

Randolf shrugged then noticed a building across the street. “Hey, look, a bar! I could use a drink.”

◊ ◊ ◊

It’s almost midnight, and hark! What’s that galloping away over yonder? Could it be? Yes! It’s the last of my fucks!

The princess stared out the tower window. Evilman could throw his worst spells at her right now and she wouldn’t care, not with the wrath boiling beneath her skin. And she would boil Randolf if she could. At this point, she didn’t even care where he was. She wasn’t going to wait for him anymore. She was done playing this part. He wasn’t coming and she didn’t feel the least bit sad or disappointed.

She was in control of her own life for once, gods damn it.

Let Evilman come for her. She could face him. It couldn’t be worse than the awkward conversations she’d endured during dinners with Randolf’s parents. Now those were painful.

How bad could it be? What was the worst Evilman could do? And where did he get those curtains? That lace was just lovely…

A lock clicked behind her. The princess turned to see the door creak open.

◊ ◊ ◊

Evilman strode determinedly into the darkened room atop his tallest tower, conjuring a circle of fire to line the walls as he moved and shifting the lighting to a vivid green (for mood). The princess, arms crossed, stood in the middle of the room and watched as he stalked toward her.

“It is time for your end, my dear,” Evilman said, throwing out his arms in a grandly sinister gesture and putting on the dramatic voice that he’d learned at theater camp. “Your prince is not coming to save you. You will tremble with fear at what death I have in store for you.”

The princess continued to stare at Evilman. “No.”

There was a pause as Evilman tried to process what just happened. “No?”

“No,” the princess repeated.

“No to what?”

“To everything. I’m not going to tremble with fear, I’m not going to wait for my prince to come, and I’m not going to die.”

“You’re not?”

“No.”

Evilman, arms still held out in what was quickly becoming a not-so-grand gesture, blinked. “Uh…”

Maybe he needed more fire. Igniting the very ceiling with black-gold flames, he put on the maniacal grin he’d practiced in the mirror all morning and growled, “But you will.”

The princess yawned and pulled her dress away from the flames. “Nope.”

Spiders? People were scared of spiders, right? Or bats…? Thinking fast, Evilman conjured an army of spider-bat hybrids that crawled across the floor, carpeting it in a writhing black mass of eight-legged, winged beasts, all crawling straight toward the princess.

“Prepare for your doom!”

The princess, instead of cowering in fear, picked up one of the spider-bats and scratched it behind the ear. It purred.

“Ah, geez, don’t pet the monsters,” Evilman sighed, running a hand down his face. “I mean, DOOM—”

“Look, I see what you’re doing here, but none of this is actually lethal, so if all you’ve got are fancy parlor tricks, then I’m going to head out. I’ve got a prince to maim.”

“But—”

“But nothing, pal.”

I am Jeremy, and I am in control of my own life. “I will kill you…?” Evilman said, but even to him it sounded like a question.

“Hmmm, no.”

“But—”

“No.”

Evilman glared at the princess then burst into tears.

◊ ◊ ◊

The clock struck half an hour to midnight. Queen Moreen was showing the utmost restraint by not beating Rubella and Jonas to death with their own arms.

“We are running out of time!” she screamed, stomping her foot. “Where the hell is your son?”

“Moreen, please!” King Straus said, shifting awkwardly in his chair. “Don’t yell at our guests.”

“How can you stand by and let our daughter be murdered by a madman?” Moreen demanded of her husband.

“I don’t want Evilman to kill our daughter, but that doesn’t mean we should be rude.”

Moreen stormed across the room and grabbed him by his shoulders. “If you don’t want her to die then do something!”

“Come now, you know perfectly well that as king it’s my obligation to be ineffectual. It’s Prince Randolf’s job—”

“How many times do we have to tell you?” King Jonas said, picking lint off his velvet doublet. “Randolf isn’t going to save her. I bet he’s drunk right now, probably at some bar with that friend of his, Davey.”

Moreen jabbed her finger at Jonas. “See! Randolf has broken his vow and refuses to play his part. It is up to us now to fix this. Bring me a horse!” Moreen shouted to the servant bringing more wine to Jonas and Rubella. “I’ll save her myself.”

“Whoa, whoa.” Straus stood up, brow furrowed. “The queen and the princess in the hands of Lord Evilman? That certainly won’t end well. No, no, that just won’t do.” Straus straightened his purple robes and cleared his throat. “I will save my daughter.”

“Thank you,” Moreen sighed.

“And when I come back, I’ll hunt Randolf down and shove my foot up his—”

“Excuse me,” Rubella snapped. “My son might be a useless, drunken idiot, but he is not yours to punish.”

“Let King Straus kill him, I don’t care,” Jonas said, waving his hand vaguely as if pushing the issue aside and increasing his slouch.

Rubella’s jaw dropped. “Jonas! Don’t you care about our son?”

“Weren’t you just saying he’s a useless, drunken idiot?”

“Yes, but he’s my son and I’m supposed to forgive him for those things.”

Jonas suddenly leapt up from his chair, pointing violently at Rubella. “That’s why I didn’t want to marry you! You always overlook things like that. If you ran the kingdom, you would have handed it over to the barbarians after they sent you that severed head as a gift!”

“It’s the thought that counts!” Rubella cried, jumping to her feet too. “And that’s why I didn’t want to marry you! You’re completely insensitive and haven’t a care for anyone besides yourself! If you hadn’t knocked me up then our parents would never had made us marry and I would be better off!”

“So would I!”

Moreen shifted uncomfortably. “Do you think we should leave?” she whispered to Straus.

“No, no, this is good stuff,” Straus whispered back. “No wonder Randolf’s so screwed up.”

◊ ◊ ◊

The princess awkwardly patted the somewhat greasy hair of Lord Evilman as he cried into her shoulder. Of all the scenarios she had considered during her waiting, this one had never occurred.

“Don’t cry,” she said. “It’s all right.”

“No, it’s not! I can’t do anything right!” Evilman howled in despair and continued to cry on the princess’s shoulder.

“No, that’s—that’s not true. The fire was quite, um, impressive… You’re very, uh, terrifying—”

“I don’t want to be terrifying! I never wanted that, but I’ve never been able to do what I’ve wanted. I always have to be ‘the bad guy’.”

“You don’t have to be the bad guy,” the princess said.

“Yes, I do. My parents made me. They never listened. They never loved me. And all I wanted was to be loved!” Evilman wailed again and sobbed even louder.

◊ ◊ ◊

“Horses! Get the horses!”

“We have to save my daughter!”

“Magenta doesn’t go with everything, Rubella!”

The servants rushed about the castle courtyard, trying to make sense of the shouting, deciphering what was an order and what was an insult.

Waiting for his horse, King Straus strode toward the guards standing at the gate. “Gather the men! We ride to Evilman’s castle immediately.”

Queen Moreen nodded behind him. “Bring our daughter home, men.”

“How can you call our dinner conversations communicating?” Queen Rubella demanded of King Jonas as they trailed behind. “All you ever say to me is ‘Pass the mead’! No wonder Randolf is a drunk!”

“Where the hell is the damn messenger?” Jonas said, staring anywhere but at his wife. “I refuse to listen to this defamation another minute without my lawyer.”

“Yes, god forbid you hear something that hurts your feelings—oh wait, you don’t have any!”

Moreen side-eyed Rubella and Jonas. She leaned in close to the captain of the guard. “If they accidentally get hit by a stray arrow, I won’t be upset.”

◊ ◊ ◊

The princess’s shoulder was now thoroughly soaked.

“And then when I joined the ballet,” Evilman said, sniffing, “the other kids made fun of me!” Another wave of tears started to fall. “I never got to make my own choices after that. My dad told me I had to act like a man, and my mom said I should become a sorcerer, but all I ever wanted to do was interior decorating!”

“Interior decorating?” the princess said.

“Yes,” sobbed Evilman. “Why, are you going to make fun of me, too?”

“No, I love interior decorating.”

Suddenly, the crying stopped. Evilman looked up at her and wiped away his tears on his black velvet sleeve. He sniffed and said, “Princess, would you like to look at fabric swatches with me?”

◊ ◊ ◊

“More mead, barmaid!”

Randolf tried to steady himself in his chair. By the time the mead arrived, he had established that it was in fact the room that was spinning, not him.

“This isn’t the nicest bar,” he commented.

“It’s too dark,” Davey said.

Randolf pulled Davey’s head off the table.

“That’s better,” Davey said.

Randolf let go and Davey fell forward once more.

Something hazy entered the spinning vortex off to Randolf’s right. “Are you boys feeling well?”

“WHAT DID YOU CALL ME?” Randolf demanded.

“Uh…I asked if you were well…?”

“Oh, yes, we’re fine,” Randolf slurred toward the spinning haziness. “Why’d you ask?”

“Well,” said the haziness, “it’s just that you’re covered in dirt and you called me a barmaid.”

Randolf tried very hard to focus on the haze speaking to him, but too many people swam before him. It took awhile before Randolf realized they were all the same person.

“What’s wrong with calling you barmaid? You did bring us our mead.”

“Yes,” said the haze-person slowly, “and that is my job, it’s just that I’m a man.”

Randolf squinted hard but the haze-person spun too rapidly to focus. “Oh.”

“Good for you,” Davey told the floor.

The haze shifted its round thing into an arch. “Who are you guys, anyway?”

Randolf puffed out his chest importantly. “I’m Prince Randolf, and this is my associate, Davey.”

“Your associate?”

“He accompanies me on important excursions and offers counsel.”

“So, your drinking buddy.”

“Exactly.”

The speaking haze swirled slightly to the left. “Aren’t you supposed to be saving the princess? News of her kidnapping is all over the kingdom.”

Randolf leaned back in his chair, affronted, but almost fell backwards. Gripping the table, he glared at the swirling haze, which had just grown a beard. “I’m the prince! You can’t tell me what to do!”

“Sorry.” The haze put up the largest hands in the universe. “It’s just that it’s your job, and I think you should do what is expected of you. I always do my job, even if I don’t like it.”

“What, you think you’re better than me?”

“No, I’m just giving my opinion.”

“Damn straight!” Randolf shouted and passed out onto the table.

◊ ◊ ◊

The castle courtyard bustled with activity as horses were prepared to ride and soldiers were prepared to fight.

“You have to hurry!” Queen Moreen said. “It may already be too late.”

“Don’t worry, my dear, we’re almost ready,” King Straus assured her as he settled onto his horse. Moments later, the rest of the rescue party had mounted their steeds. Straus signaled his men to follow him, waved good-bye to his wife, kicked his horse into a canter, and rode off. The rescue party waved good-bye to Moreen, kicked their horses, and sped after Straus.

“Bring her home safe!” cried Moreen, feeling somewhat empty at not being able to go as well.

“Oh, shut up, Moreen,” Queen Rubella snapped.

Moreen’s back went ramrod straight. She turned coldly to where Rubella was slouching against a pillar, awaiting the return of the messenger with news from her lawyers. “Queen Moreen.”

Rubella returned Moreen’s look. “What happened to ‘can’t we drop the royal titles’?” she sneered.

“I’ve changed my mind about that,” Moreen said. “And about you. You are no longer welcome here. And I don’t just mean this castle—the whole kingdom! Collect your husband and son and leave!”

“Oh, we were just about to!” snapped Rubella. “By the way, you aren’t welcome in my kingdom either!”

“Fine!”

“Fine!”

Rubella stormed off, King Jonas following behind saying, “Technically it’s my kingdom,” to which Rubella replied, “We’ll see what the lawyers have to say.”

◊ ◊ ◊

Evilman had led the princess to the deepest, darkest recesses of his castle, aka his sewing room. It was actually rather bright and airy ever since he’d put in that skylight to the Eternal-Sun realm, and it had the best light for needlepoint.

Evilman dug through one of his fabric trunks and held up a heavily used bolt of material for the princess to see. “Am I crazy or does paisley go with everything?”

“Jeremy, if you’re crazy, then I’m completely insane.”

Evilman and the princess giggled.

“Oh, Princess, I just bought a new fabric I want to show you, be right back.”

Evilman scurried off to his study, humming.

He opened an antique wooden trunk by the fireplace and pulled out a bolt of deep purple velvet. He was about to go back to his sewing room when a voice said, “So, did you do it?”

Evilman jumped. “Wha—oh, Mirror, hi. I almost forgot about you.”

The mirror smiled slightly, like he was being kind and understanding, but it came off more as a wince.

“Well, Jeremy, did you go through with it?”

Evilman shifted awkwardly, hugging the bolt of velvet closer. “Oh…well…no. But that doesn’t matter anymore. The diabolical madman who kidnaps and kills princesses isn’t me, and I know that now. The princess and I are friends, and a friend is all I ever really wanted. I’m so happy now, Mirror, and I’d like to thank you for all your help.”

The mirror frowned and sighed. “Jeremy, Jeremy, did you let her talk you out of it?”

“What? No, Mirror, that’s not it at all—”

“Jeremy, you always do this, you never stay your ground. You have to stand up for yourself and not let anyone get in your way.”

“But, Mirror, I don’t want to kill the princess. And it’s not because I’ve lost my nerve, but because I’ve realized I don’t need to live up to my parents’ dream of me being an evil overlord. I need to live my life the way I want to. And the princess helped me see that.”

The mirror shook his head. “You’re letting her control you. She’s become like your mother, always telling you what to do, and you’re letting her.”

“No, I’m not!” cried Evilman. “She’s my friend—”

“Jeremy, listen, I’m only worried about you—”

“No! She’s my friend, and that’s that! I don’t have to listen to you anymore! And don’t expect to be paid for saying those—those things!”

Evilman stormed out the room, clutching his purple velvet.

The mirror stared after him, unnerved. “I can’t believe, after all these years, after all I’ve done for him…he’s not going to pay me. All my hard work, helping him through his pain, and nothing, not a cent! Glass cleaner isn’t free, you know!”

◊ ◊ ◊

The horses galloped through the village, kicking up dirt along the main road. King Straus kept his lead and tried to push his horse harder. Up ahead, the door of a thatched building opened, and two limp figures were thrown into the king’s path. He reared his horse and shouted for his men to halt.

Straus turned to the man standing in the doorway. “What are you doing? Don’t you realize those men could have been trampled?”

“Yes,” the man in the doorway replied, looking disappointed, and retreated back inside.

Confused, Straus stared down at the two prone figures. His eyes widened.

“RANDOLF!”

One of the bodies stirred slightly and muttered something that sounded suspiciously like, “I don’t wanna go to school today, Mom.”

“Randolf, you imbecile, I wish I hadn’t slowed down!”

“Wha-wha—” Randolf tried to focus on Straus. “Daddy?”

“I’m not your father! The wedding’s been called off!”

“Wha—?” Randolf blinked slowly, head tilted like a dog baffled by where his ball went. “Bu-but why?”

“Because you didn’t do your duty!”

The other figure on the ground giggled, muttering, “Doodie.”

“So?” Randolf slurred. “I can safe da prisness anuhder day.”

“No, you can’t!” King Straus roared. “Because I’m going to save her, and then I’m going to throw you out of my kingdom for good!” With that, Straus signaled to his men and galloped onward with even greater speed than before.

After the dust settled, Randolf and Davey got shakily to their feet.

“Well, that was rude,” Randolf remarked.

“How did we get out here?” Davey asked, looking around.

“We can worry about that later, Davey man, ’cause we got a job to do.”

“What’s that?”

“I’m gonna save the prin’is before they can. That’ll show King Rod-Up-His-Butt. C’mon, Davey.”

◊ ◊ ◊

With King Straus now on his way toward a no doubt dangerous showdown with Lord Evilman, Queen Moreen had resumed pacing her room with worry for her family and periodical admiration of her slimmer figure in the mirror as she passed. Close to tears with thoughts of her precious daughter and dear husband, she was about to try modeling an old dress she hadn’t fit in for years when the door opened.

Moreen glanced over to see who it was then turned stiffly back to her mirror. “Knock, please.”

“Moreen—”

“Queen Moreen.”

Rubella sighed. “I just need someone to talk to.”

“I thought you were talking to your lawyers.”

“They haven’t arrived yet.” Rubella crossed her arms, wrinkling her nose at the décor. “Is that a pink ottoman? Yikes. Anyway, I’ve been thinking—”

“Amazing,” Moreen muttered, gaze firmly on the mirror as she tried not to glance at Rubella’s reflection in the corner.

“—is divorce the right thing to do? I mean, I don’t care for Jonas, and I’d love to be rid of him, but what kind of effect will it have on Randolf?”

“Randolf’s a grown boy, he can take care of himself.”

Rubella raised an eyebrow. “Oh, really. What about right now?”

“I said he can take care of himself, not others.”

Rubella sighed more harshly, almost a growl. “Come on, Moreen! You’ve stuck with Straus despite that awful beard he grew, so you know how it is. Seriously, what should I do?”

“Seriously? Well, seriously, I think you should leave my kingdom, and then I seriously don’t care what you do afterwards.”

Rubella’s eyes flashed with anger. “Fine!”

“Fine!”

Rubella stormed out of the chamber and slammed the door behind her. Moreen breathed heavily, trying to calm down so as not to order Rubella’s execution. After a moment, she began her pacing, worrying, and modeling again.

◊ ◊ ◊

“‘Cuse me, you know where da rinses is?”

“Get out of my yard.”

The inn door slammed rather painfully into Randolf’s face. He fell over backwards and stayed there for a moment, wondering how he got there. Eventually, he staggered to his feet and leaned heavily against Davey, who leaned heavily against the wall of the inn to which they had stumbled.

“No one knows where the prince is,” Randolf mumbled.

“You’re the prince, man,” Davey slurred.

“Oh, thanks Davey, now let’s go to the bar.”

“No, Randy, we weren’t looking for you, we were looking for the princess.”

“That’s me.”

“No, you’re the male princess, we’re looking for the one with boobs.”

“Oh. Let’s see if anyone at this inn’s seen her.”

◊ ◊ ◊

This is so much fun! With all the evil-lord-you-will-tremble-before-me-and-despair stuff, I never imagined that Jeremy could be such a nice guy. I’m glad Randolf didn’t save me. I just hope that jackass doesn’t show up now—who knows what drunken, idiotic thing he might do.

The princess shuddered at the thought but went back to humming happily and sifting through Lord Evilman’s exquisite fabric collection.

◊ ◊ ◊

Evilman was still a little huffy when he reentered his sewing room with the purple velvet. He sat down on a chintz pouf, clutching the bolt of fabric to him, staring at the opposite wall.

The princess glanced up and frowned. “Jeremy, are you all right?”

“Yes,” he replied in an unnaturally high voice, his gaze not even shifting toward her.

The princess furrowed her brow. “Jeremy, please, you can trust me. What’s the matter?”

Evilman chewed his lip. “My mirror wants me to kill you.”

“Your…mirror?”

“Yes, it says I’m not standing up for myself and I’m allowing you to control me.”

“Your mirror?”

“It told me that you’ve become like my mother—”

“Your mirror?”

“Yes, my magic mirror.”

“Oooooh,” the princess said. “Magic mirror. That makes more sense.” She scratched her head. “At least, I think. So, your mirror says that you should kill me to prove that you are independent and in control of your own life.”

Evilman nodded sadly, like a reprimanded child. “Yes, exactly.”

“But you don’t want to kill me.”

“Of course not!” He finally turned to look at her, eyes wide. “You’re my best friend.”

“Awww.” She grinned, flattered. “But anyway, so you don’t want to kill me, but he—it—whatever—wants you to in order to prove independence. Well, it sounds to me like doing what you don’t want to do just because someone told you to isn’t very independent at all.”

Evilman paused for a moment in thought. “You’re right!” He put down the purple velvet, stood up, and opened the door. “Princess, follow me, please. I have some business to attend to.”

◊ ◊ ◊

King Straus looked around the Forest of Darkness for some recognizable landmark.

“I’ve never been this far into the forest before,” he said. “Have any of you?”

The men in the search party shook their heads.

“Well,” Straus said slowly, trying to think. “If I remember correctly…” He trailed off, not entirely sure what he was saying. He’d been told long ago about how the forest was laid out, but since he never used it, just like with algebra, the knowledge had long slipped away.

“Damn, why didn’t I bring a map?” he muttered. Then he said, more loudly, “Let us press onward, men! Evilman’s in here somewhere.” Or at least, he really, really hoped so. Wasn’t there a magic tree or something…?

◊ ◊ ◊

Queen Moreen wandered the halls morosely, hoping to fit into a size six she had seen at a boutique in the village. She fretted about her daughter, prayed for her husband to find her, and considered fun and painful ways to torture Prince Randolf.

A sudden outburst of voices in the courtyard distracted her from her musings. Moreen ran outside to see what the fuss was all about.

King Jonas was fuming, yelling at no one in particular. “WHERE ARE THE DAMN LAWYERS?”

“Stop shouting!” Queen Rubella snapped, her carefully arranged hair coming loose.

“Quit telling me what to do, woman!”

“Don’t talk to me like that!”

“Don’t talk to me at all!”

“Jonas! Rubella!” Moreen cried. “Calm yourselves!”

Jonas rounded on her. “This is none of your business!”

Moreen crossed her arms. Oh, she was so done with them. “I thought I told you two to get out.”

“We’re waiting for our lawyers,” Rubella said, chin high in the air.

“Wait for them in your own kingdom. I’ve had enough of you two sniping at each other.”

Rubella breathed slowly and loudly through her nose, nostrils flaring like an angry bull’s, while Jonas turned from red to purple and looked as if he were about to have an aneurysm.

“It’s your fault!” he suddenly screamed.

“What?” Moreen asked, taken aback.

“You!” He jabbed his finger at her “You and your husband made us get a divorce. It’s your fault!”

“Oh, please.” Moreen waved her hand in exasperation. “Don’t try to blame this on us. You two have obviously had marital problems for a long time—”

“I’m suing!” Jonas shouted, pointing at Moreen ever more emphatically.

“Suing?”

“Yes, suing you and your husband. And your daughter!”

Moreen gaped. “My daughter? What does she have to do with any of this?”

“If she hadn’t gotten herself kidnapped then none of this would have happened, and we would never have broken up!”

“Don’t you dare blame my daughter! She isn’t responsible for any of this—”

“Suing!” Jonas yelled again.

Rubella rolled her eyes. “Good luck with that. The princess is probably dead anyway.”

Now Moreen turned on Rubella. “My daughter is not dead!”

“You don’t know that,” Rubella said, smirking.

Moreen shook so hard she thought she might explode. “That’s it! I’ve had enough of this waiting and tension and you! I’ll save my daughter myself! Bring me a horse!”

◊ ◊ ◊

“Knock, knock!”

“Who’s there?”

Randolf and Davey collapsed laughing at their joke and completely forgot that they had actually knocked on someone’s door.

The door opened. “Hello—oh god, it’s you two.”

“Hi, I’m Prince Dandalf and this is Ravey—”

“Get off my lawn before I shove a fire poker up your ass.”

Randolf tried and failed to focus properly on the person before him.

Davey, however, pointed, slack jawed. “Beermead!”

Ginny knocked her head against the doorjamb in annoyance. “That’s not even a word! How many bars did you go to after the bartender threw you out?”

“Hey,” Randolf slurred, realization dawning finally, “you’re that lady—”

“And you’re Drunktard and Associate.”

Davey grinned, eyes unfocused. “I’m an associate,” he said proudly.

“Ginny, is everything all right? Who’s at the door?” asked someone from within the cottage. A large and handsome man appeared in the doorway, staring down at Randolf and Davey, who shrunk away in recognition.

“It’s big guy,” Randolf squeaked.

“Oh, did I forget to mention?” Ginny said, faking realization. “The bartender is also my husband, Daniel. We own that bar, which you will never ever be allowed back into. Unless you want to get thrown out on your asses again,” Ginny added in gleeful remembrance.

“They don’t need to be at the bar for me to knock them on their asses again,” Daniel said, rolling up his sleeves.

Davey held up his hands. “Hey, hey, man, we didn’t know you two lived here. We’re jus’ lookin’ fer the princess—”

“About time,” Ginny muttered.

“But we don’t know how to get to Evilman’s castle.”

“Hmm…” Ginny put a finger to her lip in thought. “Well, since helping you will get you away from me, I could give you directions. I’ve passed by there on a delivery before. The dark elves sure love their spritzer. It’s all right, Daniel, you can go back in.”

Daniel the bartender walked away, eyeing Randolf and Davey.

Ginny eyed Randolf and Davey too, but then she got down to business. “I’ll tell you a shortcut so you might possibly get there in time. Now, you head straight into the creepy Forest of Darkness on the Black Path and take a turn by the evil-looking dead tree…”

After Ginny had sent the two drunktards on their way, she headed back inside. Daniel sat in a chair, reading a book.

“So, do you think they’ll save her?” he asked.

“I doubt it,” Ginny said. “But I told them the shortcut so they may have a chance, if they don’t pass out before they get there.”

Daniel raised an eyebrow. “The shortcut?”

“Yeah. Why?”

“Did you tell them about the troll?”

Ginny thought back a moment. “No…”

“But you know how angry he gets when people trespass on his bridge… Murderously angry.”

“You’re right,” Ginny said slowly. “I forgot to tell them about that… Well, I’m gonna go take a bath.”

◊ ◊ ◊

Queen Moreen tucked a map to Lord Evilman’s castle into her pocket then swung herself onto her horse.

King Jonas stormed out of the castle and ran toward her. “I’m not finished with you!”

Moreen tossed her hair out of her face. “You want to sue me, fine. But I’m saving my daughter first.”

“Fine, go! But then I’m suing.”

“Fine. Then I’m suing you!”

“Fine—no. Wait!” Jonas grabbed hold of Moreen’s bridle before she could gallop off. “You can’t sue me.”

“Yes, I can,” Moreen said. “Your son failed to come through with his end of the deal, so I have the right to sue him. But since his money is your money, I’ll just sue you.”

Jonas mouthed noiselessly at her for a moment. “Very well,” he said finally, slowly, as if it pained him. “I’ll save her.”

Moreen burst out laughing. “You’re not going to save her.”

“Yes, I will,” Jonas said stiffly. “If I save her and complete Randolf’s end of the deal, then you can’t sue.”

“Yes I can, because I’ll get there first.”

“No, I will.”

“You idiot, why do you want to save the bimbo?” Rubella asked Jonas.

“My daughter is not a bimbo!” Furious, Moreen broke free from Jonas’ grip and galloped into the distance.

“Rubella!” Jonas whipped around to glare at his wife. “She’s going to sue me!”

Rubella rolled her eyes. “And I should care?”

Jonas gritted his teeth. “If she takes all my money, there won’t be much left for you.”

Rubella went as white as snow. “Bring the horses! We have to save the princess!”

◊ ◊ ◊

Evilman led the princess out of the sewing room and through the entrance hall, which acted as the main thoroughfare to the many rooms on the ground floor. He opened one of the doors lining the hall and entered another room—his study.

He showed her to the back wall, where the black curtains still lay open, and nervously cleared his throat. “Princess, this is the mirror. Mirror, this is the princess.”

The face in the mirror put on a small but kind smile. “Nice to meet you, Princess.”

“Likewise,” she said, staring in awe. “I’ve never seen a magic mirror before.”

“And I’ve never seen a princess before.” His smile grew strained. “So, Jeremy, have you calmed down?”

“Yes, I have.”

“And have you thought about…what we discussed earlier?”

“Yes, I have,” Evilman said, nodding. “You’re fired.”

“Good—what?”

“I’m sorry,” Evilman said, twisting his hands. “You’ve been a great help through a dark time, but you’re right, I need to think for myself and not let anyone control me. I’m afraid I have to let you go. You can remain here until you’ve found a new place to stay—”

“I can’t believe what I’m hearing.” The mirror was no longer smiling. “Jeremy, you need me. There are still so many things you need help with—”

“I know, Mirror, but I need to be on my own to think for myself. I’m grateful for your help, though, I want you to remember that.”

“What about her?” The mirror jutted his chin toward the princess. “Are you her getting rid of her?”

“No, she’s my friend—”

“I’m your friend. I’m trying to help you. You’re letting her control—”

“No, I’m finally doing what I want to do, I’m finally who I want to be—”

“But Jeremy—”

“I’m sorry, Mirror. It’s over.”

◊ ◊ ◊

Randolf tripped over a tree root. Or what he thought was a tree root. “Man, it’s dark in here.”

“Yeah,” Davey said, or the black shadow stumbling along beside him that he was pretty sure was Davey. “I wonder if that’s why they call it the Forest of Darkness.”

Randolf thought about this for a moment and then forgot what he was trying to think about.

“Hey, is that the bridge she mentioned?” Davey asked, pointing a wavering finger at something dark and evil up ahead.

“Yeah, I think that’s it.”

The two of them lumbered up to the bridge, knocking into each other and overturning stones as they tripped their way along the path. After a minute of falling, crawling, and standing up again out of shear spite toward King Straus and confused ideas about gravity, they finally made it. Randolf stepped onto the first plank of the bridge.

Suddenly, a dark figure leapt out of nowhere and in a deep, threatening voice said, “None shall—whoa! Did you two buy out a whole bar?” The dark figure waved a hand in front of his nose. “Gods damn.”

Davey flailed wildly and ineffectually in place. “What the hell is that?”

“I dunno,” Randolf said quietly. He turned to the figure. “What the hell are you?”

“I’m a troll, duh,” he said, his voice becoming higher as if realizing a deep, scary one meant nothing to people as plastered as the two before him. In the dark of the forest, the troll’s green mottled skin and tall mohawk could only vaguely be seen. “And this is my bridge. None shall pass without paying a toll.”

“Yeah, well I’m da rinse and I gotta save the one with boobs.”

The troll eyed them weirdly. “Uhhhhhhhh, sure.”

“He means the him with boobs,” Davey said in “clarification.”

The troll just kept staring at them. “Riiiiiiight. So, how much did you two drink?”

Randolf and Davey gazed into space for a moment, which then became five minutes.

The troll shook his head. “Wow, you guys are gone. But, anyway, I still have to ask for a toll. Money doesn’t come out of my nose, you know.”

“Where does it come from?” Davey asked reflectively.

The troll blinked at him. “So—do you two have money or not?”

“I spent the last of it at that bar that kept moving,” Randolf said, feeling in his pockets futilely.

“Do you have anything of value?” the troll asked.

“Does this count?” Davey pulled a flask out of his pocket.

The troll rolled his eyes. “Human drinks are worthless. Too weak. I make my own brew. I bet it’d kill you.”

“Really?”

“Oh, yeah. One drop would probably do it, especially in your current state.”

Davey grinned woozily. “I’ll take that bet.”

The troll smiled too, but it was all teeth. “All right. If you can drink it and survive, I’ll let you cross my bridge.”

“Deal!” He held out his hand. “My name’s Davey by the way.”

The troll shook Davey’s hand. “I’m Rodney.”

“That’s my name!” Randolf shouted indignantly.

“No, man, you’re Randolf,” Davey informed him.

“I thought he said Rodney.”

“That’s his name.”

“Oh.”

Rodney covered his face with his hand, embarrassed to be even near this conversation.

“Wait!” Randolf cried suddenly, making Rodney jump. “I have to get to Evilman’s castle. Is Davey’s death gonna take long?”

“It shouldn’t,” Rodney said. “But in case he lives, I can show you a portal that leads right into Evilman’s linen closet. But if you want to use my portal, you’ll both have to drink.”

“Deal,” Randolf said, putting his hand out like Davey had, but he overbalanced and fell into the creek under the bridge.
Rodney just shook his head.

◊ ◊ ◊

“You can’t do this to me!”

“Mirror, stop shouting!”

“No, Jeremy, you have to listen!”

“Look, Mirror,” the princess said, trying to reason with him—it—whatever. “Jeremy needs some time to think for himself. Like he said, you helped him a lot and he appreciates that but—”

“Look!” the mirror cried. “She’s doing it already!”

“Doing what?” Evilman asked.

“Talking for you. I told you, you’re letting her control you. You always do this. It’s a pattern of behavior I was trying to wean you off of—”

“But then I began to let you control me,” Evilman said. “I was no better off. Now, however, I have broken free from that. The princess and I are equals, we’re friends, we listen to each other—”

“No, no, you are depending on her, using her as crutch, you have to get rid of her!”

“I’m not going to kill her—”

“But that was your plan!”

“Plans change—”

“She made you—”

“No!” Evilman stomped his foot on the floor, holding his hands out to stop the mirror from talking. “I created the plan because I thought that was what I had to do. But I changed the plan because I knew that’s what I had to do. I’m not an evil dark lord. I’m a snazzy interior decorator!”

The mirror scrunched his nose, like he was in physical pain, despite being a mirror and not able to feel anything. “You can be whatever you want to be, but without therapy you will fall back into your old patterns. You need me to stay and help you through this.”

Evilman shook his head, face sad. “I was using you as a crutch, Mirror. I thank you for your help, but I need to break free. The princess and I are going into business together—”

“She will control you—”

“Excuse me!” the princess said, hand on hip. “I’m not going to control him. We are friends, and we will be equal business partners—”

“Just kill her!”

The princess threw her head back and gaped. “Kill me? KILL ME? What kind of a sadistic bastard are you?”
The mirror curled his upper lip. “One who cares for his clients.”
“More likely a financially sound one. That’s all it is, isn’t it? You just don’t want to lose your job, your money, this house!”

The mirror mouthed wordlessly at the princess for a moment before sputtering, “No-no-no, that’s-that’s not it at all.”

Evilman narrowed his gaze. “Mirror,” he said slowly, “are you only trying to stay for the money?”

“No! You know that’s not true. Look! She’s already trying to influence you—”

“That’s it, I’ve had enough!”

In one swift movement, Evilman ripped the mirror off the wall. He walked determinedly to the nearest window, opened it (“You can’t throw me out!”), and quite unceremoniously threw the mirror outside.

The mirror soared through the air then landed in the surrounding forest, shouting at Evilman.

“You can’t do this to me! I’ll be back, you’ll see! I’ll—”

CRACK!

◊ ◊ ◊

“Uh-oh.”

King Straus pulled his horse off the mirror it had just stepped on. Large cracks stretched across its surface, starting at a gaping hole the size and shape of a horse’s hoof. It was completely destroyed.

“I hope that wasn’t important. Oh, well,” Straus said, and urged his horse on. “We’re almost there, men. Let’s go save my daughter.”

◊ ◊ ◊

The princess stared at Evilman, impressed. “I can’t believe you just did that.”

“I know, neither can—” He broke off as a loud noise sounded from outside the study. “What was that?”

They left the room and glanced around the entrance hall.

“Where did that racket come from?” the princess asked.

“I don’t know…”

Suddenly, a door burst open and from amid a shower of fluffy purple towels and silk sheets, Prince Randolf strode into the hall, Davey at his side. Randolf stopped before Evilman and the princess, standing tall and proud, like a true prince, legs apart and fists on hips. He held his head high, face serious and noble, and said triumphantly, “I’m not wearing any pants.”

The princess and Evilman looked down as one then stared back at Randolf’s face.

“No, you’re not,” the princess said slowly. “Why?”

“I don’t know,” Randolf said, so noble, so proud.

Evilman eyed him with a mix of caution, confusion, and a little bit of worry at what possibly happened to remove the poor prince’s trousers. “How do you not know—”

A bang echoed through the castle and the front doors burst open with great force. A dozen men, led by King Straus, charged down the hall.

“Evilman!” Straus thundered. “Give me back my daughter! You will not win today!”

“Daddy, please!” the princess huffed. “Be nice.”

Straus took a step back in confusion, as if he’d been hit in the face. “‘Be nice’? What do you mean—” Suddenly he noticed Randolf. “You’re not wearing any pants.”

“I know,” Randolf said, still in the same position, still so noble.

Straus furrowed his brow. “I left you nearly incapacitated in the village. How did you get here before me?”

“‘Cause trolls are awesome when they’re drunk,” Davey explained, wagging an emphatic finger.

Before Straus could even start on that response, the back door flew open and in walked a bickering trio.

“Moreen?” Straus cried, astounded. “Why are you here?”

“To prevent this moron from suing us,” Queen Moreen replied, jerking a thumb over her shoulder at King Jonas. She turned to look at her husband, but on the way, her gaze paused. “You’re…without pants.”

“Yes, I am,” Randolf said, oh so noble.

Queen Rubella’s eyes bulged, her eyeliner smudged from galloping through the forest. “Where are they?” she demanded.

“The troll took them,” Davey slurred. “He didn’t think it was fair that we didn’t die.”

Everyone just blinked at that.

Moreen opened her mouth several times to comment, but eventually she shook her head—he wasn’t her problem anymore (good luck marrying him off, Rubella)—and turned back to the situation at hand.

“Evilman!” she shouted, making him jump. “Release my daughter this instant!”

The princess crossed her arms. “Will you please stop making demands of him, he just went through a terrible experience and lost a good friend,” she snapped.

There was silence followed by a chorus of “What?” asked by everyone in the room, except for the sloshed Davey and practically frozen yet noble Randolf.

“Honey, you’re not making any sense,” Moreen said. “We’ve come to rescue you and take you home.”

“I don’t want to go home,” the princess said. “Didn’t you bother to think about my feelings? Or were you just going to take me away against my will?”

Another pause followed by another room full of “What?”

“But he’s trying to kill you!” Straus cried.

“No, I’m not,” Evilman piped up. “We’re going into business together as interior decorators.”

Once again, the chorus: “What?”

“That’s right,” the princess said, head held high. “I’m staying here. I have a potentially lucrative career on my hands and an excellent and willing partner.”

“But-but-but—he’s evil,” Straus said, voice and expression turning uncertain.

The princess rolled her eyes. “No, he’s not.”

“But—”

“Dad, I thank you for this whole rescue attempt thing—you too, Mom—but I’m quite happy here.”

“Oh,” Straus said, somewhat deflated. “Well, then…I guess…we’ll be going.”

“Yes,” Moreen agreed vaguely, eyes wandering in confusion.

“You can stop by whenever you’d like,” Evilman said with a bright smile. “You’re always welcome. You can even stay the night.”

“Yeah, thanks,” Straus said as vaguely as his wife while they moved awkwardly toward the door.

“Does that mean they can’t sue?” Jonas murmured to Rubella.

But Rubella ignored him. “Come along, Randolf,” she commanded. “We have to get you home and into some pants for god’s sake.”

“Coming mother,” Randolf said, the noblest, and followed her, head held so high and proud.

“Now, Randolf, I have some good news,” Rubella began as she, Jonas, Randolf, and Davey walked down the hall and out of the castle. “Your father and I are getting a divorce…”

Moreen and Straus followed them out, the rescue party in their wake, looking disappointed there had been no need for a bloodbath.

When the last person had left, closing the door behind him, the princess turned to Evilman. She scrunched her nose in apology. “I’m so sorry about all of that.”

Evilman waved it off, chuckling slightly. “Oh, it’s all right! They did think I was going to mercilessly kill you just to reaffirm my evilness.”

“Well, they still shouldn’t have been so rude.”

“It’s no problem, Princess…um, by the way…what’s your name?”

End

Lauren Triola

  • Continue Reading

Published by Associate Editor on November 17, 2015. This item is listed in Issue 28, Issue 28 Stories, Novellas, Stories

Swallow the Moon

red-moon

Swallow the Moon
by Lisa Langeland

…born under red moon
and marked in blood
shall the wolf swallow the moon
and seize the sun

Loosed in grim dissolution
will winter descend
and ungird the winds
issuing ruin and darkness

So begins the age of the wolf…

(translated excerpt from the Nökkvimál)

 

Haldis hummed an old lullaby as she rubbed down the draft horse—much as she had done almost every night for the past five months—and paused to contemplate the growing dusk. The trees just beyond their camp wavered in the firelight, and crickets chirped the end of summer. The horse shift skittishly under her brush as a howl pierced the stillness. Another answered the call none too distant.

“Curse those wolves,” said Leiden as he took hold of the horse’s bridle. “These last few winters have starved the fear out of them. They grow too bold for my liking.”

“They do what they do to survive, as we all do,” replied Haldis, glancing up at him. His tousled blond hair needed a good trim. Not that he’d notice, she thought.

His hand strayed over hers. “How can you say that after what one did to you?”

The scars on her left shoulder and upper back hid far deeper secrets. “I have no memory of the attack. You know that.”

“And yet you always insist the wolf was black,” said Leiden.

His brown eyes searched her face for answers, but Haldis knew he would find none. Of that one detail, she was certain yet her mind refused to share any others. Like where I’ve been for the past year, she thought.

The fire behind them flared as Leiden’s younger brother, Reid, threw more wood on it. He stared intently at her. “Surely, you’d have them all wiped out if you could have your way.”

“They fear us more than we do them,” said Haldis, gently brushing the gelding’s flank.

“And yet they seem to be trailing us these last few days,” said Leiden, “perhaps hoping to take down one of the horses.”

Haldis doubted it. She had grown up near the Ironwood, the very woods beside which they now camped. Eight armed guards and the encampment’s fires would dissuade all but the most curious or desperate of wolves from straying too close.

“You can finish this,” said Leiden to his brother. “I need to speak with Haldis.”

“Like that’s all you want to do,” mumbled Reid as Haldis handed him the currycomb.

Leiden slipped his hand around hers and led her past the guards taking their evening meal. He gently drew Haldis behind the last wagon as he leaned back against its rear door.

“I thought you wanted to talk,” said Haldis, poking him teasingly in the chest.

“I guess I did…do,” he sighed reluctantly. “Your village—it isn’t far from here. It’s no bother to make a slight detour.”

Haldis dropped her eyes and began tracing circles on his forearms. “There’s no one left, you know that.”

Leiden was giving her the option to lay her nightmares to rest, but the wounds were too fresh. For her, it was as if the massacre had happened only months earlier, instead of more than a year ago when she had returned from an early morning of herb collecting in the Ironwood to find a scene as eerily quiet was it was grisly. Those unfortunate enough to rise early had been bled out in the road with their throats slit, their wares scattered about, and the doors to their homes and shops left ajar. Her home was no different, and her father’s unlit forge silently heralded what she found inside: her father barely visible under a table and pots strewed on the floor around the bodies of her four younger brothers. The memory constantly teased at the edge of consciousness. Haldis inhaled slowly and deeply to calm the familiar anxiety.

Leiden brushed back several honey-colored strands of hair that had fallen across her face. “I didn’t mean to upset you.”

Haldis smiled weakly at him. “If you hadn’t found me…”

“I couldn’t leave you to die,” said Leiden.

He had found her—unconscious and barefooted—five months earlier while gathering firewood in the Ironwood. She had been garbed in an ornate black-laced gown. The eyes and hooklets that travelled the length of the bodice, and its elegant flared sleeves had led them to mistake initially her for a woman of status.

“Most people would have,” said Haldis, but she had quickly learned that was not his family’s way. “Instead you took me in.”

Leiden leaned in closer to her. “Haldis, I…”

She clasped his arms as an unshaven man suddenly emerged from the night. He carried a dead wolf across his shoulders. Leiden pushed her behind him as the guards, swords in hand, converged on the visitor. Reid ran up to join them.

“Didn’t mean to give you all a fright,” their visitor said.

“And who might you be?” inquired Leiden.

“Siarl, the earl’s forester,” he said. He lowered the wolf’s scraggy body to the ground and then pushed back the edge of his cloak to reveal the earl’s livery.

“Did he attack you?” asked Reid as he nudged the carcass with his foot.

“Hardly,” said the forester. “It’s rare for wolves to attack anything other than livestock. Still, I was tasked with seeing to those that to stray too close to Brynmoor. There are a right many people coming for the festival, not unlike you I suspect.”

Leiden nodded. “We’ve been on the western trade route since spring. The festival is our last stop on our way back to Westerfeld before winter sets in. We’ve heard rumor of some attacks here about.”

“Haldis was attacked by a wolf,” blurted Reid with a nod at her.

Leiden gave him a withering look.

“Well, she was,” said Reid sheepishly, “just not so recently.”

The forester eyed Haldis. “Then you know the beast all too well.”

Haldis sensed there was a question in his statement, but she shrugged. She was tired of talk of the past and of wolves. Leiden’s grandmother came up and put an arm around her shoulder.

“Surely you men can find kindlier subjects to speak on,” said Ora, “like the harvest festival.”

“Ay, ma’am,” said the forester with a broad smile. “With our young Lord Cerrin now Earl of Highmont, we have much to celebrate this year. There are some superstitious folks in these parts who feared he would be struck down unexpectedly, like his father, before this day came.”

“Superstitious of what?” asked Reid.

“An old prophecy from long before even I was born,” said his grandmother. “It’s nonsense.”

“Ay, but Lord Cerrin was born during the eclipse,” said the forester. “To those who believe, it lends credence to their unease.”

Reid poked Haldis in the side.

“Weren’t you born then too?” he whispered.

Haldis gave no reply, but the forester’s furrowed brow told her that he had heard the question, yet he said nothing.

“You’re welcome to stay the night and join us on the last leg to Brynmoor tomorrow,” said Leiden, breaking the uneasy silence.

The forester nodded his thanks and joined the guards at their fire. Haldis retired to the caravan wagon with Ora, but found sleep elusive. Her mind kept ruminating on the wolf. Do I remember it as a wolf attack simply because of the scars? she wondered. Her only memory was of the darkness springing at her. Frustrated, she sat up in the dim wagon. Ora slept soundly in the bed beside her. Haldis wrapped a shawl around her and slipped outside, keeping to the dark side of the wagons to return to where the wolf still lay. She knelt next to it.

“Not so mean and fierce like this,” said the forester as he rounded the wagon. He crouched beside her, seemingly unsurprised by her arrival.

Haldis placed her hand on the animal’s side, almost expecting it to rise with breath. She was acutely aware of the forester studying her.

“This wolf that attacked you, have you seen it since?”

“I think it’s dead,” said Haldis.

His gray eyes held a bemused look. “Either the beast is dead or it isn’t, miss.”

Haldis stared at the wolf in silence.

The forester tried again. “Where was it that the wolf attacked you?”

“What does it matter now?”

“To me, not so much,” said the forester, “but for the earl, I would know where you met it.”

“In Prynton,” replied Haldis softly.

The forester’s expression softened. “No survivors, I heard.”

Haldis ran her fingers through the wolf’s gray pelt. “I was in the Ironwood when it happened.”

The forester nodded understandingly. “It might be best if you went in, miss. The wild ones are afoot tonight.”

◊ ◊ ◊

romancitygatesThe caravan passed through Brynmoor’s city gates at midday, after which the forester took his leave. Leiden pulled up the team of horses when they reached the commons.

“It looks like we’re the first to arrive,” said Leiden to Haldis who sat on the bench beside him.

“That’s a good thing, right?” she asked.

“Very good.”

Having their pick of prime locations, the last leg of their journey would likely be as profitable as
the ones that preceded it—no small feat since it was his first time leading the caravan. At only twenty, it was a responsibility he had not expected to assume for several years, but the unexpected death of his grandfather had shifted procurement to him while his father took on the day-to-day management at home. His father had groomed him for the role his entire life, yet he still felt unprepared.

Leiden roped off the reins and hopped to the ground, helping Haldis descend after him. She had grown increasingly melancholy as they neared the city. It can’t be easy for her to be back, he thought, especially since she used to attend the festival every year with her father and brothers. He squeezed her hand as his grandmother approached and his brother began to unhitch the horses to stable them.

“Haldis can help us set up while you get the trade permit from the bailiff,” said his grandmother. “And don’t let him give you any grief. He liked to banter with your father. I think it was a game between the two of them, silly men.”

Leiden chuckled. Having accompanied his father on many occasions, he easily tracked down the bailiff. While he questioned Leiden exhaustively, he was reasonable and fair. Permit in hand, Leiden called on several of their regular trade partners to renegotiate terms for their goods, an act made more lucrative since they were unable to use competing offers to work the price higher. By the time he returned to the wagons, Reid had just finished securing the tarpaulin over their booth, and the commons had filled up considerably in his absence.

“No troubles, I presume,” said his grandmother.

“None,” replied Leiden, “and I’ve already made this stop profitable.”

“Your father will be pleased to hear that,” she replied. “Since there’s nothing left to be done, I suggest we take our evening meal and turn in. Tomorrow will be a long day.”

Her assessment proved accurate. Leiden spent the day making the rounds with the local merchants while the others manned the stall. It was late in the evening before he headed back, but throngs of jovial people still crowded the commons for the festivities. He spied his brother dancing badly to a jig.

“He’s really quite awful,” said Haldis as she came up behind him.

“Just don’t tell him that.”

Haldis laughed and entwined her fingers with his as she leaned her head against his shoulder.

“Pardon me, but are you the merchant from Westerfeld?” inquired a short, slightly hunched man. The man’s dress, though simple, reflected a house of wealth.

“I am,” replied Leiden.

“Excellent,” said the man. “Lord Alban, my master, directed me to collect you both.”

“At this hour?” asked Haldis.

“It is late, I know,” apologized the man. “Alas, he was quite insistent.”

Leiden stifled a groan, wanting to simply spend what was left of the evening with Haldis. Father would never pass up a business opportunity, he reminded himself, least of all with the former regent of Highmont.

Haldis answered by hooking her arm through his. They strolled away from the revelries, soon leaving the crowds behind for the peace of a secluded avenue framed on one side by the high boundary wall of the earl’s estate. She skimmed her fingertips against its surface.

Lord Alban’s man abruptly stopped near a gate in the wall. Several guards emerged from the darkness and surrounded them.

“What is this?” asked Leiden.

“You are free to leave,” said Lord Alban’s man, “but she stays.”

“Haldis is a free woman,” said Leiden, barely able to contain his disgust that this lord thought privilege meant could take any woman he wanted. “Our business here is finished.”

“If you elect to withhold her, then your family’s business will indeed be finished.”

“What do you mean?” ask Haldis.

The man stepped in closer to her. “Lord Alban can see to it that his family is banned from trading in this region.”

Leiden’s breath hitched in his throat. “Why would he do that?”

“That is Lord Alban’s business,” said the man. “Would choose this woman over your family?”

Leiden glowered at the man, unable to stomach either option.

Sensing Leiden’s hesitation, the older man gave a nod to the guards. One suddenly seized Haldis while, at the same time, his compatriots shoved and held Leiden back.

“Leiden!” shouted Haldis.

He watched helplessly as the guard dragged Haldis through a gate in the wall.

“You would do well to forget about her,” instructed Lord Alban’s man. “She is no longer your concern.”

“You have no right,” asserted Leiden.

“But we do,” declared the man. “No good will come from associating with her ilk, and do not attempt to seek recourse. My master does not make petty threats.”

The guards waited until Lord Alban’s man departed before depositing Leiden near the festivities, laughing at some merriment to which only they were privy. He found their brazen indifference antagonizing, but he knew better than to take the bait even though he was seething—at the former regent’s presumption as much at his own reticence to contest it more vigorously. Still, he knew a petition to dispute the lord’s will were limited—more so since Haldis was born within the earl’s domain and unrelated— and would find few advocates.

Torn between his familial duties and Haldis, Leiden wandered back in the direction of the caravan, hoping some option would present itself along the way that would allow him to safeguard both.

◊ ◊ ◊

The guard pulled Haldis deeper into the grounds, binding her wrists and ignoring her repeated inquiries. They soon came to a terraced area that, in turn, led to a walled garden built into a natural depression in the terrain. The lower garden was lit by a solitary lantern, allowing Haldis to discern arched colonnades with gated doorways at either end of the garden. Two pikemen were posted at each. The guard tugged her down a staircase into the sunken garden and thrust her into its center where a well-groomed, gray-haired man paced the paving stones. The man halted in front of her.

“Who are you?” asked Haldis as she straightened up. “Why have I been brought here?”

“I am Lord Alban,” he said. “I have but a few questions I would put to you.”

“About what?” asked Haldis.

“You were born seventeen years ago during the eclipse, correct?”

“That’s what I was always told.”

“And you are from Prynton,” said Lord Alban.

“Yes.”

“How is it that you alone were spared the fate of the others?”

Haldis was tired of being asked that question. “Does it even matter?”

“I don’t suppose it does.” Lord Alban played with the rings on his fingers as he hovered over her. “Tell me, have you been attacked by a wolf?”

Haldis flinched. How could he even know that? she wondered.

“Yes or no?”

Haldis nodded.

“Then it left its mark on you?” asked Lord Alban.

Haldis remained silent.

“Did it?” demanded Lord Alban.

“Yes!” exclaimed Haldis. “Why are you asking me this?”

“Show me.”

Haldis shivered despite the unseasonable warmth. Does he really expect me to undress?

“Your cooperation is convenient, not necessary,” he whispered as he nodded to the guard that had brought her.

Horrified by the insinuation, Haldis loosened her bodice and shrugged her dress and chemise from her shoulders. She clasped the front with her bound hands as it dropped down her back.

“So the wolf has finally shown itself.”

“I don’t understand.”

He touched the crown of her head gently. “I am truly sorry, but it must be done.”

◊ ◊ ◊

swallowthemoon_redmoonDael stretched out his legs as he perched atop the balcony railing with his back to the manor’s outer wall. The festivities in Brynmoor proper will continue well into the night, he thought, and Cerrin will disappear half way through them. It was one of his cousin’s most annoying habits, one picked up after witnessing his father’s gruesome death at the age of ten—leaving him withdrawn, as well as parentless for his mother had died in childbirth. Shortly before his death, their grandfather, the previous earl, requested that Dael be sent to keep Cerrin company.

After nearly three years, I’m still not sure where he goes, thought Dael, but he won’t be able to indulge in such behavior now that he’s earl; better him than me. He considered it a blessing to learn the duties of leadership without being compelled to assume it—the benefit of being the spare son.

“There you are.” Cerrin strode purposely toward him, his movements as deliberate as his attire and his demeanor as dark as his neatly combed hair, which always curled disobediently at his temples. “Come with me.”

Dael slid off the railing and fell into step beside his younger cousin. “What’s happened?”

“I believe Lord Alban may do something unfortunate,” said Cerrin, “in the name of the prophecy.”

Not that again, thought Dael. “How so?”

“My forester mentioned to Lord Alban that he met a survivor of the Prynton massacre,” said Cerrin, “a girl by the name of Haldis, who was born during the eclipse as I was.”

“That no doubt caught his attention,” said Dael.

“I fear what he might do with that knowledge.”

“You think he intends to kill her?” asked Dael. Would Lord Alban truly be so brash?

“He hired a band of mercenaries to slaughter an entire village,” replied Cerrin, “clearly because he feared this girl would fulfill the prophecy. I believe him capable of anything.”

Dael suddenly wished he had consumed less alcohol. “Where would he take her?”

“The one place he always goes to be alone with his thoughts.”

Aunt Elyn’s garden, thought Dael. Given its proximity to the lake, Lord Alban could dispose of the girl’s body easily—definitely not what their grandfather had in mind when he built it as a wedding present for Cerrin’s mother.

Despite the late hour, they had no difficulty finding their way to the garden due to the bright moon. Lord Alban’s voice emanated from below, but Dael was unable to make out more than a few words. They circled around to one of the lower entrances to approach unseen. Dael gently nudged open the outer gate, grateful that its hinges refrained from rasping. Cerrin slipped in ahead of him and crept along the wall to the inner gate where their position provided them an unobstructed view. Lord Alban bent to whisper something to a slender young woman. She blanched and then loosened her dress, letting the back slip free of her shoulders.

“So the wolf has finally shown itself,” said Lord Alban.

The woman frowned. “I don’t understand.”

Lord Alban laid a hand on her head. “I am truly sorry, but it must be done.”

“What must be done?” challenged Cerrin, barging through the gate.

Dael had little choice but to follow, but two spears came down to halt their entrance. Cerrin glared at the guards and then Lord Alban.

“I would remind you,” said Dael as he stepped in front of his cousin, “that Lord Cerrin is now earl and will not be hindered on his own lands by his own guards.”

Realizing their error, the guards quickly withdrew their weapons and let them pass.

Dael strode up to Lord Alban and stared the older man squarely in the eyes. “I believe my cousin asked you a question.”

“My lords…Cerrin, please,” begged Lord Alban as he tried to block access to the woman.

Dael grasped his arm to hold him still.

“For your safety, I beg you leave now,” pleaded Lord Alban.

“I doubt this girl is a threat to anything but my virtue,” replied Cerrin smugly.

Lord Alban pulled free of Dael’s grip. “You do not understand.”

“You’re right, I don’t,” said Cerrin, his humor evaporating as quickly as it had come, “not your actions of last year and certainly not now.”

“The prophecy…” began Lord Alban, but a disdainful glare from Cerrin stopped him short.

Cerrin and Dael circled behind him. The young woman slouched, hugging her loose dress to her chest. Her long hair fell forward, obscuring her face but revealing healed puncture marks on her left shoulder. Jagged scars etched several inches down her back from them.

“I see no harbinger of doom,” stated Cerrin.

Lord Alban swung to face him. “Then you are blind, my lord. She bears the mark of the wolf.”

“That proves nothing,” said Cerrin. “Would you punish her for her misfortune?”

Lord Alban refused to meet Cerrin’s gaze. “She is from Prynton.”

“We come back to that,” stated Cerrin. “Do you fear your own creation?”

Lord Alban sputtered.

“Yes, you,” snarled Cerrin. “Would you take her life as you did those in her village?”

The woman suddenly straightened and glared at Lord Alban in a mixture of rage and anguish.

“If it would protect you, then yes. The prophecy…”

“You made these events happen,” snapped Cerrin.

“She was born during the eclipse just as you were, and it is she who bears the mark,” insisted Lord Alban. “It cannot be simple coincidence that she alone survived the massacre and is here now, just as you take your grandfather’s place as the Earl of Highmont.”

Cerrin shook his head is disbelief. “Leave us. All of you.”

“Surely you do not intend to be alone with the object of your destruction,” exclaimed Lord Alban.

“If that is my fate, then I have little power to avoid it,” responded Cerrin. “Now leave.”

As Lord Alban did so, Dael cut the ropes that bound the woman’s wrists. “It’s Haldis, yes?”

She nodded as she pulled her clothing back up over her shoulders and retied the laces of her bodice.

“What if he’s right?” she whispered.

“Intentions are not the same as deeds,” said Cerrin, “especially those you clearly have no desire to commit.”

Lord Alban won’t be so easily deterred, thought Dael. He eyed his cousin, who scowled in deliberation. Cerrin abruptly turned to him.

“Meet me in the northeast corner of the grounds at midnight,” ordered Cerrin.

“Cousin?” asked Dael.

“It’s time we put the prophecy to rest,” he replied. “We need to go back to where this started.”

Dael didn’t understand, but Haldis evidently did.

“I can’t go back there,” she stated.

“Don’t you want to know the truth?” asked Cerrin.

“Do you?” she countered.

Dael admired her pluckiness. A sideways glance at Cerrin told him that his cousin appreciated her candor far less.

Cerrin’s intense stare shifted to him. “Midnight, northeast corner.”

He turned on his heel and walked from the garden.

“Where are we going?” called Dael at his cousin’s back.

“My village,” answered Haldis.

“What can he possibly hope to find there?”

She rubbed her wrists. “I don’t know.”

Dael cursed his cousin’s impulsiveness, but retrieved the abandoned lantern and led Haldis to the manor’s kitchen, which was unoccupied due to the late hour. He put her to work helping him gather a day’s provisions.

“Can’t you see how foolish this is?” she asked.

Dael regarded her, noticing that light freckles dotted her cheeks beneath her amber eyes.

“You have to understand,” he said. “When my cousin gets an idea in his head, there’s no changing his mind. He’s determined to see it through to the end, no matter the price.”

“But that price may be his life.”

Dael knew she was right. He also knew better than to argue with his cousin in such instances. The best he could do was to protect Cerrin from himself.

“Was it truly a wolf that attacked you?” he asked.

“Five months ago, I woke up with no memory of the past year—not where I’ve been, not what I’ve done,” she replied as she bundled up the supplies. She lifted her gaze to his. “I don’t remember being attacked, and yet the scars are there. What other explanation can there be?”

What indeed, thought Dael. He took the bundle from her hands and swung it over his shoulder. “It’s time to go.”

She followed him silently as they left to rendezvous with Cerrin. Their lantern brightened a neglected hedge that lined the eastern boundary of the estate. It was the only side not replaced with masonry. Dael lifted the light to chase away the shadows cast by the overgrown bushes, but Cerrin was nowhere in sight.

“Over here,” came a whisper from the corner where the hedge met the wall.

Dael squinted into the shadowed intersection.

The hedge’s boughs shifted outward, and his cousin emerged from the murk like a specter.

“There’s an opening through here,” said Cerrin. “We’ll be able to leave unnoticed.”

Dael held the branches as his cousin slipped back into the darkness. The lantern revealed a well-hidden gap between the hedge and wall. He entered the passage with Haldis close behind. On the other side, two horses already waited.

“Handy that,” commented Dael.

“My father showed me,” said Cerrin. “Cover for me while we’re gone.”

Dael was stunned. “I’m coming with you.”

“I need you here.”

“You need someone to watch your back,” contended Dael. “If not me, then someone else.”

“Fine,” spat Cerrin, obviously annoyed at having to change his plans. “I guess we’ll need another horse then.”

“I don’t know how to ride,” confessed Haldis.

Her admission seemed to irritate Cerrin further. He clenched his teeth.

“She can ride with me,” offered Dael.

“Fine,” repeated Cerrin as he mounted his horse. His tight rein forced the horse to dance in a circle before moving off.

Dael gave Haldis a resigned shrug. He stashed their provisions in the saddlebag on the other horse and then mounted, helping Haldis up behind him and motioning the horse after Cerrin’s. They made good progress until clouds obscured the moon and forced them to decrease their pace lest the horses misstep.

His cousin said little during the journey nor was Haldis particularly talkative, although her silence he could understand. Dael was relieved when Prynton finally came into sight as dawn tinged the horizon behind them. He maneuvered the horse between the burned out buildings. He felt Haldis trembling.

“Just breathe,” said Dael, placing his hand on hers. It was cruel to bring her back here, he thought as he dismounted and tied his horse beside Cerrin’s near the village center. Dael helped Haldis down from the horse. “Better?”

She nodded, but was clearly unnerved by her last memories and the remnants of her home. She strayed to the town well where she absently traced the well’s mortar with a fingertip.

“This is where the wolf attacked me,” she said, “and where my memory ends.”

“Then it began here,” said Cerrin.

“What began?” asked Dael.

wolf-headdressHe glanced at Cerrin when he gave no response, but his cousin’s attention was focused elsewhere. Dael followed his line of sight. Men garbed in wolf headdresses and animal furs converged on their location.

Dael propelled Haldis toward their horses. They were quickly cut off, and a masked man grabbed Haldis from behind. Dael moved to intervene, but fell to his knees, momentarily dazed, as he was struck in the back of the head. His assailants held him as they poured a bitter liquid down his throat, shoving a cloth into his month to prevent him from spitting it out. An unnatural lethargy quickly seeped through him. Dael lost consciousness as his leaden body pulled him to the ground.

◊ ◊ ◊

By the time Leiden reached the wagons, everyone had turned in save two guards standing watch over their stall. He sat down on the steps at the wagon’s rear and remained there as dawn rose. He heard the door open behind him.

“Leiden?” asked his grandmother. “Why are you sitting out here? Is Haldis with you?”

“I think made a mistake.”

“We all make them, dear,” said his grandmother. She placed a hand on his shoulder as she eased herself down on the step next to him. “The question is whether it’s the kind you can live with.”

It was one to which he already knew the answer.

His grandmother patted his leg. “Then why are you still sitting here?”

Leiden kissed her cheek. “I’ll be back as soon as I can.”

He retraced his steps to the gate in the wall. No guards remained, but he hesitated. Would they think him trespassing? Surely, the new earl would be lenient, thought Leiden. Even so, he slipped cautiously through to the earl’s grounds which were expansive. He headed toward the only buildings he could see and soon found himself at the edge of a stable area where he saw ten men readying horses. The forester was among them. He saw Leiden and came over.

“What are you doing here, lad?” he asked.

“I was hoping I might get an audience with the new earl,” said Leiden. “It’s about Haldis.”

Siarl the forester’s stance turned rigid.

“What’s happened?” ask Leiden.

“The earl and his cousin have gone missing,” said Siarl. “The main guard is searching the grounds, but a sentry thought he might have seen them leaving with a young woman.”

“Haldis?”

“I believe so, given the description. The captain of the guard doesn’t put much stock in it, but two horses are also missing,” said Siarl. “Why do you want to see Lord Cerrin?”

Leiden explained the situation.

“Lord Alban is missing as well,” said Siarl. “Somehow your girl is the key. Where might they have gone?”

Leiden knew of only one place. “I’ll tell you if you take me with you.”

“You aren’t really in a position to bargain,” said Siarl.

“All I want is Haldis back. I need to make this right.”

Siarl regarded him. “Meet us at the main gate.”

Leiden hurried back to the wagons, retrieving his bow and quiver, and then headed to the stable to saddle one of the guard’s horses. His task was interrupted by Erling, who began saddling another horse.

“What are you doing?” asked Leiden.

“My job isn’t just to protect the caravan, sir. And even if it was, I’d still go with you.”

Leiden clamped the other man’s shoulder in gratitude. “I’ll fill you in on the way.”

They met up with the earl’s men and set out toward Prynton, arriving by late morning. Only the burned out husks of the buildings stood. Leiden pulled up his horse as they passed what had obviously been the blacksmith’s shop based on the forge that had withstood the conflagration. Haldis was right not to return, he thought.

“Someone was here not long ago,” said Siarl, pointing to the fresh indentations in the soil.

“Those came from a lot more than three people,” said Erling.

Siarl nodded and began tracking them from the village.

“So they met up with another group?” asked Leiden.

“That’s one possibility,” said Erling.

The implication was not lost on Leiden. But to what end? he wondered.

Siarl called them over to the edge of the Ironwood. “The tracks head in.”

“Can you follow them?” asked Erling.

“They’ve made no attempt to hide them,” said Siarl. “And even if they had, I’ve yet to find a beast I can’t track.”

◊ ◊ ◊

Haldis blinked away the blurriness in her vision, bringing into focus several roughly hewn openings near the ceiling and through which cool air and dim light seeped. Dael lay unconscious a few feet from her. She crawled over to him and gently turned his head to examine where she had seen him struck. No blood matted his brown hair.

That’s something at least, thought Haldis as she climbed to her feet and tried the windowless door that blocked their exit. Unsurprisingly, it was locked. She sat back down next to Dael. After a time, she noticed a slight twitch in his fingers. He groaned groggily and his eyelids gradually fluttered open. Dael squinted at her, his pupils nearly engulfing the blue irises.

“It’ll pass,” said Haldis, helping him sit up. “Just give it a few minutes.”

He grimaced as he tenderly felt the back of his head. “How long have I been out?”

“Given the weak light, I’d say it’s probably near sunset,” said Haldis.

“And Cerrin?”

“You were the only one here when I woke up.”

“But you’re okay?”

“They didn’t hurt me.”

Dael let loose a sardonic laugh. “No, they just drugged and kidnapped us. Who knows what they’ve done to Cerrin. If they believe in that ridiculous prophecy, he might already be dead.”

“Then why keep us alive?”

“Good question,” considered Dael, pulling up a leg onto which to rest his forearms. “They must have followed us from Brynmoor.”

Haldis was less certain. There were too many of them, she thought, to have remained hidden during the entire journey. Somehow, they knew we would be in Prynton.

Before Haldis could give it further thought, she heard the door tumblers click free. Several men flooded into their small cell and pulled her and Dael to their feet. They were led down a long corridor of cells and through a fortified door into an open-aired amphitheater encircled by sheer cliffs save for a single narrow fissure. Scattered doorways and windows penetrated the towering walls. At its center, a series of raised platforms had been carved from the bedrock. Their captors brought them to the uppermost level where a stone altar rested and a man clad in furs and a wolf-mask waited. He pulled a large object from a sack and casually tossed it at their feet. Haldis recoiled. It was Lord Alban’s head. The man chuckled as he removed the mask. It was Cerrin.

“I would think you’d be pleased, Haldis,” said Cerrin. “He did intend to kill you.”

“Are you bloody mad?” exclaimed Dael, aghast. “What have you done?”

“Many, many things,” replied Cerrin, “most of which I’m sure you wouldn’t approve.”

Dael strained against the hands imprisoning him. “Why are you with these people?”

“They’re believers.”

“In what?” asked Haldis, trying to squelch her growing unease.

“The prophecy and our place in it.”

“Then why kill Lord Alban?” asked Dael. “He was its most ardent believer.”

“He feared the prophecy,” corrected Cerrin. “We fed his paranoia to draw attention away from us, but his actions revealed—quite unexpectedly—that there was another player essential to its fruition.”

His hazel eyes shifted to Haldis. He reached out to touch her face, but his fingers paused just above her cheek. “This is where we made you.”

“Meaning what?” she asked curtly.

“We marked you with a wolf’s teeth and then anointed you with its blood.”

Dael glared as his cousin, incredulous. “The scars, you did that to her?”

“She has her place in the prophecy,” replied Cerrin, “as do I. Certain sacrifices must be made.”

“Like my family and everyone in my village?” asked Haldis horrified. Her blood drummed fervently in her ears.

“Lord Alban was responsible for that, although my men did set it ablaze after taking custody of you to ensure no one noted your absence among the dead,” explained Cerrin. “Fate spared you to bring forth the wolf age.”

“And how many are you willing to sacrifice to achieve that?” asked Dael.

“As many as required,” replied Cerrin. “I too have sacrificed those closest to me— my father, our grandfather.”

Haldis saw Dael’s face whiten.

“Father was an accident,” confessed Cerrin, fidgeting with the gold clasps of his vest, “but grandfather grew suspicious of my absences and the company I kept. If he had just let it be, he could have died a natural death.”

“What happened to you, cousin?” asked Dael.

“I was born,” said Cerrin, “as were other things.”

He gestured to a man to bring over a basket draped with a cloth. Cerrin lifted back the cloth to reveal a baby. “This is your son, Haldis.”

Haldis felt as if the stone beneath her feet meant to swallow her. That’s where the year went, she thought.

“The drugs effected your memory,” said Cerrin. “You wandered off in your…delirium.”

“Escaped, more like it,” muttered Dael.

Cerrin cast a disapproving scowl at his cousin before brushing back some hair that had fallen into her face. Haldis tried not to flinch.

“Fate brought you back to your son,” said Cerrin. “Our son.”

“No!” exclaimed Haldis. She yanked herself free of the man holding onto her, but Cerrin seized one of her arms possessively.

“You bastard,” snarled Dael.

Cerrin backhanded Dael in the face, knocking him to the ground. “Why is he even still here?”

His man nodded, and then he and another man proceeded to half drag, half carry Dael away.

“Don’t do this,” begged Haldis. “He’s your cousin, your own blood.”

“The only blood that matters is what runs through your veins.”

◊ ◊ ◊

dark_forestStill dazed, Dael staggered as his captors guided him through a dim, unfortified passage barely wide enough for three men to walk abreast. They soon broke from the stone crevice into the moonlit forest outside and halted in a small clearing not far from Cerrin’s stronghold.

“This is as good as place as any,” said the bigger of the two. The man freed a long knife.

The other man pushed Dael to his knees and tied his wrists behind him.

And to think I came along to protect that bastard, he thought as the knife-wielding man circled around behind him. From the corner of his eye, he saw the knife begin to move toward his neck, but his executioner suddenly groaned and lurched into Dael before sliding to the ground. Two arrows protruded from his back. His associate called out in alarm, but was similarly silenced. Stunned, Dael staggered to his feet as a group of men emerged from the trees. All but two wore the earl’s livery. In the lead was his cousin’s forester, bow in hand. He freed Dael’s wrists.

“How did you find me?” asked Dael.

“We tracked you from Prynton,” replied Siarl. “My lord, where is the earl?”

“He ordered this,” hissed Dael.

Several of the men exchanged confused looks.

“My lord?” said Siarl.

“He’s deranged,” declared Dael. “He confessed to murdering our grandfather and causing his own father’s death. He also returned to me the head of Lord Alban.”

“And Haldis?” asked a blond man about the same age as him. He held a long bow, but was not one of the earl’s men. “What of her?”

“She’s important to Leiden,” said Siarl without elaborating. “He can be trusted.”

“She was alive when I last saw her,” said Dael. “They’ve probably drugged her again.”

“Again?” asked Leiden. “That’s why she can’t remember?”

Dael nodded, unable to meet Leiden’s gaze. “It’s probably better she never does.”

“My lord?” asked Siarl.

“They’re the ones who kidnapped and scarred her, so she would fit into that ridiculous prophecy,” explained Dael, silently wishing that was all they had done. “And Cerrin…he forced her to bear his child.”

Leiden’s hand tightened around the grip of the bow, leaving his knuckles white and the muscles in his forearm taut. It was the only outward sign of his ire and a restraint Dael knew he himself lacked.

“Cerrin has some plans for her,” said Dael as he picked up a sword from one of the fallen men. “I don’t know what, but we have to stop him.”

“We are not much of a militia,” stated Siarl, “and you’re injured, my lord.”

“We just need to buy enough time for reinforcements to arrive,” said Dael. “Who here is the fastest rider?”

A man stepped forward.

“Head back to Brynmoor and tell the captain of the guard what’s happened,” said Dael. He pulled off his signet ring and handed it to the man as proof of the message. “Go with speed.”

◊ ◊ ◊

Haldis studied the windowless room into which she had been confined. She searched the room for the chamber pot and forced herself to vomit up the acrid liquor they had made her drink—one she suspected was tainted by whatever they had used on her before. She hid the pot under the bed as muffled voices came from the other side of the heavy wood door. Wiping her mouth, she quickly threw herself down on the bed and feigned stupor as a girl about her age entered with an elderly woman.

“Why did they drug her?” asked the girl. She laid out a wine-red beaded gown beside Haldis. “Do they want her to miscarry again?”

Haldis struggled to keep her expression vacant.

“It’s only for the ceremony,” said the older as she spread out combs, brushes, and hairpins on a dressing table.

“They should have married when they first brought her here,” said the girl as she helped Haldis to her feet.

Together, the two women stripped Haldis down to her chemise and dressed her in the gown. As they walked her to the dressing table, Haldis deliberately stumbled forward to scatter the hair accessories across the floor. She slipped a large hairpin inside the cuff of the gown as the older woman righted her into a chair and the girl retrieved the items. None the wiser, they proceeded to comb and elaborately braid her hair down her back with another that encircled the crown of her head. Smaller braids draping around both like rope.

They slipped a silver filigree knuckle ring onto the center finger of her right hand before giving her over to a burly man. He hooked his hand firmly around her elbow and brought her back to the amphitheater, its precipices embracing the hunter’s moon above them. Cerrin stood beside the bonfire-illuminated altar while at least twenty of his followers loitered in front of him. A man Haldis presumed was a priest gestured to her escort to bring her up to the dais, but on the side opposite Cerrin. The man released her and positioned himself a few arm spans away.

Haldis fingered the head of the pin hidden in her sleeve as the priest addressed the assemblage. She tuned it out and took in her surroundings as surreptitiously as she could. She spied a doorway she might be able to reach before being intercepted. If I cause a sufficient distraction, thought Haldis. She caressed the hairpin again and fixed her gaze on the priest. He raised his hand to quiet Cerrin’s cheering followers and placed the other on her shoulder.

“Under this moon, we shall bind this woman to our lord and herald in the age of the wolf,” he announced as he smiled down at her.

Haldis slipped the hairpin into her palm and moved swiftly, plunging it into his chest. Stunned silence gripped the onlookers, but it lasted only a moment as Haldis dashed from the platform. Fingers snatched at the back of her dress, but abruptly fell away just as she made it to the doorway. She ran down the ill-lit passage, but was tackled from behind as she came to a broad chamber. Haldis slid hard into the floor, scraping her palms bloody. Cerrin grappled with her legs in an effort to pull her toward him, but Haldis kicked him in the chest and scrambled to her feet and into the nearest hallway.

“You were born to this,” bellowed Cerrin as he pursued her, “and you will play your part!”

Haldis pulled up short as she found herself in a kitchen, startling a scullery girl stoking the fire. Cerrin dug his fingers into the braid at the nape of her neck and yanked her backward to the floor. Her head banged into the edge of the hearth, spared only by thick braiding. The girl fled.

“You should be honored,” declared Cerrin as he straddled her and tried to snare her arms. “Fate chose you to be more than the lot you were born into. In time, you’ll see things my way.”

“You’re mad,” spat Haldis.

She blindly reached into the hearth to scoop up a handful of ash and flung it at him. The gray powder exploded in his face. Haldis knocked him off of her and clambered to her feet.

Coughing, Cerrin wiped it from his eyes with his sleeve and tried to blink away the soot. “There is nowhere you can run that fate won’t return you to me and no one who can help you that I can’t kill.”

Haldis snatched the girl’s abandoned wrought-iron poker from the hearth. The ragged-wrapped handle bit into the abrasions on her palm, and heat radiated from the opposite end where the tip flushed amber. It might not be as hot as one from my father’s forge, thought Haldis, but it will still do the job.

◊ ◊ ◊

Leiden loosed an arrow into the man chasing Haldis, but Cerrin slipped into the doorway before he could let fly another. The remaining assemblage stirred and began to move on their position.

“Go after him, Lord Dael,” said Siarl, “but take Leiden and his man with you. We’ll deal with these others.”

The three nodded wordlessly and split off from the main group. Two of Cerrin’s followers broke from their fellows to intercept them.

“Behind you!” yelled Erling.

Leiden felled both in quick succession.

“Your aim is impeccable,” said Dael when they reached the doorway into which Cerrin had disappeared.

“I had a good teacher,” replied Leiden with a nod to their companion. He had never used his bow on anything other than game, and the realization that he had likely taken the lives of several men weighed on him.

Erling turned to Dael. “Perhaps it might be best if I take the lead, my lord.”

Dael gestured down the hallway in assent.

“Keep your bow at ready, Leiden,” said Erling. “Swords are ill-suited for this narrow passage.”

Leiden reached back to count the arrows in his quiver. Only five remained. Not good, he thought as they came to a large chamber from which three other passageways branched off.

“You know Haldis better than anyone, Leiden. Which one would she take?” asked Erling.

Leiden contemplated each passage in turn. If I pick the wrong one, he thought, it might cost Haldis her life. So might indecisiveness.

A light footfall scraped against the stone from the passage to his left. He swung around, nocking an arrow in his bowstring as he did so. A young girl stopped in her tracks with a squeak when she saw the arrow aimed at her. Leiden slowly eased the tension on the string, pointing the arrow downward.

“You’re here for that woman,” stated the girl, almost sobbing. “You have to help her.”

Leiden approached the girl warily. “Where is she?”

“They’ll kill me if I tell you.”

“Then show us,” ordered Dael.

Leiden knew that approach would do nothing to allay the girl’s fears. He gently put a hand on her shoulder. “We can keep you safe. Please.”

The girl hesitated, but then nodded and warily led them into the hallway she had exited. They passed several bisecting corridors when a pained shriek suddenly reverberated through the passage from just up ahead of them. The girl froze.

“Stay here,” whispered Leiden as he moved past her to follow Erling and Dael.

They rushed into a chamber where they discovered Cerrin thrashing on the floor holding the left side his face. Haldis stood behind him, a poker in her hands. Her hair was a disheveled halo around her head. At seeing them, her surprise was replaced by relief.

“Leiden?” The poker slid from her fingers and clanged against the stone floor.

He quickly closed the distance between them and embraced her, watching as Dael and Erling dragged Cerrin to his feet and doubled him over a table. Elongated burn marks tracked from his brow to the collar of his jacket.

“I’ll find something to bind him,” said Erling, calling for the girl to help him.

“It doesn’t have to be this way,” gasped Cerrin to his cousin. “You still could serve me.”

“There are people in this room I would trust with my life,” said Dael. “Sadly, you’re no longer one of them. I can’t believe I ever trusted you.”

“And you shouldn’t,” stated Haldis.

Leiden reluctantly let her draw away from him.

Dael pushed Cerrin into the table. “What is she talking about?”

Cerrin remained stubbornly mute.

“He lied,” said Haldis. “That baby isn’t mine.”

Dael twisted his cousin’s arm. “Is this true?”

“I figured she’d be more compliant if she thought it was,” said Cerrin. “We wouldn’t need to drug her then.”

“Because you knew it would cause me to miscarry,” said Haldis. “Again.”

Leiden came up beside her. “You really were pregnant then?”

She averted her eyes. “Apparently.”

It took every measure of discipline for Leiden to squelch the urge to throttle Cerrin, but it did nothing to assuage his guilt. Dael was not so disposed. He clamped Cerrin’s arms behind his back and slammed him down into the table.

“You’re a sick bastard, you know that?” hissed Dael as Erling returned with some salvaged cord.

Cerrin smirked despite the burns. Dael secured his hands, pulled him upright, and prodded his cousin behind Erling and the girl as they took point again while Leiden and Haldis brought up the rear. They met no resistance as they retraced their steps, but Erling halted the group just inside the doorway to the amphitheater to scout ahead. He quickly returned.

“It would appear that our unexpected arrival worked in our favor,” said Erling.

When Leiden emerged from the passage behind the others, he saw Siarl and his men rounding up the handful of Cerrin’s followers that still lived. Siarl waved them over.

“I see you were successful as well, my lord,” said Siarl with an askance look at Cerrin.

“That credit goes to Haldis,” said Dael with an approving nod, “and I know just where we can lock up my cousin and his cohorts.”

◊ ◊ ◊

amphitheaterHaldis shivered as the first chill air of autumn descended into the walled amphitheater. Daybreak had already begun to hide the moon as she studied the gap that led out to the Ironwood. It would be so easy just to disappear, she thought. She could stay and face the constant shame of having been raped—even though she had no memory of it—or try her chances in another village. With no family, she knew either option likely led to bleak prospects.

“You’ll catch cold standing there,” said Leiden as he hugged a blanket around her.

Haldis said nothing, unsure how to broach the uncertainty of their relationship.

“Haldis…”

“It’s alright,” whispered Haldis. She steeled herself for the inevitable rejection.

“It’s not,” replied Leiden. “Lord Alban’s ultimatum—you or my family—I wasn’t prepared for that kind of decision.”

“Your family should come first, not me.”

He turned her around and tenderly stroked her cheek. “I would very much like them to be one and the same.”

Haldis frowned and pulled away. “How can you still want me after all this?”

“It doesn’t change how I feel.”

“But I have nothing, Leiden,” professed Haldis. “I’m just a blacksmith’s daughter.”

Leiden caught her bandaged hands. “And my grandfather was the illegitimate son of a priest, but he refused to let that define him. My family’s business is his legacy.”

“Your parents..,” began Haldis.

“Will understand,” he finished. “The choice is mine, and I would call you my wife—that is, if you’ll have me.”

Speechless, Haldis studied Leiden, silently wishing her father could have met him.

“You don’t have to decide here, in this place,” he said.

“You already know my answer.”

“Yes?”

Haldis nodded.

Leiden bent to kiss her, but a shout from a guard spoiled the moment.

“What now?” groaned Leiden.

The forester’s men were congregating in the prison area. Haldis and Leiden pushed their way through to the front where Dael and Siarl stood. The cause for the alarm was obvious: everyone in the cell was dead.

Haldis pointed to several white objects beside one of the bodies. “Mistletoe berries.”

“It’s the same here,” called Erling from the neighboring cell.

Dael rushed to his cousin’s cell. Haldis and Leiden caught up with him as he threw open the door. Cerrin sat against the wall and greeted them with a condescending smile confined solely to the uninjured side of this face. On the other, the burns had already begun to seep and blister.

“Do you really think I’d take my own life like some common dog?” he taunted. “You should know better, cousin.”

Dael yanked Cerrin to his feet and shoved him violently into the wall. Leiden seized Dael’s cocked arm, using it to pivot him away, and then placed himself between Dael and the object of his rage.

“How can you protect him after what he’s done?” growled Dael gesturing at Haldis. He surged forward, but Leiden held him back.

“He’s goading you, my lord,” hissed Leiden. “He wants his blood on your hands.”

“Because he’s too much of a coward to end his own life,” stated Haldis from the threshold.

Cerrin’s smugness waned.

Dael shoved off Leiden’s hands and stormed past Haldis, his rage palpable as he brushed past. Leiden rejoined her at the door and leveled a pitiless gaze on Cerrin.

“You will die,” he stated, “but not today and not by our hands.”

Haldis hooked her hand around the door handle. “Pray the king’s tribunal is merciful.”

With that, she closed the door on Dael’s cousin.

◊ ◊ ◊

A company of reinforcements arrived shortly after sunrise and helped flush out a few remaining holdouts hiding in the stronghold. Once the prisoners had been chained together, Cerrin was bound atop a horse’s saddle. Dael mounted his own horse and took the other’s reins, but Cerrin’s attention was fixated on Haldis. His cousin’s upper lip quivered unconsciously as she climbed up behind Leiden on his mount and tenderly wrapped her arms around him.

Dael shook his head in disbelief as they moved out. Cerrin’s current predicament had done little to lessen his obsession, he thought. No doubt he’ll grace us with his incessant taunts all the way back to Brynmoor.

His cousin, however, said not a word, and they arrived without incident. Dael immediately sent a messenger to the king’s court, but it still took over two weeks for the three lords of the tribunal to arrive. Their deliberations, in contrast, took less than a day, for Cerrin denied nothing. They found him guilty of every offense to which he was accused and sentenced him to hang with his followers. Dael was far more surprised by their intent to recommend that he succeed Cerrin.

On the eve of the execution, Dael found himself drawn to his cousin’s cell. Cerrin lay on the straw pallet, staring at the ceiling, seemingly indifferent to Dael’s presence and unconcerned by his impending punishment. The burns mottled his face, their leathery edges pinching taut against the undamaged skin.

Dael leaned against the metal bars. “Haldis married Leiden.”

“It doesn’t matter,” said Cerrin. “She will always belong to me.”

“She was never yours.”

“We were bound the day we were born.”

Dael held back his angry retort, trying to emulate Leiden’s self-control. “The prophecy is a farce spouted by some heathen cleric centuries ago. It’s meaningless, and it was all for nothing.”

Cerrin scoffed. “Its meaning can’t be comprehended by one such as you.”

“You’ll be dead by this time tomorrow. The prophecy won’t save you.”

Cerrin laughed at him. “I don’t need to be saved. The prophecy is already in motion.”

Dael shook his head, dumbfounded by his cousin’s unyielding refusal to renounce the ancient prediction of ruin. It was then that he realized Cerrin had been lost long ago.

◊ ◊ ◊

“You’re sure you don’t want to be there?” ask Leiden.

Haldis glanced back at Brynmoor as the three caravan wagons passed through the city gate. A sudden cheer out rang out from behind them, no doubt from the crowd gathered for the execution—the same crowd that had only weeks earlier celebrated Cerrin as its young earl. Their exuberance sickened her.

Too many had already died to venerate the prophecy, thought Haldis as she settled back onto the bench beside Leiden. “It won’t change anything.”

“It might give you closure,” replied Leiden.

“I’ve seen enough death,” said Haldis, quietly adding, “and caused enough.”

Leiden reached over to take her hand. “It’s not your fault.”

“How is it not?” asked Haldis. “Everyone is my village is dead simply because I lived there.”

“Cerrin manipulated Lord Alban to feed his fear—with no regard for the outcome—and then killed those who got in the way of what he wanted.”

“He wanted me,” whispered Haldis, “needed me to give validity to the prophecy.”

“And yet you resisted his influence over you, even when it was near absolute,” said Leiden. “You were no willing participant.”

“Then why do I feel so guilty?” asked Haldis.

“Because you care,” said Leiden. “You wouldn’t feel the weight of it otherwise, but it’s not your burden to shoulder.”

Haldis knew he had taken several lives to come to her aid and was struggling with that knowledge. “It’s not yours either.”

“I know.”

swallowthemoon_wolfHe hooked his arm around her waist and slid her closer to him on the bench. Haldis leaned into him as the wagon skimmed the Ironwood. Something caught her eye in the dim understory. She stiffened as it resolved into a distinct form of a wolf. A black wolf.

“Haldis?” asked Leiden.

The beast’s yellow eyes captured hers as the wagon came even with it. Her mind insisted it meant nothing, but an unsettling sense of kindred clutched her—as if the wolf sought to rouse what Cerrin believed slumbered within her. The question is, thought Haldis, do I?

The wolf then yawned and trotted back between the trees. Their crowded silhouettes quickly swallowed it.

“Just a shadow,” replied Haldis as she turned to Leiden. “Nothing more.”

 

Lisa Langeland lives in Minnesota, but spent her youth in various locales in eastern South Dakota and, as a young child, in a central Ontario mining town. She has an insatiable curiosity and a laid-back, self-depreciating sensor of humor. She is also an amateur nature photographer. Her fiction has appeared in “New Myths” and “The Colored Lens.”

  • Continue Reading

Published by Associate Editor on November 17, 2015. This item is listed in Issue 28, Issue 28 Poetry, Stories

The Flight of Dragons

sparkThe Flight of Dragons
by D. M. Recktenwalt

Introducing the realm of true magic to an apprentice is not an easy thing, and must be done with extreme care. Excitement in a young mind can be all too boundless, temptation all too great, and dangerous lapses of responsibility or attention all too easy in those with insufficient discipline, as more than one mage has found out through bitter experience.

With Mason Alderson I had no qualms. I began his education as a mage a few days after he was forced into, and won, a confrontation in our bathhouse with the bully, Pruyn. Pruyn had already been warned once. Soon I sent the bully home for good, his training ended. It was an action for which he never completely forgave me.

But that had little to do with Mason’s immediate needs. Few boys ever become mages, but all have some ability or aptitude which can be fostered, and which can then support them comfortably in life—as clerks or scribes, perhaps, or priests or healers or minor shamen. Seeing a child started on his way is gratifying to any teacher, but mages always search and hope to find someone like Mason, a boy to mentor, a lad who has the elusive, true spark of magic in him. When we find him, we nurture him carefully and with a great deal of hope.

As he grew into manhood and his skills matured, I gradually reduced the number of my students, and it wasn’t long before the loft quarters over the kitchen stood forlorn and all but empty.

Summer swung down toward autumn and the nights grew cooler. In the trees groups of birds gathered and chattered, flocking and swooping in precise unison in the sky. Soon they would depart for warmer climes, leaving the snows of Kendorn far behind. The warmth of the fire was welcome in our cottage of an evening.

I was half Seeing, disturbed by a change in the Power, its memory now lost. In its wake, I was now lost myself in my own hollow memories, wandering among dreams of my childhood with friends long dead. The sorrow of outliving most of one’s contemporaries, of seeing those one most cherishes returned to Mother Earth before him, is one burden a mage bears in exchange for the knowledge he carries, for the long life he lives, for his Power. Nature and life itself have scales with a complex, delicate balance. To have, you must give; to take, you must provide. Tip the balance too far and chaos results. But my loneliness gnawed at me these days, worried my bones with needle teeth that would not leave be. For once I almost cursed my Gift, wished myself an ordinary man, long since turned to dust with all those whose passings I had mourned.

But then I would think of Mason…there was so much yet to teach him!

He was sorting through stacks of documents that lay in jumbled piles, all but covering the surface of the wooden table. Some he organized, some he consigned to the fire, some he made notes on; occasionally he asked a question, or read a document aloud to me. I admit to paying little real attention.

“A chief in a village to the north,” he said for the second time, “has seen dragons.”

Slowly, I looked up. I was far away in a sunny meadow where Carolee and Tow and Adrielle and I, all children fostered to the mage Tanqui de Laqline, happily gathered armfuls of flowers to braid daisy chains. That had been a long time ago, a long lost time of innocence.

“I believe we should investigate,” Mason said, holding my brief span of coherent thought with his gaze, bringing me back to the present with his voice. I suddenly realized that he was now a man grown, no longer a lad, but a young man clear sighted and strong in his own power. “Your help is needed.”

“How can I help someone track a myth?” I asked dully. I was in a glum mood. I was, after all, no more than a village teaching mage.

“Master, you have never been a fool,” Mason replied. “Don’t be one now.”

I turned my bleak gaze on him and only then recognized that he bore marks of worry and concern nearly equal to my own. He, too, had heard the Power strain and cry; it had worried his days, woken him in the night. A man now looked steadily back at me and into my soul, not a boy; a man strong and confident, if not yet seasoned. “Did you say dragons?”

He nodded, a carefully masked twinkle in his eye. “Dragons have been seen in the high passes near Tavla, decimating the flocks.”

Dragons. There hadn’t been dragons in the land since time past remembering. It was generally accepted by learned men that there was no such thing as dragons, and probably never had been, that they were, in fact, no more than myth. But myths often have at their hearts some kernel of truth.

“How could I help this…Aktonat…” I began, and stopped.  I had not read the letter, nor had Mason mentioned a name, yet it came clear to me. Mason suppressed a flicker of a smile. “Odd name.” I rolled it, and the idea of dragons, around in my brain for a bit. The corners were sharp, and didn’t quite properly fit, but they were enticingly close…

“Near Tavla?” I asked. “That’s your home country, isn’t it lad?”

Mason nodded. “Aye, master. And Aktonat is my father’s father.”

Tavla, a land amid a range of high mountains, where nomad sh’ypherds followed their sh’yp from pasture to pasture, and miners dug into the Mother’s breasts for minerals and gems.

Aktonat…and Tavla…and dragons. It was the first thing to have captured my interest in weeks. Behind his quiet half smile, Mason’s eyes were sparkling.

There was certainly little enough to hold us here. A village lad could tend the place for a time, and there were always willing friends who would adopt a cow or a goat and be glad for the additional milk. The garden could do without tending ‘til spring, if necessary.

“We’ll  go,” I said, making my mind up with a speed that surprised me by its very recklessness, “Let your family know we’re coming; use a swift flier.”

The young man bent his head to hide his grin as he drafted the message.

◊ ◊ ◊

At dawn two days later, our affairs properly in order, we departed. There had been cries of dismay from some of the village elders, who claimed constant need of my advice. I didn’t bother to point out that a mage is his own law, and I was in no mood to use tact. The less tractable among them backed down soon enough, although there was the usual amount of grumbling from the usual quarters.

orchard-in-bloomThe journey took us over broad, rolling meadows, following the network of dirt roads that connected the agricultural villages. We passed fields of maize and beans, pastures with sleek cattle and horses beside which our mules looked ragpicker’s steeds, all of it broken occasionally by copses of aged trees or wild meadows, or the carefully tended orchard of a fruitman, neat and trim and heavy with ripening fruit. Up the lowland escarpments we climbed, toward the low foothills, where fields gave way to rolling prairie with wind-blown grasses tall as a man. Birds chattered there, and insects flicked the ears of the mules and darted about our own faces.

As we went higher, the prairie gathered in the occasional tree, the bright, shining kind that can tolerate the thinner soil and the colder winds, and pines that drape over the steep shouldered slopes like a  grandmother’s shawl. The nights grew colder. One morning, camped in a pine circled clearing where the dense bed of needles cushioned our beds and silenced our footfalls, we woke to find frost on our blankets and a rim of ice on the nearby pond. The mules were frisky, their small hooves fairly dancing on the rocky ground. The clear air revived us; the early sun was warm on our shoulders.

Aktonat’s nomadic camp lay in a high, remote valley well above the tree line, ringed by the tall peaks that stood sentinel over one of the highest mountain passes, a pass that linked this rugged moorland into which we climbed with the bleak and barren lands beyond. For centuries, the people of these precipitous moors had guarded that pass against invaders, their tough warriors on wiry ponies fiercely swooping down on any enemies who were able to successfully cross the steep and treacherous Tavlan Pass. Many had died in defense of their traditional grazing lands; many more would undoubtedly die in their defense again.

Word of our coming preceded us, and riders came out to meet us, although Mason knew the way. The trail led us up and across a rugged ridge exposed to the full fury of wind and mountain cold. We descended then into calm and the tiny village of felt-sided huts thatched with moorgrass. Evening fires were being lit and beyond the huts, men were picketing ponies and corralling cattle for the night. “It never changes,” Mason observed contentedly. This  nomad encampment had been his home once; now his home was the stone cottage of Hagen Templeborn, Mage.

We slept well in the guest hut that awaited us; and the heat of our morning coffee penetrated to our very bones, helping to dispel the stiffness and heavy lids of sleep.

Sitting cross-legged around the small fire in his hut, Mason’s grandfather told his tale.

“We saw them first in the high meadows,” he said, cradling his pottery cup in knotted hands, “feeding. We didn’t know whether the beast had made a kill, or merely scavenged the dying. It fed for a time, then flew away to the southeast.

“Since then, we have seen more, but never more than a few at one time—probably a dozen different ones in all. If approached too closely, they’ll defend their kill, hissing and striking and pummeling with their wings. One of our men was bitten. The wound remains to this day open and purulent; it will not heal.

“Bait and fire have proven ineffective against them; they ignore our weapons like so many gnats.”

“Grandfather, describe them,” Mason respectfully requested.

Aktonat looked up in remembrance, his eyes slitted in concentration. “Long, the length of three ponies or more. At the shoulder they stand as tall as a bull, and easily as broad. A long body that tapers back to a slender tail. The neck rises slender and fine to a long, wedge-shaped head with a narrow muzzle and long, tooth-filled jaws. Their legs are short, flexible and strong, with sharp claws on five toes, opposed like hawks’ feet. And there are wings, broad, strong, flexible wings.”

“Lizards?” Mason hazarded in an aside to me in Trace.

“Perhaps,” I answered back in the same wizard’s language, “but unusually large ones.”

◊ ◊ ◊

While we waited for another sighting, Mason and I went to see the  injured man.

It was an ugly wound. The creature had grabbed the man’s thigh between the knee and the groin, leaving a deep set of puncture marks before and behind. The wounds were now purple and festering ovals, separated by spans of skin as white as snow and as bloodless. As a healer and as a mage, I had never before seen the like, nor felt it. The wound seemed to ooze some dark, viscous miasma that clouded my mind, dulled my senses. More sensitive than I, Mason simply commented that he felt a great evil in the injury.

We treated the man as best we could, but I had doubts that our efforts were of much use, other than to make him feel more comfortable with his fate.

We made use of the time of waiting to gather herbs and other supplies, but when a rider came galloping into camp one afternoon to report a sighting we were astride and following almost as fast as I can tell of it.

The country here was flowing moorland, broken by rugged cliffs and ridges of bedrock that protruded like broken bones. One moment Mardat, Mason’s uncle and our guide, would be right in front of us, the next moment hidden by raw rock, then in sight again, his pony bobbing through the knee deep, ripening forage grasses. He finally drew rein and waited for us just below the crest of yet another anonymous ridge. The wind smelt of snow. Beneath us in the grassy defile, the scents were of moist earth and living, growing things. And dragons. Although neither Mason nor I had ever encountered the beasts before, we were very much aware of their musty, acerbic scent.

“Below us, and to the left,” Mardat told us, flattening himself against the ground and leading the way up the last few feet to the top of the ridge. Mason, Aktonat and I followed, leaving the ponies behind. I focused my viewing glasses carefully where Mardat indicated; in the frame, long-stemmed meadow grain swayed gently, its rippling motion at odds with the direction of the wind. Grasses were bent back, too, and trampled as though a great weight had lain there.

“There,” Mason whispered, pointing, and I turned to see. Bare-eyed, Mason had seen the dragons before I had. Gradually, a nose came into view—a flattened, narrow nose, pale grayish blue with tiny flaring nostrils—a nose that sniffed the wind. Through the shimmering dark distortions of magic, I was able to define the top of a head, tiny ears, the black arc of a claw. The creature lay stretched out along the course of a dry creek bed, almost entirely masked by the waist-high, shimmering grass.

“Do you see?” Aktonat asked.

“Oh, yes,” I murmured. “I see indeed.” But my vision was clouded; I was not certain what I saw.

“Master,” Mason whispered, “there are two. One large, one quite small.” He had Seen.

Moving slowly, I rose and began a careful descent into the hollow below, Mason behind me. Mardat and Aktonat followed less closely, concerned, but firm in their resolution. I had no idea, leading our little parade, exactly what these dragons might be, or what kind of temperaments they might have. I could be leading us into bloody death.

The first dragon blinked slowly and raised its head, staring in our direction. Its eyes may have seemed small and weak, but it could smell us, even though Mardat had taken care to place us downwind. I continued walking slowly, softly chanting a protective spell. Mason, at my side, had already begun to weave his own; a fine mist was gathering and spreading about his feet.

dragoneyeIt was as well we had protection. The beast roused fully. In one smooth, swift motion it rose to its full height, spread its wings and launched into direct attack. I had time only to notice black eyes flecked with gold and sharp, in-curving teeth before being bowled over as the leading edge of one wing sent me sprawling.

Instinctively, I curled and rolled. I came to a shaken stop and looked around for my companions as the beast swung away for another approach. Mardat lay on his stomach under an overhanging ledge, his eyes wide in fear. Aktonat had squeezed into a narrow cleft nearby; and Mason was rolling smoothly back to his feet, quite unhurt. Above us the dragon hovered, its long scaly tail switching angrily, its red tongue visible through opened jaws. Its full attention was on me.

During what seemed an eternity we stared at each other, the hovering creature and I. Meanwhile, Mason was moving quietly at the very edge of my peripheral vision. He counter attacked with consummate skill. The rock he threw struck the beast just below the left eye and drew blood. The dragon bellowed, although more from surprise than from injury, and swung to face its attacker. The diversion gave me the chance I needed: I was on my feet and running even as that massive head swung back toward Mason. I launched myself at the dragon, and caught it just behind the ears, where the head joins the slender neck, wrapped my arms about its neck and my legs about its scaled body, and hung on for my life.

Considering its strength, size, and the rank whiff of its breath, it had an excellent chance of dislodging, and then killing me. Certainly it did its best. Riding that writhing, bucking muscular mass was an exercise in determination; the creature was all muscle and surprises, strong and flexible and without finesse. The earth and the sky became a rotating kaleidoscope of color; sound was limited to the heave and surge of the creature’s breathing and the ragged bellows that were my own lungs.

But I hung on through the dizzying battle, even when my arms weakened, my brain tired from the dizzy battering. By pure will I forced myself to retain my grip on that whipping, steely scaled neck, to stay atop the beast and out of reach of its lethal claws, which could rip a man apart with ease.

I had a brief, arcing glimpse of Mason, standing rock still, his eyes half closed, his hands stretched before him as if he gently cupped a living thing in his palms—and perhaps he did, for he was working magic. There was no chance to warn him, for this dragon’s desperate flight just above the grass was far from over, and that leathery head and whipping tail demanded all my attention. There was no doubt that there was magic in the beast. I could feel it in my hands and fingers, feel it seeping into my bones.

Mason’s spell worked—in a fashion.

The dragon’s movements ponderously slowed. It shook its reptilian head, and finally, exhausted, settled into a watchful stance on the ground, half coiled and panting, its leathery wings half spread.

Helpless as a newborn, I simply slid off. I lay, then, staring up at a swirling blue sky dotted with clouds, and that wedge-shaped head. I could not have moved if my life had depended on it.

Finally I sat up, senses still reeling. Mason bent to lend me his strong arm. I looked up and reached for his hand, saw what lay curled in his other arm, and stopped cold, for in his arm lay another, much smaller, dragon.

“It’s all right,” he said. “The mother has settled down; she won’t harm us.” The dragonling blinked great gray-blue eyes at me and tipped its head in curiosity. I looked to the adult dragon, then back at the baby, which lay coiled around Mason’s arm and shoulder, watchful and content.

Mason stood back, satisfied, after checking me over carefully. Nothing broken, but my vision would take some time to clear. Mason and the baby dragon were ringed in an iridescent bluish haze that bore no relationship to that of magic. They glimmered softly, shifting colors and angles without notice. I shook my head to clear it, too late wished I had not.

“She was only protecting her young,” Mason explained, rubbing gently at the base of the youngster’s still damp wings. “She knows that we mean her no harm.”

“We don’t?” I murmured absently, fingering a lump on the back of my head. It hurt, and would be a nasty bruise later.

“Of course not,” Mason replied, giving me a sharp look. Whatever the circumstances, I was far from easy around two dragons.

But the afternoon had more surprises in store.

Walking toward us across the moor, graceful as a hill deer, came a woman. She caught Mardat and Aktonat totally by surprise, and I could see little more than a darkness in my vision, but all of Mason’s senses were alert.

“You have found my pet, I see,” she said as she came within earshot.

“Your pet?” Mason asked mildly, caressing the young one gently.

“Do you have a better term, bantling?” the woman asked, taking Mason for no more than the hill lad he seemed.

“Hatha,” she ordered firmly, “home.” The dragon only turned its head in her direction and blinked those great gold-flecked eyes. “Home, I  said.” When the beast failed to move she shrugged, and aimed a look of pure malevolence in its direction. “They’re such dull-witted beasts,” she muttered, looking around her. She dismissed the two village nomads at a glance as of no importance, then paused at sight of the burden Mason carried. “Ah, so that’s why she won’t obey.”

She reached for the dragonling with proprietary hands. At that, the beast called Hatha raised her head, hissed, and threateningly spread her magnificent wings, but it was the little fellow who spat and fastened needle-like baby teeth into the woman’s outstretched hand, striking too fast for her to react.

She snatched back her wounded hand with a violent curse—and in her half turn away from the attacker both revealed her fertile, swollen belly, and saw me. For only a moment those beautiful, passionless eyes, so well remembered, registered a single, naked emotion. “You!” she said, perhaps also remembering a day long ago, and another child, one that was not destined to live.

“Adrielle,” I acknowledged. Despite my mage blindness and the distortion of my vision, I had recognized the raven black hair that nearly swept the rocky ground, the wide-spaced violet eyes in a milk white face. Adrielle was a woman unmistakable; her presence explained the darkness in my vision. I did not attempt to rise; the ground beneath me still moved, and was only now beginning to subside.

“I suppose, then, that this one is yours?” Adrielle commented, sucking at the blood that welled redly from her too white, injured hand, and gesturing toward Mason. The lad watched, bemused, masking his thoughts well. Idly he stroked the baby dragon.

“In a manner of speaking.” I had not knowingly sought him; he had, in fact, sought me.

“A stray? As I recall, you always were a good one for picking up strays.”

“Did you consider yourself a stray?” I asked mildly. I had once, long ago, taken Adrielle under my wing, offering friendship and kindness.

“Never.”

I nodded, watching the lovely face as she deliberately ignored Mason, baiting her hook as surely as any fisherman. I too had been taken in by that fragile beauty, more than once. We had a long history, did Adrielle and I. She had changed very little. The hair was longer, but the skin was as smooth, the face as lovely as ever. I hoped Mason’s good sense remained intact; there was no way to warn him of what lay behind the mask.

“But then, I never actually took you in, did I?” The ground was steadying now; I took the chance of carefully standing up.

Adrielle tossed her head sharply, her stare icy; neither of us had forgotten. “I never allowed you to,” she corrected me acidly. I made no reply.

“You’ve changed,” she finally said, having studied me intently for several moments. She didn’t see much—just a tall, fairly lean, hardly noteworthy man of middle years, his hair and beard going from brown to grey. Only the eyes hadn’t changed; they were still the clear turquoise blue of a summer sky.

“And you have not,” I replied. “What magic keeps you young, Addy? What magic has made dragons real?”

enchantress“No magic,” Adrielle replied with a dry, private smile, and I knew she lied. “Why are you here, Hagen Templeborn?”

“We were asked to help,” I told her simply, nodding toward Hatha. “Apparently your pets are causing a problem.”

“A problem? To whom? There’s naught in these sere hills but eagles.”

“To these good men,” I replied. “And to their families. Your pets deprive them of their livelihood. You owe them reparation.”

“Reparation,” she repeated dismissively. “Dragons hunt where and when they will.”

“Dragons would not be here,” Mason reminded her, “but for you.” Adrielle shot him a poisonous glance.

“Your puppy grows bold,” Adrielle observed tersely, watching as Mason murmured softly to the adult dragon, reached to gently stroke that great scaled head. The dragonling was now curled contentedly between its mother’s wings, dozing.

“What,” I asked her, “made you choose dragons?” My head was now quite clear, my vision sharpening. The slanting sunlight painted bright shadows and gilded highlights on the moor, a pattern bringing pleasure to the eye and premonition of the complete dark that would soon follow. We needed to soon return to the village, or camp here for the night.

“Hagen, you grow too bold,” Adrielle said abruptly, swirling away from me to beckon to a man just cresting the ridge behind us. I recognized him, too—Arcas, who had been her hostler for all those years, a muscular and swarthy man, solid and sullen. At his heels followed a pair of long, lean hounds, much scarred. “Take them back and pen them well,” she ordered him. “I will follow.”

So Mason and I, with his uncle and his grandfather behind us, stood in silence as Arcas and his dogs herded the two dragons away.  Adrielle followed, her skirts swinging, her long hair swaying in an arc across her back. Even through the distortions of my senses, I could read some of the fury that lay there. She turned briefly as she crested the next ridge.

“Mind not my business, Hagen Templeborn,” she warned, then crested the ridge and was altogether lost from sight.

◊ ◊ ◊

After sending Mardat and Aktonat back to the village, we made camp and shared a traveller’s supper, leaving our wiry ponies to graze peacefully outside the small dry cave where we had settled for the night.

“Tell me of the Lady Adrielle,” Mason said.

“The Lady,” I said, “is no lady, but one of the few female mages. Even as a child she was ravishingly beautiful, the stuff of a young man’s yearnings. She learned early of her effect on men. Once, she even set her wiles on Tanqui himself—until he made it firmly clear that he was completely, totally disinterested. My foster brother Tow was a target too, but he was far more world-wise than I, and saw what she was about even before she began to pursue her course. In private, he laughed at her. When she learned of his scorn her fury was absolute and her revenge swift. And I…well, I had a confrontation with her, too. I have few fond memories of the woman, but those I have are…exquisite.

“Tanqui finally dismissed his student and foster daughter. Where she received the balance of her training I do not know, but she has become a skilled, subtle, and dangerous mage.”

Mason heard me out in silence, staring deep into the remains of the fire in that vacant manner that is common to those deep in thought or reverie, or to those who See. “Is she truly so dangerous, then?” he asked, looking up.

“Use great care,” I cautioned him. “She is indeed. Although variable, the female’s power can be even greater than our own.”

◊ ◊ ◊

I must have dozed, for I was next aware of Mason’s voice at the cave mouth, low and urgent; in silence I joined him. On the silvered moorland the ponies stood silhouetted against a rising moon, their heads up. Below them, far down the slope, a double shadow moved, a man only half visible in the darkness, toiling up the slope toward us, a saddled beast behind him. He made no effort to conceal his progress.

“Who comes?” Mason hailed him softly. The stranger paused to look in our direction, then came straight on.

“A friend, in need of shelter.” Something in the tone of the rich voice triggered a spark of memory, but I could not track it, had to let it go.

“There is shelter enough,” Mason said. “Join us, in peace.”

The steady, sure footfalls approached through the shadows, then a tall, broad-shouldered man with a cowl covering his head and shielding his face was standing before us, unsaddling his beast and settling himself for the night. He managed to keep his face in shadow, but once settled across the remains of the fire, he turned to face me directly.

“When rumor reached me of a mage in these hills,” he said, “I was compelled to seek him out. But I hardly expected you, Hagen Templeborn. I could not have asked for a better ally.” His voice was familiar, as was his easy stance, and yet…

Then he pushed back the cowl to reveal his face.

It was Talbor Greenglade, my own foster brother.

Finally I found my addled wits. Grinning like two fools, we embraced in delight. It had been many years; there was much to be said between us. We caught up, briefly, on family news, then more urgent matters took precedence. We were, it seemed, following the same trail.

Adrielle…and dragons.

Later Talbor Greenglade, travelling now as the minstrel Gairgus, shifted position, stretching tired muscles slowly. “She came to Hellebar at the time of Council, some say to enchant the King, and stayed on until after the death of the Lady Queen. When Karl wasn’t amenable to her plans, she tried for the younger brother, Landros, but that, too, failed. She was last seen in these hills with one of the ‘Rondi warlords, and with her was a dragon, a fine red dragon. Now there are easily a hundred of them, located in a valley not far from here, tended by a group of ‘Rondi troops.”

“Now I understand,” Mason said quietly. “Why one of the King’s own circle travels alone in the high country, under a name not his own.” He looked up to find Tow studying him carefully, his clear-eyed gaze boring deep. Mason met the appraisal squarely. I watched, the outsider, while those two Saw into each other’s souls. “What did Adrielle do to you?” Mason finally asked softly. I was surprised at the boldness of the question, but Tow took no offence. He smiled a bit sadly.

“Briefly, we were lovers,” he answered. “Adrielle had been experimenting—against all the rules of the Teaching—with transformation spells and shape-changing.”

“Which is why Tanqui banished her.”

“Yes. When I finally spurned her, she changed me into a draft horse, a fine sorrel gelding. It was nearly a year before the spell wore off, a year during which I could do nothing of my own will. I slept in a dark stable, none too clean, with fowl roosting on my rump; I bore heavy loads, or pulled a rackety cart with a harness none too clean. I had galls on my withers and burrs in my mane. I still suffer an incorrigible fondness for oatmeal.” Tow laughed softly at himself; Mason digested the news in silence.

“Hagen, she conspires with the warlord Jaimoza to weaken Hellebar and break through the mountain defenses. One must suppose that she offers Jaimoza power, in return for position and power of her own once the realm is defeated.”

“But will she succeed? And having succeeded, will she honor her word?” It was a dismal thought; I shuddered, too easily able to imagine life under ‘Rondi barbarism and Adrielle’s evil.

◊ ◊ ◊

dawnDays later, at dawn, just below the wind- and snow-carved razor edge of a ridge we looked down into a broad bowl-like valley ringed by sheer cliffs on three sides. In the valley lay a green meadow, and scattered across it were cattle in pastures bounded by well-built fences. At one end was a stockyard; beyond it lay the dragons. Big and small, fancifully patterned and plain, they lay relaxed, their scales gleaming, their wings folded. Their heads were bloody with recent feeding; near their feet lay the stripped bones of their prey. They had fed well; now they rested and preened.

“I don’t see Hatha,” Mason said, scanning the sea of scaly heads, sinuous backs, leathern wings.

“I can’t see clearly,” Tow sighed, handing over the viewing glass and rubbing at his eyes after taking a long, careful look. “Have a try, lad.”

After one despairing glance in my direction, Mason settled to his task, adjusting the glass and focusing not on the shapes of the living forms below, but on what only he could see.

“They’re not,” he said after a few moments, “what you think they are. They may look and behave like kine—and that’s how the butchers see them, too. They’ve no idea they’re slaughtering beings like themselves for use as dragon food.”

“Like themselves?” Tow blurted. “Like us?”

“Just like us, like the ‘Rondi. Adrielle must have great skill, to transform so many—cobblers, soldiers, husbands, fathers, nomads roaming the hills—into dragon form.” Mason spoke with utter despair.

“Could our once foster sister perform such  travesty?” Tow asked. I glanced over at my foster brother, saw his deep pain, could not bear to meet his eyes..

“There’s no panic among them,” Mason continued. “No fear. They seem devoid of thought, their minds  empty. Even those facing the knife are placid. Most are male, only a few are females, and there are some calves. ‘Children’,” he corrected himself. His voice caught, tears ran unheeded down his cheeks.

“The dragons lie waiting,” he finally managed to say. “All bewitched, turned into dragons by Adrielle’s hand.” I reached toward the lad, but Tow stopped my hand.

“Mason,” he said gently, “I know it’s painful, but can you look for one more thing? It’s important.” The lad was slow to acknowledge the request, but finally nodded.

bluedragon“The big blue male dragon off to the right. Describe him to me.”

Mason took a deep, steadying breath, squared his shoulders, and precisely described the complex and beautiful wing pattern of gold and blue and black, the neck design and leg marks of the handsome dragon that preened languidly below.

“Prince Landros of Hellebar,” Tow murmured. “Taken in battle these weeks past. She could not win him as a man; so she took him for dragon, to fight against his own. Never should he have come to these hills…” We sat in silence for some time. Human cattle, to feed a flight of dragons, dragons that had once been human. A proud prince, turned to weapon against those whom he most loved. Dragons, mythological creatures unseen for centuries, creatures who never had existed, creatures of dreams, creatures of nightmares, creatures of no substance. To help bring down an honorable man, an honorable country.

“Why?” I finally asked.

“Because King Karl of Hellebar is an honorable man and immune to Adrielle’s charms,” Tow answered, an edge to his voice. “Because Landros has no desire for the crown and could not be manipulated.”

“He’s rising,” Mason said. The blue dragon stretched lazily, then gathered himself and was airborne, a smooth graceful expression of power in motion, elegance in the air. He climbed steadily, a shaft of metallic blue cutting clearly through the sky.

“A leader among dragons,” I murmured in admiration despite myself.

“What,” Mason asked practically, “will happen to those bewitched?”

Tow’s voice was kind, if his words could not be. “If we cannot defeat her, they will continue as they are until they die, or until she releases them; there is no other way. If we can defeat her, those who yet live may be free.”

A long silence, then Mason’s thoughtful voice. “There are three of us,” he said, “against one.”

“Three males,” Tow said, “against one pregnant and powerful female, a flight of dragons, and Jaimoza’s massed troops. They lie just beyond the far cliff-tops. But her power does still wax and wane. We must take advantage of that, and strike when she is weakest.”

“But how do we know when that is?”

“You will tell us,” Tow said calmly.

Mason gave me an imploring look filled with misery. “I can’t.” He sagged visibly, dropped his head onto his arms.

“One is never truly certain of Sight, lad,” Tow soothed. “You have already done more than I ever could have done, or Hagen.”

“But involvement clouds Sight,” Mason persisted. “I can’t be certain of what I See…because of Hatha.” I hadn’t picked up on the clue, being clouded myself and temporarily all but Sightless; but Tow did. He sighed deeply, then looked up in complete understanding. “Hatha is your sister, isn’t she?”

Mason nodded miserably, then squared his shoulders. “But I can’t just leave all those innocent people to die, or to kill, for evil,” he said firmly, raising his head. “They are honest folk who deserve a better end.” His eyes were wet and ancient beyond their years; all too soon he was suffering part of the continuing price of being a mage.

Gently, I pulled him to a seat on the sun-warmed stone. Perhaps it would help to ease some of the ice that wrapped his heart.

“Then I will aid you,” I said. “Adrielle can do little without her dragons; you can do little without our help.”

Partway up that now-shadowed slope, my mind searching for a way to overpower Adrielle’s inhuman spells, I found myself thinking about the rich power of the Mother Goddess. Was there a way for a mage, a man, to tap into that strength, to gain the Goddess herself as an ally against the evil of our mage sister?

Something tugged at my memory, something Carolee had told me years before. The Goddess, she said, was part of the living earth itself, her body golden as the sun, solid as the warm-colored stone on which all foundations were laid…

Could I, with my Sight and my mage’s powers, link to that great power?

At the time, I had thought Carolee referred to the great golden topaz, the gemstone worn by all Her priestesses, including Carolee. But I had been busy that day and Carolee’s words had simply drifted through my head and out again without recognition or a chance to properly take root.

Now I paused to look more closely at these steep hillsides. I saw a rocky moorland, cut by boulders and scarps, stripped by the wind and the weathering of the seasons, burnished by rain and snow, glowing golden with the sun. I saw towering cliffs, their faces cracked and scored, and streams amid green grass, all surrounded, supported, underlain, by this same warm golden stone. Was this, then, the golden body of the Goddess of which Carolee had spoken so many years ago? Was this the Mother Goddess herself? This bedrock, upthrust and exposed to the elements, split and cracking, rugged as eternity?

I bent and picked up a chunk of the stone in my hand; it was creamy yellow, and felt warm to the touch.

And I knew.

I smiled then, knowing that I had at last come to terms with my searching, and with myself.

I turned to share my discovery with my companions—and stopped in mid-gesture. Far above us where he soared, the blue dragon had seen us. He had turned in his flight, and now dove straight at us, claws extended and jaws spread wide in attack, screaming.

“Down!” I yelled, flattening myself and tumbling Mason from his seat in one frantic motion. Tow was slower, reeling backward from the assault of wings and teeth and claws, his cheek sliced neatly open from eye to chin. The dragon swept up and on by, preparing to attack again and calling his fellows to his side. I had thought to position ourselves and attempt to call the Goddess—how, I had no idea. But suddenly there was no time. So much for good plans.

The dragons rose and gathered, they struck from above in a tumbling wave of wings and claws and teeth, screaming violence. I ducked instinctively as the first wave reached us; Mason rolled away just as claws snatched at the air where he had been. I did not see Tow. Even as the first of them were swooping up and away, others were rising from below to join the fray, launching themselves into flight until the sky all around us was filled with their writhing bodies and beating wings. Only the rocky scree and our own reflexes stood between us and bloody death.

Then, with the flicker of time between one eye-blink and the next—my Sight returned.

I rejoiced. I exulted. I delighted at its return, even as I fought for my life. And I yelled, hoping Mason and Tow could hear me above the hissing, screaming din.

“Adrielle is here!” I screamed to them. “This is her power we fight, and it is failing!” I might just as well have been talking to the roaring waters of a mountain river, or discussing philosophy with the sky, for all the good it did.

Below us Adrielle stood in the meadow, her head uplifted and her loosened hair flying in the air currents from the dragons’ wings. She was crying, chanting, ordering their flight with all of the power  at her command. Above and behind me stood Mason, his head tilted back. He was rising slowly to his full height, fully exposed to those battering wings and ravaging teeth, rising to confront the full fury of that attacking horde. Around him slowly rose the weaving mists of enchantment. On his face was an expression of certainty, of calm joy. And he was singing!

Among that attacking horde, a single gray-blue dragon checked its flight and cocked its head in curiosity. It was Hatha, slowing to swing in toward the hillside. Just below Mason’s feet she landed gracefully, then very deliberately raised her head in song. They made a strangely beautiful duet, those two unlike voices.

Slowly the other dragons followed Hatha’s lead, slowing and descending, breaking off from their attack and hovering nearby or sailing in to land, curious about the strange music.

I was astonished.

Adrielle’s frustration was plain. In a matter of minutes only the single azure male remained in the sky, while on the slope three men stood clustered together, below them on the scree a mass of dragons bright as a living crazy quilt.

Mason stood on an outcrop of that warm golden stone, in full sight and totally unprotected from attack, wreathed in the pale mist of magic. He was singing, accompanied by a chorus of not altogether musical dragon voices. The air around us fairly vibrated with their song. I, too, slowly stood and stepped out into the open, chanting softly and calling my own power.

The blue dragon Landros dropped down into the shadowed bowl of the cirque and landed near Adrielle, returning moments later with her on his broad back. He flew straight to where I stood and hovered there, just clear of the ground. Adrielle’s hair whipped in the wind, her eyes glittered in fury.

“Hagen Templeborn,” she shouted over the noise of his wings and the lullaby that was now weaving quiet peace all around us, “You cannot do this!”

Through the light cloud of my expanding power, I laughed at her.

“And how shall you stop me, sister? Even now your child moves within, fighting to be born. He saps your strength, your power, and he will not be denied.

“May your bones wander in eternal despair, Hagen Templeborn!” Abruptly, Landros shifted beneath her, rippled and slithered out from under her, leaving her scrabbling for her feet on the rocky hillside. Landros soared up and away, then sailed gracefully back to roost just down the slope with the other dragons.

“By the Goddess Herself,” I challenged back, “and by the blood of the mage-child you bore, I call you to answer.”  Adrielle faltered, for it was a strong injunction. She hadn’t known that I knew she’d murdered our newborn son so long ago. That gave me a slight advantage.

The singing stopped, so smoothly and suddenly that its echoes rose into the air long after the voices themselves had ceased.

Mason turned slowly toward Adrielle, drawing on the strength that would later make him great. “By the powers of the earth and the voices of the trees,” he intoned in a voice compelling and rich with power. “By the whisper of the winds and the roar of the rivers, release these souls.” His outspread arms gravely indicated the sinuous forms that lay all around us, and the kine that stood below in the green meadow. “They belong not to you. They are themselves, and human, each with his purpose, each with this reason. They are free men, not slaves. Release them.”

Disbelieving, Adrielle stood staring at Mason’s mist-wrapped form. Then she turned her fury from an unknown, unacknowledged foe, to one she knew.

“What right have you, Hagen Templeborn, to command me?” She faced me boldly, those violet eyes smoldering with hate. Behind them I could read passing pain as the child moved within, and fury that he would not let her be.

“The right of the Teachings,” I answered. “The right of the Word; the right of the Law. You have broken the first rule of the Teachings, have flaunted the power of dark magic before those who are innocent of wrong. I call on the right of the Mage-born!” My words fell into a hushed, expectant silence that included the very air we breathed, the rocks on which we all stood.

A rich, rolling thunder gathered along the hillside, rose from the valley floor, became a voice that broke the silence.

“Be gone,” it intoned. It was the voice of my brother Tow, standing now beside me, tall and straight as a mighty oak, wreathed in clouds. He was as immovable as the golden rock upon which we stood, and oblivious to the blood that ran from his cheek and dripped from his chin. “Be gone. Share no more these hills, this sunlight. Be gone until you have learned to live within the Law. Be cursed until the day you renounce the powers of evil for the powers of good.”

Nearby, Mason was chanting again, but too softly for me to hear. He stood relaxed, his eyes closed, and he wore a soft, bemused golden smile.

“But—”

“Silence, mage-woman!” Tow’s command cracked through the near silence.

Then Mason’s unheard words were in me, singing through my mind, words that I did not know, words that the Teachings said could only be used by the priestesses of the Goddess, words of such power and beauty and strength that the very mountains heard them with joy—words to call the Goddess. They flowed through my mind like a rippling stream in sunlight and issued from my mouth—and from the mouth of Tow, behind me, as well—and rose to touch the very sky.

The chant never faltered as we three men together called the Mother Goddess.

Adrielle, standing before us, wore an expression of absolute disbelief, which shortly turned to absolute horror.

ceridwenFor the Mother Goddess came.

◊ ◊ ◊

She came in glory, she came in fire.

The grasses of the meadow turned silvery, then disappeared beneath a rising layer of fog. Wispy tendrils of smoke and steam arose along the cliff edges and joined with it to form a milky, evanescent haze that climbed higher, a slowly turning, twisting column graceful as a dance.

I felt the hair rising along the back of my neck. The growing Power resonated along the fibers of my body, echoed in my bones. I closed my eyes and welcomed it.

Beside me, Mason’s song continued unbroken, sweet and true and strong.

The mountains muttered and trembled. A section of weathered cliff ponderously sheared from its place, paused for a heartbeat, then fell away and shattered in a cloud of dust. The dragons skittered nervously, sending stones rattling down the cliff-sides, a bright glissando of sound.

The column of cloud, the column of light, climbed higher. It wrapped Adrielle in its embrace, wreathed her in pale luminescence before it coiled in drifts and eddies about her dragons, and our own feet.

“The spiral dance,” Talbor Greenglade murmured, unaware even that he spoke. “The sacred pattern made real.”

Gradually the luminous cloud slowed. It coalesced, solidified, took on shape and form and substance—and became a woman of light, light so bright it dazzled. A frozen waterfall was Her hair, gleaming silk Her gown. Her face was old, weathered, serene and loving; Her eyes sparkling blue, the color of the ocean on a sunlit day, bluer than the mighty arc of sky.

“The Mother Herself,” I whispered, looking full upon Her face. Never in my wildest dreams had I expected our plea to be so clearly heard, so powerfully answered. She had come, regal and powerful, all wise and all knowing. I felt Tow’s flicking glance in my direction, saw Adrielle cringe; Mason’s song never wavered.

I breathed deeply, of snow and dragons and power beyond dream, thoughts potent as a prayer.

History lay in the making, and I, Hagen Templeborn, stood at its heart.

◊ ◊ ◊

Although I was there, I remember few details of what happened next. When at last awareness returned, I was sitting alone on the sharp stones of the hillside, arms around my knees, head down, too exhausted to move. But once again I could see and hear.

“She did it, you know,” came a quiet voice at my side. I lifted my head and saw Mason Alderson, then my gaze drifted away. The mists were gone. Clear sunlight bathed the hills and the valley below.

“She came. She read the charges—they were writ in fire, Hagen!” Mason continued, his voice catching. “Adrielle has been punished. She Who is Mother to All promises that most all will be right again. Look…” He pointed across the valley floor, where even now the King’s Hellebaran troops were pouring through a breach in the valley wall, all but unimpeded by the few ‘Rondi who remained to oppose them. Directly below us, troops were establishing a command center.

All around them the enchanted were wandering aimlessly, small groups forming and reforming; some were already beginning to return to their human forms. Hellebaran healers would soon be gently gathering them in, offering succor and support.

“The Mother said those longest under her enchantment would take longest to recover,” Mason said. “She also said…” he took a deep breath, as though having to prepare himself for what he had next to say, “She said there was yet much that we must do. That they will need tending, those who have been under Adrielle’s spell.”

“I suppose so,” I replied. My voice was a croak, as though dusty, long-unused, my mind drifting with memories of a woman of light, a woman in white—who had spoken to me?

I cleared my mind, my throat, with better success tried again. “How?”

“You’ll have to ask King’s General Jarus for the military explanation. As for Adrielle, the charges were many, and grave. In the end—well, you can see for yourself.” He pointed toward the green-black smudge of a copse of pines across the valley. I looked, and there, just visible, saw Adrielle’s two hounds. They appeared to be in playful pursuit of what appeared to be a bird. Closer examination revealed their prey as a quite ordinary, black and white hen. Both dogs had feathers raffishly stuck to their faces, giving them comical expressions. To the hen, the game was far more serious. She dashed and darted, fluttered and fussed, keeping her coal-black wings and tail just out of their reach.

“A hen?” I asked. “Why a hen?”

“The Mother’s punishment, and curse,” Mason replied. “‘You would have power,’ she said. ‘I leave you powerless. You would be proud; I grant you humility. You would be beautiful; I make you plain. You would live among the greatest; I leave you among the very least.’”

“A powerful injunction.” But a hen?

And what of the Adrielle’s unborn babe? Presumably it was fathered by Jaimoza, but at least once before, Adrielle had conjured up a child. Was this another devious ploy? Had she lost control of the life she now bore? The thought was chilling…

Across the valley, the hen made a sudden fluttering dash for the lower branches of a tree, her wings flashing. She was quick, but one of the hounds was quicker. With surprising agility he jumped and caught her in flight, even as she rose from the ground. Once back on his feet, he dropped to the ground, then pinned her with his paws. His brother soon joined him, and together they began to softly mouth and play with their prize, turning and pulling her this way and that. Soon the hen was frantic, a damp mass of rumpled feathers with bright, terrified eyes.

In a brief moment when she was right side up on the rocky ground, she gave a single brief squawk and in abject terror laid a single, glistening white egg.

What was this new toy laid before their noses? The hounds broke off from their play to sniff at it. A moment’s inattention was all their prey needed; the hen broke frantically away from their clutches, darted into the trees, and was gone.

But the hounds seemed disinclined to pursue her. Instead, they began to nose the egg, sending it rolling and bumping erratically along the ground. With a solid thump, it finally bumped up against an exposed root and cracked partially open. Now the hounds gave it their full attention, wagging their tails, pushing at it and pawing. When it finally broke fully open, they eagerly lapped up its contents until the shell fragments were sparkling clean..

Once done, they lay down happily together in the sunshine and, like two cats, began to wash each others’ faces.

I sighed. Rather an ignoble end to them both, even if they were Adrielle and her child. But what was, was. This was the Mother’s work, and there was nothing I could do to change it, even had I so desired. “What of Tow?”

“Down the hillside, looking for Hatha among the dragons.”

“Ah…” My mind made the connection I had not seen before. “Hatha is your sister,” I said. “And…?”

“Tow’s wife.”

“His wife.” The dragonling, then, was not only Mason’s niece, but also Talbot Greenglade’s daughter. No wonder he had not been able to See clearly, and had asked for Mason’s aid.

I sighed, for connections missed, for eyes that had not seen, and focused on the future.

As always, the Mother was right. She had acted as She saw fit; now it was left to others to finish the task where she had left it off. There remained a great deal of work to do; now that I was thinking again, I could see it clearly.

The King’s General would need advice.

Those enchanted would have need of a mage to aid them through what for some could be a very difficult time of readjustment. Perhaps additional enchantments would be needed to help them on their way…

I began, awkwardly, an attempt to rise, but my legs had been too long still and were reluctant to move. It took Mason’s strong arm to help me to my feet.

“What now?” he asked, studying my face.

“We find King’s General Jarus,” I replied. “There is much yet for us to do.”

— End —

D. M. Recktenwalt is a retired graphic artist, writer/editor who’s addicted to chocolate and popcorn (not necessarily in that order) and to the written word in most of its forms. Her short fiction has appeared in a number of small press publications; her non-fiction work in several specialty magazines. She gardens; spins; knits, crochets and quilts—often “helped” by her two cats.

 

  • Continue Reading

Published by Karl Rademacher on February 23, 2015. This item is listed in Issue 25, Issue 25 Stories, Stories

Silver Tongue

by Leigh Ann Cowan

Part 1

Lights in the Sky

“I was a boy when the strangers first came. Bright lights filled the air. The ground seemed to shake. A thing bigger than eight huts together descended toward the field outside my small village. My family and neighbors rushed outside, forgetting their tasks of weapons-making and weaving, and of cooking and dyeing, to stand awestruck. We gaped at the humongous monster as it landed with a deep, throbbing hum, crushing the seedlings we had planted only days before.

“Then all was silent,” whispered Mangled One, pausing for effect. The little ones watched him with open mouths and wide eyes. “I should stop. It is too frightening for you.”

“No!” chorused the children, shaking their heads at the elderly man. “We want to hear the story!”

“All right then,” said Mangled One. “But you’ll have to listen carefully, and don’t interrupt…”

#

The gray thing didn’t move, nor did it make a sound. It sat in the field as the dust slowly settled around its flat feet.

“Silver Tongue,” my mother said quickly in a low voice, giving me a stern but worried look. “Get inside. And don’t come out until I say, you hear?”

“Mother, what is that?” I pointed to the monolithic thing.

“Never you mind, my son,” she frowned, ushering me into our hut. She hurried me to the vegetable pottery and emptied one of the larger ones onto the floor. “Get in this, Silver Tongue, and do not come out until I say.”

I obediently clambered into the pot. She put a finger to her lips, and placed the lid over the pot, leaving just a crack so a sliver of light could enter. I was a rather small child at seven star cycles, but perhaps that was why I survived.

After what felt like an eternity of my being still and quiet, I began to hear commotion. Strange popping sounds echoed loudly and were followed by shrieks. A few twangs meant an arrow had been fired. Crashes and thuds resounded as things were thrown and broken. Familiar names were called out frantically. Strange, guttural cries rang out. Terrified, I clamped a sweaty hand over my mouth. Blood pounded in my veins. I willed my heart to slow so no one would hear it beating wildly in my chest. I knew I would be caught.

But I wasn’t. And my mother never came for me, even when there was no more screaming. Hunger gnawed at my stomach. The light that seeped through the crack mother had left was beginning to diminish; night was falling. So I curled up in an attempt to get comfortable, and tried to sleep.

When I woke, I knew it was light again. I blinked blearily at the peeking day-starlight that filtered into the pot. Everything was still and silent. I wondered if everyone had left me because they didn’t want me anymore. The longer I waited the more I began to believe it. Tears sprung into my eyes and hunger yet again troubled me. My mother had ordered me to stay within the pot, but I was sure she wouldn’t mind if I were to grab a handful of the vegetables she had poured out the day before.

So I crept out. Cold silence hovered in the air. I kneeled down on the floor of the hut and began to pick up the little yellow produce. As I leaned my head back to shove a few in my mouth, I caught sight of something outside the doorway. Chewing, I stared hard at the lump, wondering what it was.

I knew I would be in trouble if I was caught, but curiosity had gotten the better of me. Moving closer, I saw that it was Looks At Sky and laughed. The old man was always falling asleep in the strangest places. I crawled over to him and shook him–then leapt back with a startled yelp.

Looks At Sky was dead, his eyes opened wide in surprise. Blood stained his chest. I jumped to my feet and quickly glanced around for someone to call for help.

But like Looks At Sky, everyone was laying across the ground or over each other. Some were slumped against hut walls; some were half in and half out of their doorways. Crafts and foods had been destroyed and scattered across the ground. Blood was everywhere. No one moved.

“No Wars?” I whispered hoarsely. I kneeled beside my tribe leader and pushed his head scarf up to reveal his eyes. They were glassy, staring at a horror beyond this world.

I looked around me. “Snake Flower?” Dead.

“Peaceful Girl?” Dead.

“Day Star?” Dead.

“Prosperity?” Dead.

Everyone was dead. I began to panic. I counted the tribe members, looked for familiar faces. Everyone was here, even–

“Mother!” I fell to my knees at her side, put my hands to her cold face as my tears finally spilled. She was at the edge of the village, closest to the field. She had probably tried to communicate with the beast, and it had killed her, just like everyone else. The huge thing was nowhere to be seen now, though deep scars had set into the soft dirt of the ruined field. Strange, round footprints led to and from it.

I don’t know how long I stayed at my mother’s side, nor in what direction I had begun to wander. All I knew was that I somehow ended up at another tribe’s gate with blisters on my feet. Here, huts were made of wood, as opposed to our clay ones. The roofs were of straw and grass, and several fire pits were dug throughout the village, above which pots of stew broiled. This village was twice the size of mine, and housed many people who wore bright clothes and had facial piercings.

A woman saw me standing at the edge of the village, and she quickly brought me to the attention of several others of her tribe. The woman, accompanied by a man with a hunting knife, approached me. Her dialect was strange to me, but she spoke with words I understood.

“My tribe is dead,” I stated when she asked where I had come from. “The beast killed them.”

The man and woman shared a glance of confusion, but led me into the village. She sent him off to summon the tribe leader while she fed me hot stew from a bowl fashioned from the skull of an animal.

She asked me my name and tribe name.

I shook my head, indicating that I did not wish to speak to her. She became silent and refilled my bowl with the spicy food.

A withered old woman was escorted to me by the man who had first approached me and another more muscular one who appeared to be her bodyguard. I set the skull down to show her respect, as I would had No Wars approached me.

“What is your name?” she asked in the weird dialect.

“Silver Tongue.”

“Seelvor Tong,” she repeated it incorrectly, but I said nothing. “What happened to your tribe?”

I recounted the story, beginning with the beast that had descended from the sky. I told how my mother had saved me, the horrific screaming, and how when I woke everyone was dead. By the end of my story, a group of adults in colorful clothing surrounded me. A couple of women looked at me with tears running down their cheeks; several men looked shocked and angry. But the tribal leader sat dispassionately as she listened, never once interrupting.

Then she spoke: “My tribe name is Galloping Forest. I am Seventh Rain.”

I nodded, wiping my tears with a yellow cloth someone had passed to me.

“You stay here,” she continued. Then she turned to several of the men who seemed to have more piercings than the rest. “Rising Moon, Quiet Son, Runs Fast, to Sky Readers village, go. Find out what happened.”

“Yes,” they said in unison, standing and setting off immediately. I picked up my skull bowl and continued eating. I refused to look up.

The woman who had first approached me, whose name was First Daughter, took me into her own home and gave me a bed. I couldn’t sleep that night. The low murmurs of the Galloping Forest tribe members could be heard until the early hours of the morning. The three men who were sent to investigate my claims must have returned and spoken of what they had seen. Eventually, the conversations died down, and it was silent. I now realized just how silent the world could be.

I laid awake, listening to the nothingness and staring up at the thatched roof. My brain begged sleep, but my body was too restless. The day-star began to rise, and yet I was still wakeful. First Daughter began to stir, then got up from her creaky bed and passed me to the firepit in the center of the room. She poked the embers with a charred stick, sending up red sparks, and added dry grass to it. Then she set about preparing breakfast.

I watched her.

She was very quick and skillful about it, and breakfast was ready before the sky turned blue. The delicious smell had filled the hut. First Daughter sat back on her haunches and wiped her forehead with the back of her hand. She glanced over at me.

She must have seen the firelight dancing in my eyes. She beckoned me to come to her, so I rolled onto my hands and knees and crawled the short distance to her.

“Hungry?” she whispered, taking care not to wake her daughter, whose bed I had slept in.

I accepted the fresh bread and sliced meat, steam still rising from them. My mouth watered, and I ate it quickly. I was disappointed, as it tasted nothing like what my mother had made. The thought saddened me. I would never eat anything by my mother’s hands again, nor hear her voice, nor feel her warmth as she hugged me close. My heart ached as I tried to remember those things.

BreadFirst Daughter held out more food to me, but I turned from it. She moved closer to me and put a hand on my head comfortingly. It did nothing to console me, and at the time I did not appreciate her effort. She wasn’t my mother, I had thought with distaste.

I pushed her hand away and walked out of the door. The village looked drab compared to their exotic clothing. I saw plants hung up on lines strung from the roof of one house to another; I assumed that dyes were made from them. I wandered around, ignoring the looks I received from the tribe members. Children with nose rings followed me curiously. The older the child, the more piercings he or she seemed to have. There were many children here; in my tribe, I was one of the only five children. I ignored the mothers who reprimanded their children and hurried them away from me. As far as they were concerned, I was a stranger and a curse. I envied those children–their parents were still alive and well.

“Silver Tongue,” called out First Daughter. I stopped and looked to my right, where she stood in her doorway. I had walked in a circle. She beckoned to me, but I remained where I was. “Hungry?”

I glanced up. The day-star had risen high in the sky, but was not yet at its peak. It was time for mid-day meal, I supposed. I shook my head at her, earning yet another sad look. All I wanted was to eat something I knew. I thought Galloping Forest was so close a village to my own. How could we have such different tastes? Though now I know it was in fact a five-hour walk to that village.

I sat in the shade of First Daughter’s hut, and she went back inside with one last pitying look, and I finally fell into a much-needed sleep.

Jostled awake by rough hands. A startled cry escaped my throat as I was pulled to my feet. The man I recognized as Seventh Rain’s bodyguard gripped my arm tightly, as though he expected me to run away. His face was emotionless, but his eyes betrayed uncertainty. “Come,” he said in a deep, reverberating voice.

I didn’t have much choice in the matter. He began to walk, taking long strides that were difficult for me to keep up with. His vice-like grip on my arm was beginning to hurt. He was bringing me to the front of the village, where I had appeared the day before.

A throng of tribe members stood facing the entrance; their backs were to us. As we approached, several looked over their shoulders and stepped aside so that we could pass. The hunched figure of Seventh Rain stood at the fore of her people, studying the strangers.

My breath caught in my throat as I looked at them. They were so different from us. The three strangers wore clothing that was unlike any I’d ever seen; hardly any skin could be seen on them. Each of them had a slightly different skin color; one had skin as dark as wood, and another’s was as pale as starlight. The other one seemed to have a flesh tone in between. Their hair was different, too. One had fire for hair, it seemed, and another’s was so curly it seemed unreal. Their eyes, noses, and lips were all different. Then I noticed the strange sticks they held down at their sides.

“Silver Tongue,” said Seventh Rain slowly. “These creatures?”

I shook my head. “Do not know.”

The stranger with wooden skin stepped forward, and I heard shuffling behind me as the whole village stepped back warily. He spoke, and I recognized the guttural noise as what I had heard the day my mother had been killed.

“Killers!” I screamed, spinning on my heels to run. I was stopped short due to the man’s grip on me. “Killers! Killers!” The memory of my fallen tribe flashed past my eyes–the blood, the glassy eyes, the cold bodies. The villagers began to murmur in shock and fear, moving back even further. They looked ready to run.

Seventh Rain spoke calmly. “Silver Tongue.”

I quit fighting, breathing heavily. I looked at the strangers wildly, saw them watching with unreadable expressions. My eyes trained themselves on the tribe leader as she continued.

“With them, you will go. Galloping Forest remains safe if you will go. So go.”

I gaped at her. I hardly realized that her bodyguard was dragging me to the strangers until we were almost upon them. The wooden-skin raised his stick, and the others followed suit. They looked dangerous–they were killers.

“No!” I wailed. “First Daughter! No! Save me, please!” But if First Daughter was in the crowd, I could not see her. I should not have expected her to save me, anyway; she had her own child to look after.

Seventh Rain’s bodyguard offered me to the wooden-skin. One of the strangers behind him said something in their foreign language, and the wooden-skin studied me. He replied, then reached for me and took a surprisingly strong hold of my wrist.

I let out a scream louder and shriller than any before, as though the touch burned, and struggled to free myself. Seventh Rain’s bodyguard quickly backed away. Tears streamed down my cheeks. I threw all my weight to the ground in an attempt to be too heavy for him. I clawed and bit him, but he seemed unaffected. His clothing was made of unfamiliar armor that protected him.

One of the other strangers quickly approached and grabbed me, and the wooden-skin released me. He stepped towards the villagers again, but this time, they raised their bows. The wooden-skin backed away and said something. I, still screaming and struggling, was taken with them, out of the village.

“First Daughter!” I cried again. “First Daughter!” But she never came.

And I never saw the Galloping Forest tribe again.

#

Part 2

“What happened next?” prompted one of the children as the old man lapsed into silence. Mangled One jolted out of the fantasy and looked at the eager children.

“What happened, indeed? Listen:”

#

When I realized escape was impossible, I ceased my efforts against them and walked. The one with fire hair continued to hold my hand, but not as tightly as before. We walked for several meters through tall, dense trees. I had never seen so many trees in my life, but I had heard stories from my elders about this sea of life. They had spoken of it wondrously, but I thought it was terrifying.

Almost suddenly, the forest began to thin. The trees’ girths became smaller, and gave way to grass. Then we came upon a meadow. I dug my heels into the ground, beginning my fight anew when I saw what we were heading toward. The fire hair cried out and tightened her grip on me, but I kept pulling, forcing her to drop her stick and grab me with both hands.

The huge gray thing sat in the meadow, waiting menacingly. While the fire hair continued to struggle with me, she spoke in her strange language. Another alien came and tried to speak to me in a softer tone. He said something to the fire hair, then sprinted off towards the monster. It opened its great maw on its underbelly and swallowed the stranger. The fire hair refused to release me, and her dark companion merely stood to the side and watched our struggle. Their expressions were unreadable to me.

The one that had been swallowed returned, this time with two smaller figures. The smaller of the two was carried in his arms, and they all rushed back to the edge of the clearing. When they neared, I saw that the smaller figures were children. I stopped fighting and stared in surprise. It had never occurred to me that these strangers would have offspring.

The older child appeared to be a few star cycles older than me. He bared his teeth at me, and reached out to touch my hair. He patted me as though I were his pet, and said something in a scratchy voice. He squatted in front of me in his strange clothing, placing his hand on his chest. He said something slowly, emphasizing his chest with his hand, still baring his teeth.

I scowled at him.

He said it again, even more slowly than the first time: “Luk-man.” Then he repeated it: “Lukman. Lukman. Lukman.” Each time he gestured to himself.

Finally, I realized that he was trying to tell me his name. “Lukman,” I said, bewildered by the harsh syllables that rolled off my tongue.

He seemed to be delighted, as well as the other aliens that surrounded me. I noticed suddenly that three more had joined them. They began to buzz in their language. Lukman pointed to me, babbling in his scratchy voice. While the others quieted, he continued to speak to me. He didn’t seem to realize that I couldn’t understand him. He gestured to me, spouting off nonsense, then gestured again. He was asking my name.

“Silver Tongue,” I said tentatively, gesturing to my own chest with my free hand. The fire hair still held me.

Lukman frowned and started talking again. “S–Sil?” he stammered.

“Silver Tongue,” I reiterated. “Silver Tongue. Silver Tongue.”

“Silver Tongue?” he asked. His smile returned, and he spun around to face his family. He repeated my name slowly for them until they could call me as well. Hearing them stumble over the syllables made me see that they were genuinely attempting to communicate with me. Perhaps they were not the killers, but the slaves of the giant in the meadow, I thought.

The man who had brought the two children kneeled beside Lukman. He pointed to his chest this time and said slowly: “Jaxith.”

“Jaxith.” He nodded, the corners of his pink lips turning upwards. He said something to the fire hair.

She spoke to me, pointing to herself. “Se-mi-ra. Semira.”

embers11c“Fire Hair.”

She seemed flabbergasted. She pointed to herself. “Semira.”

“Fire Hair.” I pointed to her hair. “Fire.”

She shared a confused look with the others. I looked around for something to communicate with. I spotted a patch of bare ground nearby and dragged Fire Hair over to it. With a finger, I drew fire, then pointed to her hair.

Jaxith turned his head to one side to look at my drawing from another angle, then his eyes lit up. He covered his mouth with a hand as he laughed, a strikingly familiar sound, shouting a word. He laughed as he said something to Fire Hair, and her hand went up to her red hair.

The others joined in laughing, but Fire Hair jutted out her lower lip. To me, she insisted, “Se-mi-ra. Semira. Semira.”

“Semira,” I frowned.

The small child whom Jaxith had been carrying approached me. It held out a tiny white flower to me. I stared at it. The flower’s roots were still wriggling, and I realized that it was a Ygit–a poisonous insect that disguised itself as a flower.

I took it between my thumb and first finger, careful to avoid the stingers, and stared at it, trying to figure out what to do with it. Fire Hair held out her hand for it but I held it away. These creatures knew nothing of this world, it seemed. The flower insect became more desperate, writhing in my grip. I understood how it felt. I dragged the reluctant Fire Hair over to a tree and gently placed the insect on its bark. When I released it, it scurried away up the trunk. I watched it go longingly.

The child stood next to me, gaping up at the flower insect. Fire Hair’s grip loosened on me, then fell away. I turned and looked at her. She stepped away from me. Jaxith and the others said something in alarm, and Jaxith reached out for me. Fire Hair held out an arm to stop him, saying something that sounded important. She never took her eyes off of me. Was she letting me free?

I backed away uncertainly, but none made a move to stop me. Still no one moved or spoke when I had reached the edge of the trees, nor when I had moved beyond that. Then I turned to leave, but stopped. Where would I go?

A twig snapped somewhere to my left, and I cocked my head towards the sound. A graceful tree guardian stood nearby, looking back at me with its big, solemn eyes. Colors rippled across its skin; they were good colors. It wanted to tell me something. The guardian looked at me for a long moment, then moved its elongated head to look at the strangers. I didn’t think they could see the guardian; it was hidden by a clump of trees. The guardian had come to tell me to stay with the creatures, I was sure. The colors of its skin foretold peace and prosperity. Without much choice, I looked back at the strange people, who still stood watching me.

I looked back to the guardian, but it was already well on its way back to deeper woods. My mother had always warned me to never disobey any guardian, for the consequences of doing so could be dire. There were many stories about foolish travelers who refused to listen, and often they met untimely demises.

I watched as the child plucked another Ygit. With a burst of courage, I marched back and grabbed its wrist, forcing it to drop the thing. The insect scurried away into the grass.

“Dangerous,” I said, touching his nose. My mother had often done that when I did things that she didn’t approve of. On a whim, I named the child. “Plucked Flower.” I reiterated to him that what he had done was bad.

Lukman walked over to us, again babbling excitedly. Even though I couldn’t understand a single word of it, he seemed to be talking to me. I no longer feared the strangers. The guardian had told me they were no threat. It was not these strangers who had killed my tribe.

I took Lukman’s hand and the child’s hand, and allowed them to lead me toward the monolith that had first landed in my tribe’s field. The adults followed us, and we were swallowed by the monster.

Inside, its breath was icy, and I shivered as it touched my bare skin. There was a strange smell in the air, and the monster’s stomach was empty but for the light that shone down from somewhere. It looked nothing like any animal I’d ever seen..

Lukman began to ramble on again. As though I could understand him.

“Talks A Lot,” I named him. He stopped mid-breath and looked at me. I gestured to him. “Talks A Lot.”

“Lukman,” he said.

I shook my head. “Talks A Lot.”

He nodded, seeming to resign himself to his new name. I pointed to the child that had released me and was now digging into a box full of strange objects. “Plucked Flower.”

It seemed the only way we understood each other was with hand gestures and names. So I decided to name all the creatures according to my people’s culture. I pointed to the dark one who seemed to be the leader: “Wood Skin.”

They repeated it. While most of them seemed eager to learn and listen, others seemed to be uninterested.

“Fire Hair.”

I came to Jaxith and had to think. He watched me expectantly, then I pointed to him. “Laughing Summer.” He had a warm laugh, and he seemed so far to have a kind personality. Laughing Summer stumbled over his name, and I corrected him until he could say it before moving on.

This female had the palest eyes I had ever seen, and I stared at them in awe for a long moment. “Little Moons.”

“Slim Face,” to the woman whose face was thin and pointy.

“Echo,” to the woman who repeated anything I said several times.

Another man drinking something belched loudly, drawing a disgusted look from several of his companions. He shrugged and became “Has No Shame.”

The last woman was another difficult one. I eventually decided to don her “Big Eyes.”

Plucked Flower came up to me with a strange, colorful device. I accepted it and stared at it dumbly. Plucked Flower pressed it with a little finger; the thing lit up and buzzed in my hands. I shrieked and threw it away from me, holding my hand a distance from me because it still tingled. My first thought was that I had been poisoned by the thing.

Laughing Summer immediately picked it up. “Silver Tongue,” he said, holding up a hand. He pressed the same button Plucked Flower had, and the lights began to flash and swirl again. A soft buzzing sound found my ears. The lights danced and spun in a small bubble on the end of the thing in Laughing Summer’s hand; it was quite entrancing. I stared hard at it, trying to figure out what it was.

I recognized that it was child’s toy when Plucked Flower began to bring out more devices that lit up and made sounds. Some had wheels and moved of their own accord; others resembled strange creatures that I had never seen. Before I knew it, I was sitting with Plucked Flower and Talks A Lot, examining and learning of these strange things. Talks A Lot, of course, rambled incessantly.

After we had played for a while, Fire Hair called us to eat with them. It was a warm, funny-tasting dinner. There were vegetables I had never seen before, and something brown that tasted like meat. I had never before seen browned meat. I came to like the taste of the strangers’ foods.

Sleepiness overcame me once I had eaten. I remembered I hadn’t slept for over a day. They put me into a circular bed–another first for me, and the softness of it sent me instantly into a deep slumber. My last cognitive thought was, “I wish my mother were here.”

#

Part 3

god-knowsThe next morning, Little Moons took it upon herself to start teaching me their words. In return, I taught them my language. They seemed to find my pronunciation hard; our language was more melodic than their rough tones. Even when they said something correctly, it was still hardly recognizable as one of my people’s words.

By the end of the day, I knew the words for most of the objects we could find, yet they hardly retained anything I had taught them. It was disappointing, to say the least. While I could remember “window,” and “metal,” and “washroom,” they could not remember my words for the trees and sky.

As we ate dinner that night, I listened to their conversations and caught several words I had learned. But I still could not understand them. They did try to include me in their conversations, but it took much repeating and hand gesturing before I inferred their meaning, and it took even more time to convey my words back. So, eventually, I immersed myself into concentration on eating, and they took the hint.

Over the next weeks, Little Moons began to teach me strange symbols to scrawl onto thin pieces of white cloth. I realized soon that they were letters, and that each had a name. When she reordered them and sounded them out, they became words. Little Moons also drew pictures next to the words. They were simplistic, but recognizable. They seemed delighted by how quickly I caught on, though I thought my writing was clumsy.

Before I knew it, nearly a star cycle had passed. I was eight star cycles then, and was able to carry on a conversation with them on just about anything. I taught them what plants were safe to eat and how to prepare them when their food supplies began to dwindle.

I learned that they came from a planet far away, and that they had to leave because they had different beliefs than everyone else. I asked why, but they couldn’t seem to give me an answer. They had reached my planet after thousands of star cycles of travel; they had slept in tubes that kept them alive. They showed me a great room full of them, all empty.

The giant monster I had first feared was actually their spaceship. They hadn’t been the only ones in it; in fact, there were hundreds of them, one for each of the sleep-life-tubes. Has No Shame privately told me that those who didn’t die in their sleep woke up and went insane. Many of them ran off into the wilderness with their gun-sticks. I assumed, on my own, that the insane ones had killed my tribe.

I learned, eventually, that Big Eyes’s eyes actually were not big, but magnified by glasses, as they called them. I tried them on, but the world around me suddenly distorted, making me dizzy. I couldn’t understand how they could help Big Eyes see better.

I learned all their true names, but still called them by the names I had given them. To them, their true names had no meaning, but were simply just a part of them. Laughing Summer and Fire Hair had twenty-three star cycles to their life; Talks A Lot had twelve; Plucked Flower, whom I finally learned to be Talks A Lot’s younger brother, had four; Wood Skin, Echo, Has No Shame, and Big Eyes all had about thirty star cycles; Little Moons had forty-seven; Slim Face had fifty-four.

Has No Shame, the best shooter, taught me to fire the gun-sticks. They were powerful weapons, more powerful than any arrow or stone. He told me they were for protection, but their people had often used them to attack and as weapons of war. The gun-stick was a fearful piece. Has No Shame also introduced me to alcohol and drinking games, though I found neither of them pleasurable. Fire Hair scolded him for teaching me.

Laughing Summer was a story teller. His stories were often comical, but also had lessons. One such story was of two creatures called a tortoise and a hare. The tortoise was very slow, and the hare very fast, and they decided to have a race. The moral of the story, it was carefully explained to me, was that slow and steady wins the race.

Big Eyes was the pilot of the spaceship, and she made sure that everything worked correctly. She was also able to communicate with their home planet, although it took several days to exchange messages due to the distance she called “light years.” When she was in good humor, she would show me how certain technologies worked. My favorite thing to do was flash the colored lights, controlling the power with the flick of a switch.

Wood Skin was a serious man, but he also was one of the kindest. Once when I had been practicing my letters, I had run out of the white cloth. There was a stack of them on the table, so I took some of them, even though it looked as though they had already been marked on. Big Eyes walked in and saw that I was writing on them, and snatched them away with a squeal, her eyes larger than I had ever seen them.

“Silver Tongue!” she’d snapped at me. I looked up at her in confusion as she began to rant at me in her foreign language, words rolling off her tongue faster than I could comprehend. Wood Skin, probably having heard the commotion, entered the room and came to my rescue. He spoke quietly to Big Eyes, who began to argue. Wood Skin seemed to win, however, because she gathered up the white cloths and haughtily left. He smiled at me and patted my head, saying something that might have been to put me at ease, though my ears still rang from my reprimand. He took me to a small drawer near the window and opened it, showing me where hundreds of white cloths were hidden. He gave me some and went away to whatever he had been doing before.

Echo was a very quiet person, and I never got to know her well. She was always off on her own, documenting plant and animal species. Sometimes she asked me questions pertaining to a creature she had found, to which I would reply with something simple. She appeared to be disappointed with most of my answers and skulked away to continued sketching the things in her book.

Little Moons and Slim Face were sisters, I learned, though I couldn’t see any resemblance. Little Moons had a more outgoing personality as opposed to Slim Face’s distant one. Little Moons relished in correcting my pronunciation and teaching me more. She often found pleasure in having me read to her. I think she was in love with my voice; she urged me to speak as often as I wished. Slim Face, however, seemed to want to have nothing to do with me. She only answered to her true name, Cheche. She ignored me whenever it was possible.

Talks A Lot and Plucked Flower became my friends quickly, and shared everything they owned with me. Talks A Lot frequently convinced me to wear his strange clothing, but I quickly rediscovered each time how much it limited my movement and I removed it, preferring to wear my own.

I lived with them in their spaceship for several star cycles, learning of their customs and language. Soon I felt as though I had always been their family, and I’m sure they felt the same with me. My late mother and tribe were rarely in my thoughts. As we grew older, Plucked Flower began to look more like a boy; Talks A Lot stretched taller and began to grow hair on his chin. My body began to mature as well, and my voice became deeper. Slim Face and Fire Hair made clothes for us boys.

Fire Hair then was nearly seven months into her pregnancy; she and Laughing Summer had fallen into something Little Moons called love. Sometimes, when she wasn’t overly emotional or irrationally angry, I would sit with my hands placed gently on her protruding stomach, waiting to feel the baby kick. It was fascinating to me.

“Silver Tongue,” called Wood Skin from outside.

I went to the captain immediately, leaving Fire Hair to her sewing.

“Will you help me pick these?” he asked, standing up and arching his back tiredly. He was standing in the garden with his pants legs rolled up to his knees, revealing his dark skin.

I nodded and set to work, pulling up the strange orange vegetables called carrots. I tossed each one into the basket Wood Skin had brought outside with him. It was happy work, and I sang old songs I vaguely remembered from my childhood, humming the parts my tongue lost. Little Moons came outside to listen and sew in the day-starlight.

I stopped abruptly and turned my head toward the forest that surrounded us. I stood slowly, peering intently at the trees.

“Silver Tongue?” Wood Skin asked.

I held up a hand to silence him. As if on their own accord, my feet began to move stealthily towards the tree line. There was something there, I could feel it. As I passed the first tree that marked the edge of the forest, I turned to the right.

The tree guardian was there, just as it was several star cycles before, looking at me solemnly. Only this time, colors that foretold danger pulsed on its skin. Reds and oranges intermixed with swirls of black, darting angrily across its flesh. A distant twang that awakened a past memory echoed through the trees, drawing my attention. When I blinked and turned back to the guardian, it was gone.

“Silver Tongue,” Wood Skin called, approaching me. “What’s wrong?”

With wide eyes, I looked at him over my shoulder. Little Moons had stopped sewing and was watching with interest. Laughing Summer came out of the ship, shirtless, with a gun-stick slung over his shoulder.

Words from my language rapidly poured from my lips, my mind racing. What was the danger the guardian was trying to warn me of? Was it them? Or was someone going to attack? Was I in danger, or all of us? Or was a horrible accident about to happen?

“What’s going on?” Laughing Summer frowned, coming up behind Wood Skin, who had stopped a short distance from me. I eyed his gun-stick.

“Put it down,” I ordered.

Both men seemed surprised. Laughing Summer didn’t move.

“Put the gun-stick down,” I repeated, a tremor of fear entering my voice.

Laughing Summer stared at me, but didn’t lower the gun-stick.

“Laughing Summer,” I pleaded, taking a step back. Could they not hear my heart hammering in my chest?

He gently put the gun-stick on the ground, never taking his eyes off of me. “Are you okay, Silver Tongue?” he asked, raising an eyebrow. “You know I’d never hurt you.”

I glanced over at where the guardian had stood only moments before. I wondered if I’d imagined it.

Twang!

“Ah,” Laughing Summer suddenly uttered as though protesting something, his face grimacing. He stumbled sideways into Wood Skin, who grabbed him in surprise. Little Moons let out a shriek. I gaped at the bolt that protruded from Laughing Summer’s ribs.

“We’re under attack!” Wood Skin bellowed. “Get inside! Go, go!”

Laughing Summer groaned in pain, clutching at the arrow’s shaft. His face was deathly white. Wood Skin hoisted him up and began to drag him back to the ship. Another twang signaled an arrow being fired; it just missed Wood Skin and plunged into the ground, quivering.

“Silver Tongue!” Wood Skin yelled over his shoulder. “Move your ass!”

I scooped up the gun-stick Laughing Summer had set down and sprinted after them, hating myself. They wouldn’t have shot if he hadn’t put it down!

I listened for the next sing of bow. It came, and threw myself to the ground. The arrow flew over my head and lodged into a far tree. Wood Skin and Laughing Summer had made it to the spaceship. I pushed myself to my feet, clicking off the safety button of the gun-stick.

I pointed it in the directgreatest-shades-3aion of the twang, anticipating their next move. If they were a good archer, they would move away from their last attack point, almost always towards a more protective spot. I knew the culprit would be hiding in the thick clump of trees to the right.

I fired; felt my eardrum pop painfully, but I didn’t care. All I cared was to see a dead archer. I heard a high-pitched scream. I had hit my mark!

A young girl stumbled out of the trees, clutching her shoulder. She dropped her bow and fell face-first to the dirt. Several bolts spilled from her quiver. She was still.

I dropped the gun-stick, mouth gaping. It was a girl of my kind. She was my age, only about thirteen star cycles. My hands shook, and I felt sick. Has No Shame burst out of the ship, his own gun-stick ready, and took one glance from me to my kill.

“Shit. Come on, Silver Tongue,” he said quietly, grabbing my arm and pulling me towards the door. He put his arm around my shoulders, turned me around, forced me to look away.

“What happened?” demanded Talks A Lot as Has No Shame led me toward the kitchen. As we passed a mirror, I saw my reflection. I was pale, sweaty, and shaking. I looked as though I had come down with a horrible fever–and I felt as though I had. I had just killed someone. That girl was what the guardian was trying to warn me of.

“Take care of him, Lukman,” Has No Shame said gruffly, pushing me into his arms. This was the most serious I had ever seen him. “Keep him and Ghaith inside. Dureth, come with me…Shit.”

Wood Skin left with Has No Shame, a grim expression shadowing his face. Plucked Flower attempted to follow, but Talks A Lot grabbed him and scolded him. For once, Talks A Lot had nothing to say. I sank to the floor, shaking horribly.

“Laughing Summer,” I said when I saw him across the room. He was laying motionless on the floor. Slim Face and Fire Hair were tending to him while Big Eyes was busy recording an urgent message to send back to their home planet. Echo stood helplessly aside, trying to get out of Little Moon’s way as she rushed about looking for clean linens to use as bandages.

Laughing Summer yelled out as Fire Hair tried to pull out the arrow. It didn’t come out, and Fire Hair fervently apologized, tears streaking her cheeks.

“Stop!” I shouted at her. They all looked at me; Fire Hair held a hand to her lover’s shoulder. “You can’t pull it out! That’s the way it was made–you have to cut it out!”

“No,” Fire Hair shook her head.

“Bring me a knife,” Slim Face said quietly. “Give him something to bite down on,” she told Fire Hair.

Talks A Lot brought her a sharp kitchen knife.

“No,” Fire Hair repeated. “You’re not a doctor! You can’t do this! He needs a doctor, Cheche!”

“The doctor’s dead!” Slim Face snapped.

Laughing Summer moaned in agony. “Just do it,” he cried hoarsely.

“Help hold him down,” Slim Face ordered. Talks A Lot took hold of his ankles. Echo stepped forward to help, and Little Moons finally returned with clean cloths. Fire Hair rolled a cloth up and pushed it into Laughing Summer’s mouth.

I stood shakily, sick to my stomach. I retched a little, but nothing came up. I needed fresh air. As I left the ship, I saw Wood Skin examining the girl’s dead body as Has No Shame stood guard, gun-stick at the ready.

I stumbled towards the edge of the woods. The air wasn’t helping. I choked on my tears, and heard Has No Shame call out my name in alarm. I leaned up against a tree at the edge of the forest, and finally vomited. Then I continued deeper into the forest, not really aware of anything. All I could think about was the girl I had killed. She was my own kind; I was a traitor. The worst kind of traitor–the kind who instigated wars. I had lost my mother, but to another species. Her mother had lost her daughter to her own race. What horrors, what grief had I unleashed unto her family?

I deserved no less than death myself.

In the distance, I could still hear Has No Shame and Wood Skin calling me. I had to leave. I could no longer go back to them. I was a murderer of my own people. If Laughing Summer died, it was my fault. And then I would be a murderer of my family, too. My legs gave out under me, and I couldn’t get back up.

On my hands and knees, I looked up at the sky, tears slipping down my cheeks.

“Mother, why’d you leave me!” I shouted up at the treetops. “If you hadn’t hidden me, I’d be dead with you! I hate you! I hate you so much! You should have let me die with everyone else!” I sobbed and lowered my face to the leaf-covered ground, clutching my hair. My shoulders shook with each chest-wracking sob. “I should have died with you.”

I heard twigs snap as someone approached. I looked up.

“You.”

The tree guardian looked at me solemnly.

“Why me?” I asked it pitifully, a tear sliding down the side of my nose. “Why do you keep coming to me? Go bother someone else, please.”

It kneeled regally before me, pointing its ears toward me. The colors on its skin were now neutral. It had nothing to foretell.

I heard a new voice in the distance: “Bell Star!”

The guardian turned its head in that direction. I stood and ventured towards the voice silently, never looking back. The guardian did nothing.

A young woman was wandering through the trees, calling Bell Star’s name. With her was an older man; he was probably her father. She was surprised to see me emerge.

“Excuse me,” she said, inclining her head to me respectfully. “Have you seen a girl around here? My sister’s been gone hunting for quite a while, and I worry she’s gotten lost.”

Without a word, I took her hand and began to lead her back towards the clearing. The older man followed. It was only the thing I could think to do, for I didn’t trust my voice.

“It’s dangerous around here, you know,” the young woman whispered to me. “Aliens have been running around recently. My sister thinks she can take them on herself, though she swore this time she’s only gone hunting for food.”

kestor-seesAs we reached the clearing, I uttered the words, “I killed her,” and released her hand. Wood Skin was no longer kneeling at the girl’s side, but she had been laid out so that she only appeared to be sleeping. Her bow and arrows were placed beside her. The men stood nearby the corpse, watching us as we appeared from the forest.

The young woman gave a strangled cry and ran to her sister. She dropped to her knees the moment she reached her and lifted her into her arms. “Bell Star! Bell Star!” she screamed as though it would wake her. The girls’ father hobbled as quickly as he could. He kneeled and picked up his daughter’s bow, tearful.

The elder sister turned to me and screamed for an explanation that I couldn’t bring myself to give. I began to cry again and sank to the ground, unable to look at them. I had no one to blame but myself. Because of me, Laughing Summer was hurt, and from my own anger stemmed a girl’s death. Listening to Bell Star’s sister’s wails hurt me even more.

Plucked Flower ventured out of the ship, unsupervised by Talks A Lot. He slowly neared the sister, almost unnoticed. He looked down at the dead girl for a moment, then spoke brokenly in my language to the sister and father. Plucked Flower was the only one who seemed capable of learning my language; I had spent much time trying to teach him.

“Excuse me,” he said.

They looked at him. The sister held a contemptuous expression. “Alien,” she growled menacingly. Her hand moved to her hip, where a knife surely was hidden. I shifted, my heart leaping into my chest.

“Not Silver Tongue’s fault,” he said, stopping both me and her short. He pointed at the girl. “She shot Jaxith.”

“Jax?” frowned the father.

“She shot first,” Plucked Flower insisted. “Silver Tongue shot in the trees,” he pointed to where I had fired, though that was something he should not have known. He must have seen from the window. “Silver Tongue not know she’s there.”

The elder sister scooped Bell Star up into her arms and began to trudge away sadly, acknowledging that her sister had been the attacker. The old man picked up the arrows as well and followed silently. I stared down at my feet as they passed.

“Murderer Of His People,” she dubbed me. The worst title one could bear.

After a few minutes, the sister’s sorrowful wails began anew, and I covered my ears.

Plucked Flower came over to me and wrapped his arms around me comfortingly. “Jaxith is okay, Silver Tongue.” He patted my head.

“You shouldn’t blame yourself, kid,” said Has No Shame, putting his strong arm around my shoulders. I felt Wood Skin’s familiar hand on my head, though he said nothing.

“Let’s go inside,” Plucked Flower suggested. “It’s getting dark.”

“We must leave,” I sobbed, wiping my never ending tears. “They will come to kill us. They do not see us as equal beings here.”

“We can protect ourselves,” Has No Shame assured me, pulling me to my feet. “We’ve got superior weapons.”

I wasn’t so sure. There were far more of my kind than the eight of them living here.

They led me back to the spaceship, Has No Shame’s arm still resting almost lazily on my shoulders. He suspected that I might run again.

Inside, Laughing Summer had been moved onto a bed and covered with clean, white blankets. He was still a bit pale, but otherwise looked fine. He was sleeping with Fire Hair sitting at his side. Fire Hair stroked her protruding stomach as though comforting her unborn child.

I treaded quietly over to them, and Has No Shame let me go. No one said anything, but I could feel them watching me. I vaguely remembered a time when I was sick, and my mother had taken care of me. She had…

Words formed on the tip of my tongue, and I closed my eyes. I let the words spill forth in a gentle waterfall. It was a song she had sung to me, a comforting song:

#

May the guardian call to you,

May he deem you well.

The guardian is more true

Than the ring of bell.

#

Back to the desert sand,

Your sickness shall exile.

My son, again you will stand

With your charming smile.

#

May the guardian call to you,

May he deem you well.

The guardian shall come through

And grant me you to revel.

#

My son, again you will stand

With your charming smile.

Here I will wait for you

Until that time may come.

#

When I opened my eyes, Laughing Summer was looking at me. Startled and embarrassed, I stepped back and put a hand over my mouth. I suddenly found myself laughing, for no discernible reason. Laughing Summer smiled.

“I’ll live,” he said, a bit hoarsely.

“I am glad,” I replied, lowering my hand.

Then he went back to sleep, eyes fluttering closed.

Once his breathing had evened out, I walked back into the main room. Wood Skin and Has No Shame were waiting there, talking quietly. Plucked Flower and Talks A Lot sat a little ways away from them, but it was obvious that they were listening.

“We’ll need to be careful from now on,” I said loudly, drawing their attentions. Before they could reply, I said, “No one can go out alone. Go out with as many others as possible. My kind don’t like to attack groups. But they will attack children, especially since I’ve killed one of theirs.

“Always carry a gun-stick with you. The more the better. Our arrows are often accurate and strong, but they are no match for your weapons. Start wearing thicker clothing again. If you were to meet with the blade of an arrow, at least you’d have a softer blow–and a better chance of survival. We never know when we’ll be attacked.”

Wood Skin nodded. “We will be careful. What will we do for food? There is not enough in the garden for us to live off of, not in the long run. We’ll need to hunt.”

“Hunt in groups,” I replied. “They will hear the explosions of the gun-sticks and fear our power. That might deter them–at least for a longer while.”

“Speaking of food,” said Talks A Lot suddenly, “I’m starving!”

“Shut up,” Has No Shame said, tossing his boot at the young man’s head. “We’re all hungry.”

Talks A Lot scowled and threw the smelly thing back. Then he returned to his task of darning a sock, though he was doing a poor job of it.

I couldn’t help but to smile. Perhaps everything would be okay.

#

Part 4

“And was everything okay?” asked Round Stone. “There is a happy ending, no?”

“Perhaps there is,” said the old man vaguely. “We are nearly to the finish now. Listen:”

#

visions-of-the-blue-cloneFor several days, all was quiet in the forest. But inside the ship, tensions were rising. Being stuck together inside for so long seemed to wear down the aliens’ nerves. Even the calm Wood Skin’s patience was short, and he often spoke curtly and resumed glowering. Squabbles broke out constantly. A fist fight between Talks a Lot and Has No Shame had to be broken up by Little Moons and Plucked Flower. There was nowhere private except the washrooms, which I frequented despite having no need to be in there. At least I could get a bit of peace there.

No one was allowed to set foot outside without accompaniment; this also served as an irritation. But they adhered to it to alleviate my fear of attack. Perhaps they also knew deep down that it was inevitable for another attack. The more of us there were, the less chance that my people would build up the courage to wage war. Hunting trips were far less fruitful since we did not dare stray too far from the camp. The gardens outside were practically abandoned and overgrown, though it had only been a short time. Yet we were safe, and rationing ensured we did not go hungry.

A month passed with no incidents, and the group had formed a peace treaty amongst themselves. Fire Hair’s baby was born. It was a tiny girl–a squirmy thing. To my horror, she was hideously deformed, and I lamented that the atmosphere of my planet, which they had told me was different from theirs, had caused it. The babe had a large head, hardly any hair upon it, and eyes much too large for her face. Her tiny lips were puckered, and her gums harbored no teeth. Even her limbs seemed horribly out of proportion. I spent much time fervently apologizing to Fire Hair and Laughing Summer, not understanding their confusion in regards to my pleas for forgiveness. Then, once I had tried to explain, they laughed at me and assured me that the baby was completely healthy and normal. I disagreed, though. Infants of my people were relatively quiet and curious; they rode in their mother’s sling and watched the world around them. This one wailed. Loudly. All the time.

Fire Hair and Laughing Summer had named her Nomble. I named her Crying Loudly. I translated it for them, and Laughing Summer laughed while Fire Hair scowled. Most of us went out as a group when Crying Loudly was awake; it was much more peaceful. It seemed that Crying Loudly’s birth had brought a mutual desire to go outside, never mind whether it was a large, armed group or not. It seemed the only way to silence the baby was to feed her, dress her, or sing her to sleep. None of those were delightful tasks, however, and none were guaranteed at any given instance to work. There were times when I seriously considered asking Has No Shame to bash me over the head with the end of a gun-stick so I could sleep through the night peacefully.

Wood Skin, Has No Shame, and I each grabbed a gun-stick. We were going hunting, since our supplies were running low. We thought it would be best to go and return as quickly as possible, meaning the stealthiest and quickest of us would be going. The others were ordered to stay inside. Slim Face and Echo observed that they would never set foot outside again, lest they meet Laughing Summer’s fate. Talks A Lot pointed out that they had, in fact, set foot outside on numerous occasions to escape Crying Loudly’s wails. We set out and did not hear the argument that was sure to ensue.

The forest was quiet, as usual. The animals were mostly tree-dwellers; that made the gun-sticks all the more valuable. They were much more accurate than bolts, and could kill much more easily, making a quicker and less painful death, I hoped. The only downside was that the blast would often scare away other prey.

We had gotten quite a few catches, which Wood Skin carried slung over his shoulder, when we heard a gun-stick shot in the distance. Wood Skin wheeled around in the direction of the spaceship, which wasn’t too far, but Has No Shame held up a hand and whispered, “It didn’t come from that direction.” Then he pointed ahead of us.

“Everyone should be back at the spaceship,” Wood Skin frowned.

“I think they are,” Has No Shame replied quietly. “It might be the others.”

“You really think they’d survive this long on a hostile planet?”

I frowned. My planet was not hostile–if you knew how to behave. If it weren’t for me, they would surely have died long before now. But I kept silent and listened to them converse.

Has No Shame said, “Of course they could have survived. They have guns. They can hunt. Just because they lost their minds doesn’t mean they don’t have survival instincts.”

Another shot rang out, this one closer to us. Has No Shame was right. It did come from somewhere in front of us.

“It could just be one person,” Wood Skin murmured. He and Has No Shame began to crouch to the ground slowly, as though they were trying to keep from making noise or show movement. “Get down,” he hissed to me, and I dropped immediately. Has No Shame rolled his eyes in a way that meant he was biting back a rebuke.

I heard crunching approach. “There’s more than one,” I whispered, pressing my ear to the ground. “It sounds like…five or six, maybe more.”

“Shit,” Has No Shame spat. He positioned his gun-stick to point straight ahead, anticipating an attack. Wood Skin did the same, and I followed suit, keeping my ear to the ground.

The footsteps grew closer and closer, then stopped. Several shots were suddenly fired, so close to us that my ears popped. I moved to leap to my feet and run back to the clearing. Wood Skin pushed me back down, his callused hand heavy on my shoulder. He stared intently into the trees, as did Has No Shame. Several more shots–and an unmistakable cry of agony.

A huge creature burst into our view, colors flashing desperately on its skin, silver blood streaming from multiple wounds. It screamed again–so horribly, I released my gun-stick to cover my ears. Then it crashed to the ground and convulsed, colors fading. Its eyes were wide open, staring just as No Wars, my village leader, had. Just as my mother had. The horror of that day suddenly gripped me–I couldn’t look away from the sight of the tree guardian lying dead before me.

Gun-sticks had killed the sacred guardian of the forest. I was hardly aware of the whoops and yells of triumph as aliens ran into the clearing, waving their gun-sticks over their heads. Shifting my arm so that I could not feel the cool, menacing metal of my own gun-stick, I swallowed repeatedly against the guilt that obstructed my throat. When that didn’t work, I focused intently on the new arrivals. They were a mess–clothes in tatters, covered in mud and sweat. Then I saw that some of them wore traditional pieces: a hat scarf here, praying beads on that one’s arm, a healer’s belt there…And several of them wore things that were unique to my village–bracelets given to daughters by their mothers, a baby’s sling, a bone star cycle counter. Hot rage coursed through my terse body, muscles trembling as I fought it, as I realized that these aliens had killed my family, and had stolen meaningful belongings from them as prizes.

The eleven aliens began to dance around the guardian, pulling all-too familiar hunting knives out of the confines of their clothes. They were going to eat the guardian!

I screamed and tried to push myself up. I had to stop them!

Wood Skin grabbed me and pressed his hand over my mouth, stifling my protest. I struggled, but he only held me tighter. The aliens had yet to notice us even though we were less than a meter away.

embers9b“You’ll get us killed,” he hissed into my ear. I watched helplessly as the first strip of sacred meat was shoved into a mouth full of rotten teeth. Silver trickled down the alien’s chin, and he let out a shrill whoop that seemed to incite the others to begin feasting. They converged on the prone guardian, and sickening sounds of tearing flesh made me feel faint. One plunged his knife into the guardian’s soft underbelly and gutted it as though it were an animal.

“Let’s get out of here while they’re distracted,” Has No Shame said. He began to scoot backwards, gun-stick still pointed at the group. Wood Skin also began to move, trying to awkwardly pull me with him. I came to my senses and went willingly. A bitter taste clung to the back of my throat, and I forced my stomach to hold its contents. There was nothing a mere child like me could do to avenge my family’s death.

When the men judged we were far enough away, we stood up and began to swiftly make our way back to the ship, not caring that leaves and sticks crunched loudly under our feet.

“We should move to another place,” Wood Skin said. “There’s no way we can keep hidden like this. And they are too unpredictable.”

“But where else would we go?” Has No Shame asked. “We don’t have much energy left to burn. Shit! Binder will probably tell us that it’s impossible.”

“We’ll make her make it work. We don’t have much of a choice, do we?” Wood Skin replied, raising his voice.

Has No Shame fell silent and glanced over his shoulder to see me falling behind, gasping for breath. My stomach had apparently decided it was a good time to renew its rebellion. Each swallow only made me feel sicker. Has No Shame slowed a little and put an arm around my shoulders. I gripped the back of his shirt, and he slowed until he was walking briskly, swinging his gun-stick at his side. Wood Skin must have heard our steps slow behind him, because he lessened his pace as well. The gesture calmed me, if only a tiny bit.

At our pace, we arrived back at the clearing, where the ship waited as loyally as ever.

“Shit,” Has No Shame said suddenly, halting in his tracks. Wood Skin and I looked at him in alarm. “We forgot dinner.”

I chuckled a little, but Wood Skin wore a serious expression. “Well,” he said, “we can’t go back for it now. We’ll have to make do with what we have already.”

“So, carrots and crackers. That’s good eatin’,” stated Has No Shame sarcastically.

Wood Skin rolled his eyes and kept walking. I followed, suppressing a giddy laugh despite the serious situation. I was glad that my stomach had ceased rolling at the welcoming sight of my home. When we reached the spaceship, the ramp lowered to allow our access. Someone had seen our approach from the window. We entered.

Talks A Lot bounded up to us excitedly, but his grin quickly faded. “Where’s the food?” He ducked his head from side to side as though to catch one of us hiding it behind us.

“A wild animal came and ate it,” grumbled Has No Shame, tossing his gun-stick into a corner, where it clattered against the others. The women shot him a look from their seats across the room, but luckily Crying Loudly was not startled from her sleep.

“Huh?” whined Plucked Flower and Talks A Lot in unison, looking at Has No Shame in disbelief. “Why didn’t you just shoot it, then? More meat!”

“He was just kidding,” I informed them. “What really happened–”

I was cut off with a sharp glare from Has No Shame and Wood Skin both. Wood Skin ever so slightly jerked his head, silently ordering me not to breathe word of what had happened out in the forest. I swallowed my words and winced as Crying Loudly began to do what she did best.

“Ugh,” moaned Plucked Flower, covering his ears. “She’s been crying all day!”

“What else is new?” Talks A Lot mumbled under his breath, severely put out by the lack of sustenance.

“Where’s Binder? I need to speak with her,” said Wood Skin over the baby’s screaming.

Fire Hair could be heard in the background, trying to shush her child, but it didn’t seem to be any use. Crying Loudly wailed on and on, and Wood Skin, pressing his fingers to his temples, wandered off to find the pilot of his ship.

My stomach growled. I looked around the kitchen, but there didn’t seem to be much to eat–crackers and carrots, as Has No Shame mentioned. The water supply was dwindling as well. A faint pop echoed in the distance–actually, it must have been very near if it could be heard through the thick metal walls of the spaceship. I moved to tell Has No Shame, but he was already at the window, peering out intently with his nose on the glass.

The others didn’t seem to hear anything; they were too preoccupied with Crying Loudly as she was passed from person to person in an attempt to calm her. Fire Hair was sitting with her head in her hands, whether from a headache, exhaustion, or struggling with her emotions I did not know. With an uncertain glance at Has No Shame’s serious face, I went to Crying Loudly and took her gently into my arms. She was squirming miserably in her papoose-like bindings, so I loosened them a bit and began to hum. Like Little Moons, Crying Loudly seemed to take to my voice and quieted.

Everyone gave a quiet sigh of relief. Laughing Summer snored away on a chair on the other side of the room. Fire Hair had dark rings under her eyes, and she leaned back with an exhausted but grateful look.

“Is everyone here?” Wood Skin asked as he entered once more, this time with Big Eyes trailing him.

I quieted my humming but otherwise continued. Anything, I thought, to keep the child silent for a while. Once again I reminded myself that there was something wrong with her, despite everyone’s claims that there wasn’t. No baby would scream so much if there was nothing wrong. I could not understand why no one was worried but me.

Slim Face shook Laughing Summer awake, and he snorted, looking around slackly and muttering incoherently. “What,” he mumbled before his eyes found Wood Skin.

Looking important, he began, “We’ll be leaving to a new location.”

The five who had not gone hunting voiced startled opinions and comments. Wood Skin held up a hand to quiet them. “I will explain more later, but–”

“Yeah,” Has No Shame said, still at the window, “I hate to cut your lovely speech short, but we need to get moving. Now.” He ducked at the sound of a gun-stick shot, and the glass shattered and rained down on his bowed head. “Shit!”

Crying Loudly woke and began to cry in my arms. Fire Hair leapt towards me and possessively took back her child, looking wide-eyed at the shattered window. It was a look not unlike the one my mother had worn when she had hidden me all those star cycles ago. Big Eyes looked to Wood Skin for orders.

“Start the ship,” he said. Big Eyes dashed away.

“Oh no,” muttered Echo, moving about and collecting the journals she had left lying out, clutching them to her bosom. “Oh no, oh no.”

More gun-stick shots, louder than before.

“Everyone, get down,” Wood Skin cautioned.

Has No Shame moved over to the corner closest to the door, where the gun-sticks had been stored. He grabbed one and crawled back to his position underneath the now broken window.

Slim Face, Little Moons, Laughing Summer, Talks A Lot, and I also grabbed a gun-stick each. Fire Hair, her baby still clutched tightly, Echo, and Plucked Flower were directed by Wood Skin to move into the next room, where they would be safer. There were no windows in that room.

Has No Shame cautiously stood up and peeked out of the window, then slowly raised his gun-stick and put the barrel on the ledge. After a moment of careful aim, he fired, and immediately ducked again. Shrill whoops and more fire could be heard outside. Has No Shame chuckled mirthlessly. “Right in the neck.”

A well-aimed, but possibly accidental, shot flew in through the window, shattering an overhead light. Little Moons shrieked in surprise, raising her gun-stick as though it would protect her. Slim Face reached up and raised the window she was under, squinting one eye shut. She and Has No Shame both slid their barrels out of their windows, then fired. More shrieks from outside.

“They’re running,” Laughing Summer whispered, breaking out in a grin. “They’re afraid of us.”

Has No Shame and Little Moons laughed, but hers was more of relief.

“Right then,” Talks A Lot joked, “Cheche and Nadim are our official new warriors! Nadim totally killed three of them–two with one shot! Cheche missed, though,” he added, giving the older woman a wayward glance. She scowled at him as Has No Shame chuckled proudly.

“Let’s go grab their gun-sticks before the others come back,” I said seriously. “The less they have, the better.”

Wood Skin nodded and pressed the button that lowered the door. Over his shoulder, he told Little Moons to see why Big Eyes hadn’t started the ship yet. Laughing Summer, Wood Skin, and I set out to retrieve the weapons, our own gun-sticks at the ready. Has No Shame and Talks A Lot aimed their gun-sticks out of the windows, covering for us.

I looked around nervously, suddenly realizing just how dangerous the loss of the guardian was. Without the guardian, there was nothing but my instincts to warn me of impending danger–and that wasn’t much. Then there was the fact that killing a guardian was the worst thing one could do. The balance had been upset. Opportunity for chaos was everywhere now. It was likely, it struck me, that the forest would die, as it was left with no protection.

Laughing Summer grimaced with disgust at the corpses, and kneeled down to pick up a gun-stick. I did the same, wiping some blood splatter off of the handle onto the grass, wrinkling my nose at the putrid smell that came off the dead alien. They smelled as though they had never bathed–which, I presumed, was likely true since they had arrived here. Wood Skin grunted as he bent, his fingers outstretched towards the gun-stick still held loosely in the dead man’s hands.

Or, he had looked dead.

As Wood Skin bent over him, the man’s eyes snapped open. Before Wood Skin could react, the barrel of the gun was pointed at his chest, the trigger pulled with a deafening bang.

“No!” Laughing Summer cried, lunging forward, but the damage had been done. Another shot rang out from behind us; blood splattered both the insane man and Wood Skin, who fell, clutching his abdomen. Laughing Summer then hoisted him up, as Wood Skin had previously done for him, and began to drag the man back to the ship. A sheen of sweat had already coated his waxy skin, his intelligent eyes dulling.

“Shit! Silver Tongue, get back inside!” Has No Shame screamed from his position in the window.

I saw movement in the trees. “There’s another one!” I called back to him, aiming my gun-stick into the trees. I fired–and missed.

I began to run towards the trees on instinct. I wanted to shoot the insane aliens dead, see their blood. Ignoring Has No Shame and Talks A Lot screaming behind me, I soon reached the tree line. Then I slowed, listening and looking around myself warily.

My finger pulled the trigger as a figure leapt out at me, and I hit my mark. With a yelp, the alien went down and was still.

My victory was short-lived. A hand snatched out and grasped my gun-stick. It was wrenched away from me, leaving me defenseless. I gaped at the alien that had appeared from seemingly nowhere, a lopsided grin on its face. More materialized from the trees, whooping and waving their gun-sticks. All of them wore sickening smiles, as though they were playing some kind of game.

With a sinking feeling, I realized that I had been baited.

Shots rang out, and several bodies began to fall. Has No Shame was still shooting, trying to give me an opening through the ring of aliens that surrounded me. The insane people didn’t seem to be aware that they were under attack; they danced around me in a ring as though celebrating. My heart was racing; there were many more than the group that had killed the guardian; there must have been at least thirty! I desperately tried to find some kind of opening that I could break through. The shooting had ceased as Has No Shame reloaded. Then I remembered that there was nothing left to use for reloading. We had been using the last of the stock for the hunting expedition today.

The spaceship suddenly shuddered and groaned as if a great weight had just burdened it. Then it roared to life, lights flashing on its underbelly. Only then did the crazy ones stop mid-dance and turn to look, lowering their gun-sticks to their sides. They still ignored Has No Shame, who had probably taken Talks A Lot’s gun-stick, and was shooting down the few that blocked my path.

Clouds of dust churned as the engines started–finally, I realized that Big Eyes had gotten the ship to respond. They were leaving!

“Silver Tongue!” called Laughing Summer, appearing at the doorway. The ramp was hanging open even as they lifted off, which probably was affecting the ship. He held onto the side of the opening to keep himself from falling out, and extended his other hand to me. “Run! Come on!”

I took off towards him, my feet flying faster than I ever thought they could. But the ship was ascending faster than I could run; I made a leap for his hand. Now I could hear the screams behind me. The insane aliens had realized what was happening, too. Shots missed me by mere inches, but I had somehow managed to grab Laughing Summer’s hand.

He groaned as he tried to pull me into the ship, but nearly lost his grip as a bullet struck the metal right above his head. I reached up with my other hand, scrabbling to find a grip on something as I felt myself slip through Laughing Summer’s hold. His fingers tightened over mine, so tightly it hurt.

The ship swung in mid-air, wobbling dangerously. The engine shuddered, protesting its awakening from star cycles of slumber. Laughing Summer pitched forward as the ship lurched again, only just managing to save himself. We were connected by only our fingertips, but still he held on. I could clearly see the fear in his eyes, and I was sure mine reflected it.

But I let go, only feeling a bit guilty at the look of horror that crossed his face. There was no way he could have pulled me up, I knew. It was my own fault for going into the trees, for not being quick enough.

My split-second musings were interrupted as I smacked hard into a tree branch; I hadn’t noticed that the ship had been drifting away over the forest. Winded, I fell to the ground. I felt my arm snap underneath me, but I grit my teeth and didn’t cry out. The crazies, as I decided to dub them, weren’t around–for now. I still had a chance to escape, to catch up with the others. I forced myself to my feet and raised my eyes to the sky.

I could hear the ship far above me, but could not see it. Its droning engine was fading as fast as my hope. The sound eventually gave way to crunching footsteps and the constant shrieks that accompanied the insane aliens.

I pushed myself to my feet and started in the opposite direction of their approach. It was difficult to focus on treading lightly due to the pounding in my skull, but I knew I had to try. I no longer had a gun-stick–no way to protect myself if I was caught. I had to flee. Behind me, they found my trail; I could hear them chasing. I knew the river from which we got our water was ahead. I raced toward it, pinning my useless arm to my side with my good hand. Perhaps if I reached it, I could cross it and they would not follow.

But when I arrived, I saw that the river was swollen from the earlier rain. Now it was too deep and the current too fast. I would have to follow the river until I found safety. If I reached a village, I could rally the tribe members and they would string their bows and hurl their spears. There was still a chance! I came to the riverbank and immediately turned left to follow the stream.

My breath came fast and hard, sweat poured into my eyes. My broken arm hurt terribly. The pain burned up and down my shoulder, jolted with each stride. The aliens were still behind me, spurring me on. I didn’t know or care whether I was leaving a trail for them to follow, or if I was being raucous. I could be imagining that I was being followed, for all I knew. I could hardly think.

I fervently hoped that the others had gotten away safely, that the engine hadn’t given out, that they hadn’t crashed into the forest. As long as my family was safe, everything would be okay.

All to suddenly, the river ended.

I skidded to a halt, all too aware of the shrill screams growing louder behind me. My eyes darted about desperately, looking for a place to hide, a place to go. The waterfall in front of me cascaded for what seemed like forever, and ended in a frothing white sea of foam. The sheer cliff face could not be descended with a broken arm. But the forest offered no protection, either. I looked over my shoulder, feeling sick, and saw that they had finally caught up. The one in the lead, wearing a nasty grin, raised his gun-stick as he squealed incomprehensible words.

I could not afford to think of consequences–I threw myself over the edge, and knew no more.

#

Part 5

The children gaped at Mangled One. Several young eyes flicked down to his twisted leg, then back up to him as he continued speaking.

“To tell the rest of the story,” the old man said, “I’ll have to switch tactics!”

There was a flurry of confused mumblings, but they died away when Mangled One waggled a finger in the air.

“It’s not much of a change, no need to fear,” he said. “I will tell it as though I were a bystander.”

“Why?” demanded Hallowed Birth, brow furrowed.

“Why not?” countered Mangled One. Then, as though to himself, he said, “Why, indeed? But no matter, thus it goes:”

#

A deep, throbbing hum reverberated through the air; bright lights shined down upon them, blinding them momentarily. Several villagers screamed in terror of the humongous gray beast that descended from the sky. It landed at the edge of the field, then shuddered and went still. A moment later, the huge maw on its underbelly dropped open with a hiss.

“What is that?” cried the voice of a frightened child, piercing the silence.

Mothers began to usher their children away, and uncertain men and young women stepped forward with spears raised. Harvest Moon, the village leader, moved to the fore of his tribe, head raised high. His eyes betrayed no fear, but he seemed taken aback when figures began to emerge from the mouth of the beast.

They came with strange sticks held at their sides, but with their other hand raised. They all looked different; some with brown hair, others with black, and still others with wheat or fire colored hair. All their eyes and skin tones were different as well. The strangers wore silver clothing like none anyone had seen.

One spoke in a garbling, throaty language, startling some of the villagers. Several shrank back with fear, while others adjusted their spears menacingly.

“Who are you?” spoke Harvest Moon in his most intimidating voice. He slammed the butt of his adorned spear to the ground as if to punctuate his demand. The strangers frowned and seemed nervous, whispering amongst themselves.

“They wish to know where they are,” Mangled One said quietly, limping up behind Harvest Moon. He leaned heavily on his crutch, slightly dragging his twisted leg.

Harvest Moons glanced at him in surprise, then returned his gaze to the strangers, who noticed Mangled One’s approach and watched silently. “These are the aliens you’ve told us about?” He seemed a bit bemused; the villagers had deemed Mangled One crazy when he had first started speaking of the aliens star cycles ago. No one had believed him; instead they privately joked that his head had been hit rather hard sometime before he was pulled from the river.

He nodded, a lock of long hair falling into his face.

“Mangled One,” Harvest Moon said, “you can communicate with these creatures?”

He nodded. “I picked up a bit from my time with them.”

“Ask them why they have come.”

Mangled One did so, and the aliens broke out into ecstatic grins. “He can understand us!”

“We’ve come to escape persecution,” answered the one who seemed to be the leader, shushing the others with a wave of his hand.

Mangled One limped forward, relaying their words to Harvest Moon between grunts. He halted when he reached the halfway point between the villagers and the strangers. This was so that he could translate easily between them, direction both of the side’s attentions to him rather than each other.

“Ask them what they want with us,” Harvest Moon called from his safe distance. He seemed greatly apprehensive, but knew he had no choice but to rely on Mangled One. It was a tough decision for him, but as the chief it ultimately fell to his judgment.

Mangled One asked, and the strangers replied: “We want to know where we are. We would also like to know if you have any information regarding the whereabouts of the previous colony. They seem to have disappeared several years ago.” Almost as an afterthought, one asked, “Will your kind be hospitable to us?”

Mangled One turned to Harvest Moon. He listened to him, something he had never done in the six star cycles Mangled One had lived here. He regarded him with a thoughtful expression.

butterflies-4“Mangled One,” he said at last, “you would perhaps know more than I what has become of the last–colony, as you called them. You can tell them that we are the Yellow Mud tribe, and that we will be as hospitable to them as they are to us.” It went unspoken that Harvest Moon would not hesitate to wage war if he believed his people to be in any sort of danger.

The leader of the aliens nodded at once, and he seemed grateful. “We can trade very valuable objects for any help you give to us,” he said.

“As for the others,” Mangled One said, shifting his weight, “I have not seen them for six star cycles. The last I saw of them was in the forest. I was running from them. They were not like you. They were shooting me and trying to kill me. They also killed my family.”

The aliens seemed stunned and speechless.

“Mangled One,” Harvest Moon called. He turned slightly to indicate that he heard, and was listening. “Will you please remain as translator for us?”

“Yes.”

The chief nodded, then looked as though he were about to add something. After what looked to be internal conflict, he added: “And you will teach us their language?”

Mangled One hesitated. “Yes, if you will learn.”

Harvest Moon broke out into a small smile. “If you do well, we will praise you, Mangled One. Your name will be heard all across our lands!”

He nodded, feeling his strength draining slowly. He was very tired. Crippled as he was, his strength was often fleeting. He was too tired to even feel the elation that he was finally believed, and completely missed the furtive stares he was receiving from quite a few villagers.

“You have a gift,” Harvest Moon said, still keeping his distance. “You should share it.”

The alien leader informed Mangled One that they would return with gifts, and left back to their spaceship. He sat down to wait for them and watched them go, and felt an ache deep in his chest for all that he had lost. Six star cycles was a long time.

#

****

#

Shortly after the arrival of the newest colony of aliens, Mangled One had found himself in a conference with the elders of the village. Never had any of them listened to his words so intently, enraptured by merely the sounds of his voice. The elders questioned him, only interrupted when they truly did not understand the strangers’ actions or words when he spoke of them.

It was perhaps the most Mangled One had ever spoken in those six star cycles. By the end of the night, for that was how long the conference lasted, his throat was raw and hoarse, and he could hardly make another croak.

During the meeting, it had been decided that Mangled One would be a teacher, and he would begin immediately, teaching the villagers of the customs and language of the aliens. Harvest Moon was adamant that they would not be at a disadvantage to the aliens should they attack, despite the reassurances from Mangled One that they were generally a peaceful people.

So it was that a pavilion was built within the week, and adults and children alike were sent in groups to begin their education. Until they had grasped Mangled One’s diligent teachings, he would act as translator between Harvest Moon and the aliens’ leader, Gregory. The children learned the quickest, and they had, after sneaking out to the alien encampment, made quick friends with the alien children.

Within a star cycle, Mangled One had finished his work. Every villager had at least a basic grasp of the alien language, and could communicate effectively. The barrier broken, the aliens and villagers began a constant trade, usually consisting of seeds or other valuables. Only minor squabbles broke out occasionally, but that was to be expected in everyday life, and no one thought much of it.

It was only when Great Yell came and informed Mangled One that a group of nine armed aliens had asked to see him that he was bewildered. Never had so many aliens asked of him at once. They usually preferred to send a couple to exchange words or barter for supplies, and even then he was usually left out of the dealings. Mangled One had reverted back to his state of the previous six star cycles, spending much of his time alone. Could something have happened?

He limped hurriedly up towards the front of the village, where visitors were made to wait until someone came to collect them. His eyes concentrated on the ground in front of him, willing his mind off of the stabbing pain in his leg that occurred whenever he walked. By the time Mangled One reached his destination, he was panting.

“There they are,” said Great Yell, stopping a ways away from the group. He nodded his thanks to her without looking up and continued forward with his eyes trained on his path, wondering what they could have wanted.

“Yes?” he asked in their language as he approached, then looked up. He drew in a sharp breath.

Eight aliens beamed at him, while the ninth stared down at his twisted leg curiously. Mangled One recognized each one of them, despite the fact that he hadn’t seen them for many star cycles.

“Silver Tongue,” Little Moons said in a cracked voice. She looked up at him with tears in her eyes. Despite his ruined leg, he had grown taller than even Talks A Lot, who was still as lanky as ever. Plucked Flower had grown into a masculine young man. Laughing Summer and Fire Hair looked the same, though a few strands of their hair had grayed. Echo, Little Moons, Has No Shame, and Big Eyes all looked older, faces shriveled like dried fruit. Slim Face and Wood Skin were not present, and a sinking feeling told him all he needed to know.

“Is this Crying Loudly?” Mangled One asked, smiling down at the honey-blond haired girl. Her green eyes flicked up to his, then she buried her face in her father’s pants leg.

“It is,” Fire Hair choked out in a voice hardly above a whisper. “Oh, we’re so glad to see you again, Silver Tongue.”

“Shit, what happened to you?” asked Has No Shame, looking pitifully at his leg.

Mangled One smiled. “I landed feet first at the bottom. Luckily, the aliens that were foolish enough to follow me over the waterfall fell head-first. They were carried away by the current to who-knows-where, while I just managed to pull myself to the bank. The villagers here found and rescued me.”

“Waterfall!” Little Moons exclaimed. “That’s so dangerous!”

“But I’m alive,” he laughed. “And you are, too.” He felt a happy tear slip down his cheek. He hadn’t felt so happy in so many star cycles. “And I’ve missed you all so much.”

The nine of them drew Mangled One into a hug, tearful as well. He let his crutch fall to the dust, leaning heavily into their embraces.

“Will you come back with us?” Plucked Flower asked in a very different voice. “Our ship is just in the forest over there…You should rest your leg,” he added after a pause.

so-shipwrecked“There’s no help for my leg,” Mangled One laughed. “How did you come across me?”

“You’re famous,” replied Laughing Summer, tousling Mangled One’s long hair. “And so young, too.”

“You need a haircut,” fussed Big Eyes, looking as though his hair were an abomination.

He laughed, wiping his face with a hand. His arm was wrapped around Talks A Lot’s shoulder, keeping him upright as his crutch still lay cast aside. “Perhaps it is a little long,” he agreed, eyes shining. He was acutely aware of the stares from several villagers, namely Harvest Moon’s.

But he found that he didn’t care. Mangled One–Silver Tongue–was reunited with his family.

END

  • Continue Reading

Published by Karl Rademacher on February 23, 2015. This item is listed in Issue 25, Issue 25 Stories, Stories

Wool Rider

by Carrie Naughton

Part I

171361_web_sheep-kidJames leaned against the kitchen counter and shook his head. “You cannot let her do this, Ronda.”

“Why the hell not?”

“She’s only six years old.”

“Exactly. So are the rest of ’em. Let her have some fun, James. It’s perfectly safe.”

“You can’t be serious. They make these children wear hockey helmets and padded vests. It’s like gearing them up for Desert Storm! Tori Helfert’s little girl dislocated her shoulder last week.”

“Well, maybe that’s because prissy little Eden Helfert just isn’t cut out for mutton bustin’.”

James finally stopped talking, and Ronda sighed with relief. She had him. About time. She was sick of arguing.

But he said, from between clenched teeth, “I can’t believe you. You’re like one of those psycho beauty pageant moms, except you’re trying to turn our daughter into some kind of rodeo warrior.”

Ronda snorted, and went back to emptying the dishwasher. “Really, James. You sound ridiculous. They ride sheep, for God’s sake. For six seconds. It’s stupid fun.”

“Our daughter cannot ride sheep. It’s patently absurd. You know why.”

“No. Actually I don’t.” Yes, she did know why. But when James glowered at her and used uppity pedantic phrases like patently absurd as if he considered himself Booker T. Washington reincarnated, Ronda always played the offensive.   “And Lulu is so excited. She hasn’t stopped talking about it.”

“You told her she could go?”

Ronda didn’t need to glance up at James to know that he was enraged. She could hear it crackling the air.

“No, I did not. But it’s all I can do to keep her pacified without actually consenting to this. That’s why I’m bringing it up now. The rodeo is Friday, and Lulu wants to go. Let me tell her we’ll take her. I need to sign her up before tomorrow afternoon.”

“Ronda.” James’ voice changed to a low growl. “Look at me.”

She complied, a pair of forks in one hand and a spatula in the other, on her way to the drawer where they kept their utensils. James’ eyes had gone amber, pupils dilated to deep black pools. His dark skin, gleaming with a sheen of sweat, rippled along his jawline as he clenched his teeth.

“What?” she barked, feeling her own hackles rise.

“You can’t sign her up. It’s tough enough trying to assimilate in this damn town. The last thing we need is -”

“It’ll be fine. She’s only six. You’ve seen her with the Nelsons’ chickens. And Jenny’s cat next door. Lulu’s just a pup. I want her to have some fun.”

“And riding these poor sheep in a muddy arena is supposed to be fun? It doesn’t sound like our kind of fun.”

“Well, not that PETA or your comrades at the University would approve, but yes. Fun.”

“You know what I meant.”

“Every kid in this town except for the Gaffners’ diabetic boy is signed up for this. Lulu wants to do it -”

“She isn’t like the other kids in this town -”

“- she wants you to be there to cheer her on. Hell, James, we both know she’s tough. She might even take home a ribbon.”

“Oh, if she rides, she’ll take home first place,” James puffed up, never one who’d diminish his daughter’s prowess at anything, whether it was piano lessons or shoe-tying.

Ronda could sense him bending to her will. She smiled, tossed the forks and the spatula in the drawer, and crossed the kitchen to her husband, holding out her arms. He pulled her to him, and he smelled of autumn leaves and woodsmoke and last night’s moon.

“You’ll see,” Ronda said, kissing his mouth before he could open it and say anything else. “Our daughter will be a champion.”

James laughed, conceding the fight. “Don’t make me regret this,” he murmured, and licked her neck.

“You’re gonna be late for class,” she pushed him away, but he held on to her for a moment and bit her earlobe. She almost jumped him right there. Fighting with James always did that to her.

After he drove off in their one vehicle, a beatup Honda Odyssey van, Ronda went to the bedroom and exchanged her robe and pajamas for jeans, a flannel buttondown, and Redwing workboots. She collected her hardhat and a plastic grocery bag of lunch food, locked the house and set out for the one mile walk to the construction site. After James had landed the assistant professor position with Boise State’s Biology Department and they’d moved to this town, Ronda couldn’t find work. It had been three months now, and even with her Masters in Business Administration and years of experience in public relations, no one was hiring. Or maybe no one wanted to hire her. Finally last month she’d fallen back on the work that had put her through college, before she’d met and married her husband. Construction. Her father had been a foreman for a leading contractor in Atlanta, and Ronda had worked on his crews since the age of fifteen.

The morning was cool and redolent with October aromas. And for Ronda, more than burning leaves and coming snow. She could smell the rot of a roadkilled squirrel two streets away: a red burble of guts and offal and asphalt. Three houses up, Greta Jameson had left her kitchen window open as she rummaged in her fridge, and Ronda could taste raw meat – hamburgers for dinner, kids – and the musty funk of Greta’s night sweat. Greta was a stay at home mom and even though she was sweet and matronly, Ronda couldn’t seem to warm to her. She could tell that Greta harbored a kneejerk disdain for Ronda – working class, black, and outspoken – that she tried mightily to both conceal and overcome. Maybe some day they might be friends, but Ronda doubted it. Greta’s kids were unruly little brats anyway.

Ronda turned her thoughts back to her own business. She would never admit it to James, but lately she’d been thinking seriously about staying in construction. There was something about swinging a hammer and driving a forklift that satisfied her in a way no desk job or press release ever could.

She laughed, strolling down the treelined suburban sidewalk. Unfortunately, Darryl and his buddy Chris were coming toward her down Shoshone Street, and they heard her. She caught their scents too late and cursed herself; how had she not noticed that cloud of cheap cologne and last night’s Jim Beam? Dammit to hell. She might have slipped past them and kept going down Teton, if she hadn’t laughed.

“Heeyyy, Ronda!” Darryl called out. “Heyyy, there lady,” he strutted a little, swinging his own lunch bag and quickening his pace to reach her. He had long legs and a rangy, looselimbed way of moving that was more akin to stalking than walking. Chris puffed along trying to keep up, looking slightly worried, as he should. Darryl pointed his narrow face at her and lifted his chin slightly in greeting.

“Morning, Darryl,” Ronda said, and kept going, head down, arms and knees pumping, walking as fast as she could without appearing to hurry.

“Where you goin’ so fast? Whyn’t you walk with us? We goin’ the same place, right?”

Ronda ignored him.   It was the only thing to do. Half a mile to go. He never bothered her at the site. He was annoying, but not stupid. It was 1996, not 1966, and even though she still had to listen to bad Anita Hill jokes, their foreman made it a point to remind all the new employees of sexual harassment laws. She tried not to think about how different her world might be if that weren’t the case.

“Rondaaaa,” Darryl sang out behind her. She thought he might be closing in, but dared not look back. He would give up after a few minutes, if past incidences were anything to rely on. Unlike some of the other guys, Darryl was all bluster and no muster, as her father might say. And Chris was weak. Still, knowing all this didn’t stop her from wanting to turn around and run Chris down like a deer and rip his throat out. What prevented her from this, she couldn’t say.

She breathed hard through her nose, licked her lips, and kept walking. The construction site was up ahead: chalk dust, iron, and the early morning fresh perspiration of men. Ronda focused on that and let her limbs carry her forward, faster than Darryl or Chris could keep pace.

She didn’t see the two teenagers on bikes rolling at her down the sidewalk as she started across the road. They were going the wrong way, and so she didn’t clock them until they were both right on top of her. Two greasy-haired boys in jeans and hoodies with snarls on their pimply faces. She finally smelled acne lotion and dirty boxer shorts in time to spring backward, pissed at herself for being off her guard this morning.

“Watch where you’re fuckin’ goin’!” The bigger boy yelled at her as he cruised past without braking, leaving a waft of adolescent boy-stank in his wake. The back of his hoodie advertised Pantera’s Cowboys from Hell tour, and Ronda thought: that’s right, welcome to my life in Idaho. Cowboys from hell.

The second boy followed, glaring at her with a scrunched-up face like an angry mutt and jabbing his middle finger in her direction. Neither one of them slowed down, and they surely would have plowed right through her had she not moved faster than a human.   For the second time in ten minutes, she laughed aloud. Something about the boy’s face and his simmering pubescent rage struck her as hilarious.

Pantera braked suddenly in the middle of the road, skidded out in a 180 and zeroed his beady eyes on where she still stood in a semi-crouch on the sidewalk.   Uh oh, she thought, meeting his soulless gaze. Target Acquired.

pantera-dog“What’s so funny?” Pantera demanded.

“Yeah!” Muttface chimed in, circling back on his dirtbike, standing on the pedals and staring her down as he coasted past, so close that Ronda took a step back and almost tripped over the curb. She thought of Lulu, and the possibility that her only child would some day attend school with cretins like Pantera and Muttface. Unacceptable. But what could she do right now?

Before she could respond, she caught Darryl’s boozy scent as he approached with Chris, upwind.

Back off, Ronda thought, and it took every ounce of will she had to batten down her wrath and replace it with meekness.

“I almost tripped over my own feet,” Ronda told the two teenagers, who were now cycling around her like a pack of hyenas, so near she could count their zits.

“Yeah you did,” Pantera muttered, and spat on the sidewalk.

“Yeah!” Muttface barked.

Ronda did not laugh again. Man, she wanted to. But being silent calmed her. Her heart began to beat at a subdued pace.

She took a step forward, intending to keep going. Down the street at the job site, Adam’s table saw whined and sparks snapped in the chilly air. So close.

But Pantera and Muttface followed, zigzagging around her on their bikes, swooping across her path and trying to cut her off. They laughed too now, especially when Pantera reached out and thwacked Ronda’s baseball cap off her head. It flipped backward and landed in the gutter on top of a matted drift of dead maple leaves, and Ronda felt a cool breeze tickle her forehead. She ignored the boys and squatted to pick up the hat – no way would she bend over in front of the little bastards. She’d pick up her hat and keep moving and they’d get bored soon.

She would have done that. Really, she would’ve. But after she put her cap back on, before she could stand, Pantera swerved on his next round, and his knee bumped her shoulder. Might’ve been an accident. Ronda lost her balance for a second, but she also lost her control. She was up on her feet before Pantera coasted past her, and she was in front of his bike before he knew it. She reached out and put her hand on the dirtbike’s handlebars and kicked at the front tire of the bike with her left workboot. The bike tires screeched with a sudden smoke of burning rubber, the bike flew backward like a discarded toy, and Pantera was launched forward into her arms. Ronda caught him easily in midair, and held him aloft with both her fists gripping his grimy hoodie. Dimly she heard the squawk of Muttface’s brakes and the rasp of his bike tires on the pavement as he came to a stop and goggled at them.

Pantera froze, dangling in midair like a dogtoy and gazing down at her with a priceless expression on his face – equal parts puzzled surprise and instinctive fear. She savored it, and then she saw Darryl and Chris rounding the corner.Darkness3

“Don’t you ever mess with me again,” Ronda told Pantera in a low rumble. “Or I will feed that bike to you, piece by piece. You got that?”

She dropped him, and he fell in a heap on the street. He never answered her, and was up and on his bike in seconds, pedaling away with Muttface – who kept glancing frightfully over his shoulder all the way down Teton Street.

Darryl saw it all.

“Hey, Ronda,” he greeted her casually. “You always start off the morning beatin’ up the neighborhood kids?”

Ronda glared at him, but he wasn’t mocking her now. She sniffed, then wiped her nose. “You know those boys?”

Darryl nodded. “Wish I didn’t,” he replied, eyeing her with his usual unwarranted appreciation.

Chris hung back in apprehension. Ronda thought he would’ve dropped to the ground and showed her his tender white belly if she’d demanded it.

“I didn’t like their manners,” Ronda said.

“I don’t like their faces,” said Darryl, and when he laughed, she found to her surprise that she was laughing with him.   “You must bench 130,” Darryl added, probing her body with his eyes in an altogether new way. “Maybe 140? Don’t be askin’ me to lift nothin’ for ya when we’re workin’.”

“Don’t worry, I won’t,” Ronda promised him. The three of them continued walking down the street. This was not a workday story she would be sharing with James that night. But she wished she could. She didn’t trust Darryl any more now than she did twenty minutes ago, but maybe he wasn’t as bad as her instincts had told her. He wasn’t wary of her, though, and that could prove either useful or dangerous, in the same way that Chris’ anxiety could work for or against her some day.

By now they had reached the site, a two story, three bedroom home that was coming together a week ahead of schedule. Ronda relished the hours of manual labor ahead of her. She needed to burn off her aggression. Darryl and Chris couldn’t possibly have noticed, but she was shaking with unspent adrenalin. Anyone like her in a two mile radius could’ve caught a whiff of it.

“Ronda!” Eric Walters, the foreman, called her over as soon as he saw her. “I need you to swing by the office and pick up a few things.”

“Now?”

“Yeah. Take the truck.” He handed her the keys. “I walked off this morning and left the damn plans sitting on the worktable.”

Ronda almost blurted out well why don’t you take the truck and go get ’em yourself, but gritted her teeth and choked back the words.   Eric’s wife was three months’ into chemotherapy, and he had potentially more shit to deal with than Ronda could claim. Ronda always scented a pall of death and sickness on Eric and couldn’t ever stand closer than arms length. Still, he’d chosen her to run errands for him. Of course he had. The only woman on the crew, the only non-white, and who knew which of these made her the least necessary. No matter that half the boys spent the days when Eric wasn’t on site smoking weed and sitting around while she, Darryl, and a few of the other jerks actually got some work done. More points for Darryl, she realized.

Ronda took the keys from Eric.

“Becky’s got everything ready for you, and she knows you’re comin’.   Thanks, Ronda.” He started to walk away, then turned back. “Bring me a coffee, too?”

Ronda opened her mouth, not even sure of what she might say, and Eric laughed. “I’m kidding,” he told her.

Ha ha, she thought, but forced herself to give him a big smile. She saw a twinge of unease in his eyes before she pivoted away and headed for the big blue Ford F350 Super Duty that gleamed in the dirt driveway. She’d driven it before – oh yeah, not the first time Eric had sent her out as his errand girl – and captaining the big beast down the streets of Boise was perhaps the only reward for being a lackey.

She climbed up onto the plush bench, tossed her hardhat and her lunch sack on the passenger seat and slammed the door, leaning forward over the wheel without realizing it. To keep away from the gun rack behind her head. Eric’s hunting rifle was the only thing Ronda didn’t like about his truck. She didn’t like guns. Too many close calls. Gun oil smelled like terror to her. It made her think of home, the home they’d had to flee after James’ family had been –

Nevermind. No point in thinking about that. They were here now, and she’d decide how safe here was soon enough.

The rumble of the Ford’s engine shook the frame of the half-built house like an avalanche, and Ronda smiled with genuine pleasure. She didn’t like the diesel stink, but it was better than unwashed teenager or chemo reek. She threw the truck into Reverse and backed out onto the street. Adam straightened up from sawing a sheet of plywood and saluted her. She returned the gesture as she drove off.

The offices of Walters & Sons Construction occupied a doublewide trailer painted the color of mashed potatoes and set down cockeyed in a weedy lot near Overland and Vista. At least, Ronda decided, traffic was a concept that had yet to occur to Boise.   She made the trip to the office quickly, parked the truck as cockeyed as the trailer, and hurried up the steps and through the unlocked door.

Becky, the office manager, was typing away at her giant putty-colored computer keyboard while Scott stood at the filing cabinet stuffing manila folders into an already crammed drawer.   The crappy paint-splattered clock radio on top of the cabinet was blaring the opening chords of a Loverboy hit from ten years ago, and Scott was bobbing his head to the beat.

officeThe inside of the trailer was stuffy and dusty and stank like a livestock pen. Even so, or maybe because of that, Ronda liked being here, a feeling she refused to scrutinize too intensely. She had no business at all enjoying the company of either Becky or Scott, but nonetheless, she did. Very much. She considered them, against all reason and instinct, her friends. And she knew they liked her, too. At first, it hadn’t seemed possible, because at first, both of them had been totally frightened of her.

Becky stopped typing without looking away from her squat, boxshaped computer monitor, and Ronda saw the young woman’s nostrils flare. There was a quick flash of nervousness that made her fleshy chin quiver, but it was gone soon enough and then Becky swiveled in her chair to acknowledge that Ronda was standing over her.   Ronda had time to think: the woman is almost the same shape as her computer, and then Becky smiled at her, slapping her hefty thighs and bouncing heavily in her chair.

“Hi, you!” Becky blurted. “Eric radioed in that you were comin’ by. Didjoo getta drive The Beast?”

Ronda nodded, and sat down on the corner of Becky’s desk. Becky rolled backwards a little and crossed her arms over her chest. She was a squat, rosy, doughy woman with wide blue eyes and a highpitched voice. She looked like she should be churning butter and harvesting tulips on a Dutch farm. She handled all the company’s bookkeeping and human resources with the help of Scott, who was a senior at Boise State majoring in something Ronda couldn’t remember. Something that James would no doubt consider useless like Art History or Womens’ Studies.   He rock climbed every weekend at places like the Black Cliffs and City of Rocks, and he was as muscled and tan as Becky was flabby and pale. The two of them got on like brother and sister.

Just then, Scott turned toward Ronda, started air guitaring to Loverboy, and singing along.

“I’m not a man…or machine…I’m just somethin’…IN BETWEEN….whoooaaaa whooaaaa ohhhh!”

Becky snorted with laughter, her neck quivering. Ronda remembered the first day she’d run into Becky outside of the office. It had been one blustery late September afternoon at Lulu’s school. Becky had been waiting to pick up her own child, Kara, and was standing with the other moms on the sidewalk outside the kindergarten wing. As usual, Ronda waited alone; none of the moms deigning to greet her, or even acknowledge her presence. They sidled farther away from her like a nervous herd. Except Becky. Only Becky had broken away from them and tentatively approached Ronda with wide eyes and fluttering hands and a hesitant, don’t-I-know-you smile. The porcine Becky had smelled at that moment like sacrifice and tears to Ronda, and she still wasn’t sure how she might have reacted had her Lulu not come running out of the door at that moment, grinning and giggling and holding hands with Becky’s daughter.

“Heyyyy Ronda,” Scott drawled. “What’s up?” He was still lazily air guitaring, his knobby long-fingered hands noodling around on an imaginary fretboard.

“Running errands,” Ronda replied wearily.

“Runnin’ for the boss man,” Scott nodded, riffing to the music.

“So did James say yes?” Becky asked in her girlish voice. “Kara won’t stop asking me if Lulu’s gonna do the mutton bustin’.”

Of course, Ronda had not mentioned anything about Kara being one of Lulu’s prime motivational factors for wanting to compete in the sheep riding tournament. As much as Ronda liked Becky, James absolutely did not. And he had even less regard for her offspring. They had weekly fights about Lulu going over to Kara’s house to play.

“He said yes,” Ronda nodded. “Took a little extra effort to wear him down, but Lulu’s in. I’ll sign her up today.”

“Oh yay!” Becky squealed, and bounced in her chair. “Kara’s gonna be soooo excited.”

“Lovin’ every minute of it!!” Scott belted out along with Loverboy. His brushy fu manchu style chinbeard – four inches long – flopped as he headbanged some more. Several times he’d innocently complimented Ronda on her ripped arm muscles and invited her to go rock climbing with his gang, but she’d declined. She came closer to accepting each time though, mostly to see if, working his way from crack to crevice on a wall, Scott did indeed resemble a mountain goat, as she suspected.

“Shoot me like a rocket…into spaaaaace!” Scott sang, and Ronda couldn’t hold back a laugh. Scott reacted less dramatically than Becky did when Ronda showed him her teeth, but still she turned away politely and started to ask Becky if she wanted to have lunch later that week. A voice in her head, one that sounded uncomfortably like James’ voice, said ask her if she wants to BE lunch later this week, here piggy piggy piggy.

The office phone rang, and Becky simultaneously held up a chubby finger to Ronda, meaning wait a sec, and pointed her other finger at Scott, meaning turn that music down.

“Walters and Sons Construction this is Becky speaking how may I help you?” Becky gulped out, the phone already in the crook of her cushiony shoulder so she could stuff envelopes while she talked.

Scott watched his boss, then smirked at Ronda. “I’m not into that whole multitasking thing like she is,” he shook his head. “I’m a one-task-at-a-time dude, you know? Singletasking! Lovin’ every minute of it!!”

“I hear that,” said Ronda. She began to pace around the furniture in the office’s cramped waiting room, which consisted of a battered naugahyde love seat and a cracked glass-and-brass coffee table that looked as if it still bore coffee rings from 1981. A few wrinkled copies of Time magazine lay strewn about, as well as the October issue of Rolling Stone. The magazine’s cover showed a picture of Tupac Shakur, who had died less than a month ago, on the very day Ronda accepted the job with Walters and Sons.

Scott was standing next to her. He had that way about him, unlike Becky, of moving in close and nudging her, then backing off, prancing around as if he wore climbing shoes instead of flipflops all the time. He glanced down at Tupac, looked into those somehow sad eyes as Ronda did the same.

“Too bad about that guy,” he said. “I liked that last album.”

“I liked them all,” said Ronda. Tupac had not been perfect, far from it, but he’d been real, and most times the only thing that had helped Ronda with her own reality had been his music. She had been so furious when he was killed, and shocked at her intense reaction when she saw it on the news. Lulu had been playing outside with Kara, and Ronda had locked herself in the bathroom, turned on the shower, and screamed into a towel so that James, who hardly appreciated any music that he didn’t hear on NPR’s classical hour, couldn’t hear her. She’d ripped the towel off the bar so hard she’d pulled the bar right out of the wall. James never used the guest bathroom anyway, so she’d fixed it before he ever had time to notice.

There was a book on the coffee table, too. Seeing it, she couldn’t believe her eyes hadn’t been drawn to it first. On the cover: the close up photograph of a silver-furred, yellow-eyed wolf. She locked eyes with the creature and a shiver of recognition ran through her. She read the cover. Barry Holston Lopez. Of Wolves and Men.

“What’s that book?” Ronda asked Scott, and he danced away at the sound of her voice, then darted back to pick up the book.

“S’mine,” he told her, now a bit uneasy, glancing from the image of the wolf to her face. “Readin’ it for my Lit of Natural History class. We’re gonna have a big debate.”

“Debate?” Ronda stared at him, and Scott backed away, mistaking her confusion for something else…malice?   Hunger?

“You know, about the issue,” he said, frowning at her. He put the edge of the paperback against his bottom lip as if he wanted to chew on it, then jerked it away. “The wolf reintroduction, man. Like, sixty gray wolves from Canada that they just put back into the wild last year, here in Idaho – central Idaho – and down in Yellowstone? Cuz you know, the wolves have been extinct in the Lower 48 since, like, the 1930’s. And now the Feds are all hey let’s put ’em back, even though the first cow they killed, every redneck and rancher in a hundred mile radius is goin’, open season, dude, let’s shoot us some wolves!”

“No,” Ronda shook her head.

Behind them, Becky jabbered into the phone, “I’m sorry but Eric’s out at a job site right now. I’ll be happy to tell him everything we just discussed and -”

“No,” Ronda repeated. “What’s there to debate? It’s illegal to shoot wolves,” she told Scott. Thinking, that’s why we moved here, dammit. Because there’s safety in numbers. And protection.

Scott was watching her, round-eyed, and now he actually was nibbling on the corner of the book. He looked so ridiculous with his square teeth pressed into the wolf’s fur that Ronda didn’t know whether to rip the book away from him or bite him. The whole situation was ridiculous. It was patently absurd.

“Maybe…maybe you should come to the debate,” Scott suggested, tucking the book under his arm. He raised his eyebrows and seemed so harmless and docile in that moment that Ronda felt a surge of guilt. “Doesn’t your husband…isn’t he in the biology department? Maybe he’s goin’.” Scott fidgeted, shifting on the balls of his nimble goatfeet.

“He probably is,” Ronda said, trying to make her voice sound less like a growl.   James had done a great job of portraying the wolf reintroduction as something that everyone in Idaho cheered for.   How had she been so stupid to believe him? Or had he really believed moving here might be a good idea? She thought of Eric Walters’ gun rack, and a low whine almost slipped out of her throat.

“What’re you guys talkin’ about?” Becky asked. She was off the phone, and snacking from a package of powdered donuts. Ronda turned, and Becky had white sugar dusted all over her chin and the front of her navy blue blouse.

“Books and stuff,” Scott answered, before Ronda could say anything. “Hey, Becky, I almost forgot, can I put in for some time off around Thanksgiving?” Scott skirted around Ronda and went back to stuffing folders into the filing cabinet, taking Of Wolves and Men with him and not looking back at Ronda.

Ronda watched him slip by her and wanted to reach out, yank on his goatee, and chew his face. She wanted to pull him into her arms like a lost child.   Instead she began to pace the room again, letting out a long exhale. She needed to leave and get back to the job site. She was feeling too….volatile.

“Sure thing, hon,” Becky told Scott. “You know we’ll be closed day of, and day after anyway. Ronda, you got family comin’ for the holidays? You goin’ anywhere?”

“No,” Ronda answered. Everyone in our family is dead. Our pack is dead. “It’s just us,” she said.

“Quiet day at home with James and Lulu? Big turkey?” Becky smiled warmly.

Ronda didn’t know what to do. She wanted to hug Becky. She wanted to claw her soft cheeks.

“Yeah,” Ronda choked out. “Hey – where’s that stuff for Eric?”

“Oh – I almost forgot, I’m so sorry. I got on the phone and then that man was so rude to me.” She sighed and heaved herself up out of her chair, waddled around the front of the desk to the kitchen table that Eric always used to unroll blueprints and planning maps. “Lemme see….it’s this thing…and this….and that…” she handed Ronda a cardboard blueprint cylinder, an Ace Hardware bag full of drywall nails, and Eric’s plastic forty ounce Conoco coffee mug.

“Did he want coffee?” Becky asked, and Ronda almost flung the mug at Becky’s head.

“He asked for it, but he was joking,” Ronda grumbled. “So no.”

“Ronda,” Becky said quietly, standing her ground but trembling a little. “You okay today?”

Ronda could sense Scott listening, even over the thrum of the radio. It was Bad Company now. ‘Runnin’ With The Pack.’ Ronda found that she wanted to hear Loverboy again. Rewind and start this whole morning’s tape over.

I’m not a man, or machine, I’m just something in between.

hog1She reached out slowly and touched Becky’s white chin with her own brown fingertips. Becky froze.

“You got powdered sugar all over you,” Ronda said, dusting her off.

“Oh,” Becky blushed and looked down at her blouse, starting swiping at herself. “What a pig,” she chastised herself.

Ronda was already at the door. “You’re not a pig,” she said, wanting so badly to believe her own words.

Becky smiled shyly and mouthed okay, but Ronda didn’t think Becky believed her either. Behind the desk, Scott waved one of his files in a goodbye gesture.

“Have fun with the boys today,” Becky told Ronda.

“Lovin’ every minute of it,” said Ronda, and closed the door on their laughter.

She drove a mile down the road and then pulled the Beast over into the parking lot of a 7Eleven.

Her lunch bag was still on the passenger seat, and she grabbed it and hauled it into her lap and pawed through the contents. Cold chicken in tinfoil – two drumsticks and a thigh. Three big pieces of beef jerky. Saranwrapped half of a grilled T-Bone from last night’s dinner, and a Ziploc full of shaved ham. A package of sliced deli roast beef, and a bag of baby carrots. Ronda tossed the carrots aside, unwrapped the chicken and opened her mouth wide.   She ravaged the drumsticks, pulled the meat off the bones with her teeth until nothing was left but gristle, then she devoured the thigh. She ripped into the steak next, barely chewing it before swallowing. Then the roast beef, so rare she sucked bloody juice from the bottom of the package. She ate the jerky last, tearing the tough hunks of it apart with her greasy hands. She couldn’t eat the ham. She had to push it aside. The ham smelled too much like Becky.

When she’d finished, there were gnawed bones all over her lap and the floor of the cab and bits of chicken flesh stuck to her jeans. She hastily cleaned up the debris and put it in her plastic bag with the Becky – with the ham – and the carrots, wiping her hands and face on a used napkin she found in Eric’s cup holder.

Ronda belched. She felt calm again. She drove back to the job site.

 

 

 

 

Part II

 

Ronda had hoped, though she would never admit it, that James would find a way to avoid going to the rodeo with them. But he was not the kind of father who would miss a single event in which his daughter participated. Tonight, as he drove them north to the town of Emmett and the Gem County Fairgrounds – Lulu jittering and chattering excitedly in the backseat – he could barely conceal the mixture of unease and loathing twisting across his face. Ronda could see him trying ardently to temper his disdain with pride and enthusiasm for Lulu, even as he pulled their van into the massive unpaved lot and piloted it through the crowds, dust clouds, and horse trailers.

“Get outta the WAY,” James grumbled, his huge shoulders hunched over the wheel. A mother with a stroller and two young boys toodled past them, moving too slowly for James. “We’re gonna have to park out in the back of beyond,” he added.

“I can walk, Daddy,” Lulu announced. “I got my pink boots on tonight so I can walk.”

“You bet, sweets,” James responded. Ronda knew he’d be carrying Lulu within two minutes. But she had indeed worn her pink cowgirl boots, and her sparkly pink cowgirl hat.

“Cuz I’m a big girl and I’m’onna ride da sheep, right?”

“You certainly are,” James said, gritting his teeth. Ronda elbowed him and he tried to contort his face into a smile. A sheepish smile, she thought grimly. He failed. James, when he smiled, could only achieve a wolfish leer.

“I’m a ride a sheep and I’m a get firssss place!!”

MuttonBustin“That means you gotta hang on, then,” Ronda reminded her. “Give that sheep a big ‘ole hug and hang on tight.”

Lulu laughed with delight. “Hug the sheep!” she cackled, banging her little hockey helmet on her knees and kicking the back of Ronda’s seat with her pink boots.

“Lulu, don’t kick the seat, baby.”

They pulled in between a Buick wagon and a Cadillac Eldorado, the Honda van jouncing over muddy ruts as James nudged it into the narrow space. Lulu had already unbuckled herself from her carseat, but Ronda hesitated before opening her door, and noticed that James did too.   They both knew it would be near unbearable. The noise, the odors, the people, the animals.

“Lesss goooo!!” Lulu stood up and poked her head over the console and into the front seat, her large dark eyes accusing first her father, then her mother. “Hurry UP!”

“Okay buckaroo,” James said, and Ronda snorted. Lulu giggled, that highpitched girly chortle that sounded half delightful and half false cheer every time.

Ronda opened her door and didn’t take a breath until she’d yanked open the rear slider to let Lulu out. When she did inhale, it felt like a punch in the face. The rodeo grounds, even all the way out here in the back forty, swirled into a dusty tornado of smells. Fried food, perfume, diesel exhaust, horse shit, sweet hay, livestock, piss-stained port-o-lets, stale beer. Somewhere, fresh blood. Ronda gagged, and then her stomach rumbled and she began to salivate. James came around the back of the van and as she saw his face she knew she wore the same expression. Hungry, pained, alert. He had been so worried about Lulu, who was now bouncing in her cowgirl boots and waving her padded gear and helmet for Ronda to carry.   Ronda took it from her and looked again at James.

Our daughter’s just fine, she thought. How are WE going to get through the next few hours?

They locked the van and started to make their way down the nearest weedy aisle, falling in line with the rest of the throng straggling toward the arena. Ronda had Lulu’s gear slung over her left arm, Lulu’s hand in her right, and James had the other side. Lulu swung between them, kicking up brown dust puffs with her tiny bootheels. The crowd parted easily. People glanced around nervously and gave the three of them a wide berth. Lulu moved forward and cut a path through the herd, tugging her parents along behind her.   The bright stadium lighting turned the night into day, and Ronda could hear live music, a bass thump and peal of electric guitar. The press of bodies moving close and then backing away made Ronda’s pulse pound in her ears.

“So how does this actually work?” James asked Ronda under his breath. Until now, he’d refrained from discussing any detail about the Mutton Bustin’ competition with her. Ronda was glad. It was too late now for him to deem any part of this unacceptable and pull Lulu out of the competition. The child would raise a screaming fuss, loudly and publicly, and James would never endure that. Partly, Ronda knew, because of his image in the academic community – though she doubted that any of those vegan liberals (Darryl’s words, not hers) from the college would stoop to attend a rodeo. But also because James loved Lulu and could not be so cruel. Ronda didn’t care to consider which part outweighed the other.

“All I know is…we check her in – there should be a table near the entrance. And then I’m sure they’ll send us to the chutes. They use the same chutes that the rodeo riders do – the sheep are waiting in the chutes as each rider comes up. When it’s her turn, her sheep’s in the chute, we’ve gotta lift her over the fence, and there’s a man who’ll put her on the back of the sheep just before they open the gate. And then she just – she hangs on for dear life, bareback, there’s no saddle. Really I think the sheep just runs really fast and takes sharp turns and tries to shake her off, and she’s gotta hold on. For three seconds. Or six. I can’t remember. Or until she gets bucked off or falls off. The clowns keep the sheep from chasing after her or trampling her -”

James made a scoffing sound at this. At all of it, really.

” – and the clowns herd the sheep back into the pen. And that’s it.”

“I’m not gonna fall off!” Lulu protested. Another child walking nearby with his mother flinched at the sound of her voice and shied away. He had black and white paint on his face – whiskers, cat eyes. Ronda remembered that there was a KISS tribute band playing tonight. She began to see more kids – and even some adults…good God, she would never understand that – with their faces painted to look like KISS members. Fake animals.

Ronda turned away. James was staring at her. Don’t say it, she willed. But then she raised her eyebrows at him, as if daring him to say out loud what they were both thinking. This is the most ridiculous, dangerous thing we’ve ever let Lulu do.

“She gets a souvenir trophy and a commemorative water bottle, just for competing. And a belt buckle if she wins,” Ronda informed James, who shook his head.

“I’m gonna WIN!” Lulu trumpeted. The crowd parted before them in a widening circle.

“I’m sure riding a terrified sheep is its own reward,” James offered, and was duly ignored by both his wife and daughter.

The crowd began to coalesce into a few loosely organized lines as they approached the gates. Ronda watched people’s faces as their bodies jostled closer and closer. All those faces, their pale skin bluish in the glare of the big lights. All those sheep.

“Daddy, pick me up,” Lulu warbled. James complied, and Ronda sidled closer to them, feeling protective. Their own faces, dark and alert, had no bluish cast, but instead a fierce glow. Lulu’s eyes blazed beneath her cowgirl hat.

Bottlenecking through the gates became a nightmare crush of limbs and breath and hair. People all around seemed to be hurrying to get through and get away. Ronda’s heart thumped in her chest so hard she could barely swallow. She could taste the cloying reek of garbage from underneath the stands, and the buzz from the KISS cover band’s amps grew louder and louder until it felt like a chainsaw in her brain.

LICK IT UP!   LICK IT UP! WHOOOAAA OHHHHH OHHHH! DO IT RIGHT NOW!

James leaned down and put his lips to her ear. “The poetry of this song is simply sublime,” he mumbled, and Ronda relaxed, laughed. He had that skill. He could rein her in. He nuzzled her jawline, and Ronda smiled, then caught the eye of a young woman standing by the snack bar. She was frowning at them. Ronda looked away.

“There’s the booth.” Ronda pointed across the way to a long table with a banner that read WELCOME WOOL RIDERS!

They had to purchase tickets first, which seemed to go quickly. That was a relief, considering how antsy Lulu was starting to get. Ronda picked up on it and couldn’t stop watching their backs, every so often locking stares with someone who narrowed eyes at them. She wanted to find Becky and Kara. She dreaded to see Darryl. Or even Pantera and his mutty friend. Everyone around them radiated a simmering hostility tinged with unease. Ronda inhaled slowly through her nostrils, trying to pick up Becky’s scent as she followed James. Lulu gazed back at her from over her dad’s shoulder as he pushed through the turnstiles and into the open space near the bleachers.

Suddenly Ronda could smell nothing but the low musk of dumb beast. They were passing the sheep pens.

James stopped first, and Ronda pulled up next to him. They stared down at the animals. These were Ram Bouillet sheep: massive, girthy creatures with wide backs of matted wool. Their eyes lolled and their long white snouts lifted to scent the air. Ronda had a moment to think, we’re gonna let our baby ride one of these things all by herself?

sheep“Hello sheepies,” Lulu called out cheerfully, waving a hand over them. One by one the sheep pricked up their ears and began to shift in the pen, stirring up clods of dirtpacked straw and a big, oily stink. They began to move away, at first slowly, and then with real panic, bleating and grunting and pushing against each other. People began to congregate against the steel gates, peering at the scene.

“What’s got ’em so spooked?” A man behind Ronda spoke.

Several of the closest sheep staggered backward, raised their tails and let fly with a barrage of brown pellets.

“Mommy, those sheeps poopied!” Lulu observed. One of the bigger animals opened its mouth and brayed loudly. It sounded like a scream. Suddenly the rest of the sheep were screaming, too.

“Let’s go,” Ronda told James, and prayed that Lulu wouldn’t make a fuss as they carried her away. The screams of the sheep sounded red, and their fear hit the air around Ronda like a slap.

“We’re gonna go get you signed in so you can ride your sheep,” James said to Lulu, in a preemptive attempt to distract her. “Are you ready?”

“Ready!” Lulu cheered. Ronda poked her in the tummy and she snickered, showing her teeth. “Mommy where’s Kara?”

“I don’t know, honey. They might already be here. I think Kara and her mama are meeting us near the chutes.”

They stood in a short line behind a little boy wearing leather chaps and a petite girl with a fake mohawk dressed in what looked like full body armor. Ronda took the opportunity to help Lulu into her padded vest and shin guards, still carrying the helmet. She knew Lulu would demand to wear her cowgirl hat as long as possible.

“Well, hello little lady,” the man behind the table greeted Lulu. “Are you ready for the ride of your life?”

Lulu became shy, and somehow smaller. She said nothing while enduring the process of checking in. She was weighed, measured, and deemed appropriate, though the woman behind the table did not smile as genuinely as the man.

“Okay, sweetheart, you’re all set now. Are you excited? There’s no reason to be scared of those sheep, you know.”

Now Lulu tilted her head up to look at the man. “I’m not scared of the sheepies,” she told him. “The sheepies is scared of me.”

“Ohh,” said James, “oh ho,” he chuckled, placing his hands on Lulu’s shoulders and steering her away from the table. Ronda didn’t look back.

They had given Lulu a nametag and her prize water bottle – which, once claimed, she refused to relinquish. James and Ronda were instructed to take their little wool rider around the walkway to the chutes. Ronda and James got nametags, too, theirs on lanyards.

Over here, the air smelled like nacho cheese and Marlboros, with a topnote of manure. The manure stench intensified as they skirted around the bull pens. One of the bulls, a giant of a creature with a shitcaked ass, swung its massive head around to watch the three of them as they moved by. James stared it down and the bull emitted a long, low moan and kicked at the back of its stall. Lulu was grinning at it with all her teeth showing as they passed, and when James noticed this he shifted her to his opposite hip.

The KISS cover band – they were called Strutter, according to the fiery letters sparking above the stage at the opposite end of the arena – had launched into a song Ronda had never heard before, but was probably called ‘Crazy Crazy Nights,’ since that seemed to be the only verse in the chorus. The volume level was intense and overpowering, rolling out across the empty arena like a shockwave. With almost every power chord, the stage erupted in a fury of pyrotechnics, and Ronda coughed as the burning fumes reached her. James hurried them around the gates’ curving arc and toward the base of the opposite stands. They found the chutes coordinator, were hustled down to their assigned chute, and waited. Lulu was second in line, behind the boy with the chaps, who had the requisite KISS facepaint and the ersatz baditude to go with it. Ronda thought she recognized him from Lulu’s kindergarten class, but had no idea what his name might be.

When ‘Crazy Crazy Nights’ ended in a burst of applause and sparks, the boy turned to Lulu and gave her a very adult nod of greeting, thumbs tucked in his waistband.

“We got one more song and then I’m next,” he said. Now he looked slightly agitated.

“Okay,” said Lulu, unconcerned.

“Them sheep are really big,” the boy said. He was a sad puppy in his facepaint.

Lulu said nothing.

“This my first time,” he added.

“Me too,” Lulu allowed.

He gave a tight nod again, then darted over to a man standing nearby, who was talking to the chute handler. The man stooped and talked to the boy, and Ronda listened. She knew James was listening, too.

“You said you wanted to ride ‘im,” the man jerked a shoulder at the sheep waiting in the chute “So you’re gonna ride ‘im, mister.”

“But Dad, I don’t like it. He looks mean!” The boy shrank back, and gave Lulu an ashamed glance. Ronda could almost taste the kid’s fright.

“You’re not backin’ out now, d’you hear me?” Dad hissed.

“Yeah. Oookayy.”

James leaned over to Ronda and whispered, in mockery of the father, “You ride that sheep or you’re a disgrace to your family, boy! Dishonor!”

Ronda burst out laughing, and earned an evil look from the boy’s dad.

“Who’s that boy, Lulu?” Ronda asked.

“Justin,” said Lulu. “He’s scared of everything. Mommyyy, where’s Kay-rahhh?”

Ronda searched for Becky and Kara, and spotted them waving, three chutes back near the holding pens. They must have walked right by. Ronda couldn’t believe she’d missed picking up Becky’s scent. Kara must be further down the rider roster. Ronda hoisted Lulu up onto her hip and they both waved back. Kara, too, wore her sparkly pink cowgirl hat. She had a round face and a snubnose, like her mother.   She seemed distracted by the vast crowd filling the stands behind and above them.

Standing with Becky’s husband was Darryl, and he was eyeing Ronda with an intense scrutiny that made her scalp prickle. She felt her nostrils flare and her lip begin to curl, but she hid this by quickly wiping at her nose. Darryl cocked his head, long hair hanging in his face. He favored her with a wily smile, and then turned away.

As soon as the next song began, the audience began to stomp the boards and clap in time with the frenzied beat. There was something primal about it, like a ritual enacted before a slaughter.

0BOOMclapBOOMclapBOOMclap

Ronda could sense the sheep shuddering in the chutes.

I….WANNA ROCK AND ROLL ALL NIIIIIGHT….

James made a point to fuss with Lulu’s gear and help her put her helmet on, but Ronda knew he was mostly trying to distract himself from the appalling music. Herself, she couldn’t help but enjoy it, and wondered if Scott was somewhere in the stands, air guitaring with his friends.

As soon as the song ended, and the applause died down, the rodeo announcer’s voice broke through over the PA.

“Hello ladies and gentlemen, cowboys and cowgirls, buckaroos and buckarettes, welcome to the Gem and Boise Counties Rodeo! Put your hands together for Strutter!! That’s right! What! A! Showwww!!”

James put Lulu’s pink cowgirl hat on Ronda’s head, where it did not fit at all, and applauded with far too much enthusiasm for the rock band. Lulu jumped up and down between them, clapping ferociously.   Ronda waved the pink hat in the air and then handed it back to James.

“Are you ready for some MUTTON BUSTIN’?!!!” The announcer bellowed, and the crowd erupted. The announcer kept yammering. “We’ve got twelve brave boys and girls ready tonight for their chance at glory! These little wool riders have got the guts and the skill and the helmets and they aren’t afraid of a little rough-and-tumble! They’re rarin’ to go! Let’s hear it for our first rider, in chute number one, Cody Thomas!! CODYYYYY!!!”

Ronda and James both craned their necks. Lulu practically crawled up James’ leg, and he picked her up and swept her atop his shoulders, padded gear and all.

Down at chute number one, Cody Thomas’ dad was peptalking his son, who had much greater enthusiasm than Justin. Ronda couldn’t see over the gate, but through the bars she could make out Cody after he was hoisted in the air and lowered onto a big grey sheep’s back. Cody leaned forward as if to give the sheep a bear hug, wrapping his arms around the creature’s neck. And then the bell rang, the chute gate opened, and the sheep plunged into the arena, running for its life.

Cody hung on for a good three seconds, flopping around like a doll stapled to the sheep’s back. Ronda thought the kid might make it for the full mark, but the sheep swerved so hard to the right that the little boy lost his grip and went rolling off to land face first in the dust.

“Daaaamn,” James exhaled, sounding both impressed and disgusted. “It’s just 1-2-3, eat dirt.”

Cody Thomas rolled over and came up smiling, raised his hands in the air like a miniature rodeo rough stock champion. Two garishly painted clowns chased the frantic sheep around the arena while a third clown in baggy pants and rainbow suspenders hustled Cody back to the chute. The clowns finally got the sheep back in the pen, and Cody climbed up the rail at the far side to high-five his dad. The bleachers exploded with applause and whistles.

“Yessir, that was Cooooody THOMAS! And we are off to a very impressive start, ladies and gents!”

And so it went, with unsettling speed – an assembly line of kindergarten competitors – until it came to be Lulu’s turn. Justin had survived despite his terror, but not without tears. Ronda wanted to give the kid a high five herself, since it seemed that his own dad wasn’t going to, after the kid, his face a heartbreaking collage of paint, snot and tears, hobbled back to the chute, escorted by a capering clown.

“Justin did OK,” Lulu had commented, in a strangely mature tone that indicated she would most certainly do better.

timber_wolf-fullAll of sudden, Ronda hesitated. A warning voice spoke up in her mind. You can’t put this child in that pen with that sheep. It’s not right. It’s against nature.

The chute handler called them over. James let Lulu tumble down expertly from his shoulders.

“Let’s goooo,” Lulu pushed at Ronda’s leg. Her sharp teeth glinted, behind the rather sinister grill of her hockey mask, and she stared up at Ronda with a hunger that made Ronda feel unsettled and triumphant all at once.

James was eyeing Ronda. “This was a phenomenally bad idea,” he whispered, alternately squeezing the prize water bottle and kneading the little pink cowboy hat in his big hands.

Of course, he had to say it.

“Well, it’s too late now,” Ronda spat back. She didn’t even hear the announcer call out Lulu’s name, as she lifted her daughter up and over the gate and the big man in the plaid shirt and suede vest grabbed Lulu under the armpits and dangled her above the sheep’s broad back.

“You ready, Lulu?” the man in the vest asked.

“I’m ready, boys!” Lulu sang out, and all the men on the fence chuckled.

The sheep waited placidly, ready to accept its fate. Perhaps it was an old veteran of Mutton Bustin’, long accustomed to wool riders. There was a split second in between the moment Lulu settled onto the sheep’s back and wrapped her arms around its neck, and the moment when the starting bell clanged. In that pause, the sheep let out a mournful, horrible, bleating shriek. The chute handler looked startled, and leaned forward, to do exactly what, Ronda had no idea. But it was too late. The gate whammed open and the sheep bolted forward, taking Lulu with it, her pink boots digging into its woolly haunches.

“GO LULUUUU!!” A little girl whooped, and it was Kara, standing up with her legs astride the pipe-rail gate just down the way, waving her chubby arms and clapping awkwardly while her mom gripped the waistband of her jeans to keep the kid from toppling into the ring. Kara’s fluffy blond curls spun out around her round face in a luminous cotton-candy cloud that sparkled in the rodeo lights as she tracked Lulu and the sheep’s chaotic route with wide eyes.

Even James was hollering now, cheering on his daughter with a ferocity and volume that a few clapping onlookers heeded by shuffling quickly away. Ronda, finally realizing that she’d been hanging back out of – what? embarrassment? trepidation? – stepped to the gate and climbed up so she could see.

Her baby girl was out there, flying along on the sheep’s back, circling the edge of the arena as the clock ticked the seconds and the audience began to count along with it.

“FOUR!! FIVE!! SIX!!”

The buzzer went off, and still Lulu hung on. The crowd went nuclear, in a riot of booted thunder, stamping the bleacher boards and hollering like bloodthirsty Romans at a gladiatorial throwdown.

“Laayyydeez and Gentlemen! We have a new frontrunnerrrrrr! Oh, look at Miss Lulu there, she’s STILL hangin on! Can you believe it folks? INCREDIBLE!!”

“EIGHT!! NINE!!”

Ronda’s nails screeked against the metal of the fence rail, and she was leaning so far out she almost flipped over.

The announcer laughed nervously into the microphone. “I think we need the clowns in there. This little rodeo queen ain’t gonna quit!”

“LULUUUU,” Ronda cried out desperately. “Time to let the sheep go, honey!!”

The sound of the crowd a rampage now, Ronda’s eardrums on fire, throbbing, her heart racing.

She couldn’t hear her own voice. She couldn’t hold back. She howled. She wanted to jump the fence. She want to throw her head back and laugh. She wanted to tear the sheep to shreds and feed Lulu the bloody pieces from her mouth. She howled again, and when she inhaled, she tasted blood and dust and realized she already had one leg over the railing, ready to leap into the pit. But Lulu had heard her. Of course she had. Lulu had good ears. She listened to her mama.

Lulu dismounted the sheep, where every other child had been violently thrown. Dismounted like she’d just finished practicing dressage and the sheep was her favorite stallion. Of course the sheep veered off instantaneously with a flutter-lipped bray of freedom, but Lulu kept on walking casually back toward Ronda and James. Just strolling along, waving like a princess, completely unfazed, while the rodeo clowns darted past her in frantic attempts to dog Lulu’s panicked sheep back to the pen.

The sheep almost knocked Lulu down in its wild run down the center of the arena, and the crowd let out a collective gasp, then rowdy applause when Lulu smacked its dirty butt on the flyby. The sight of Lulu’s tiny dark hand walloping the sheep’s hairy white rump made Ronda bark out a weird chuckle and clap her own hands together. That’s my child, Ronda thought.

Out of the corner of her eye, Ronda saw Kara giggling and teetering as the fence wobbled beneath her, she was so ecstatic with glee for Lulu, and Ronda thought okay, it was gonna be okay and her girl had just broken some kind of world championship mutton bustin’ record, damn right.

Then Kara fell off the gate.

At first Ronda thought Becky had pulled her down, because for sure that gate wasn’t too stable at all. One moment Kara was there, like a sunlit cherub in Ariats and an Elmo tshirt. The next, she was gone.

Someone screamed, a squeal of horror that split apart the raucous din like a razor splitting flesh. It was Becky.

“Kara! Kara sweetie get up! Oh my gawd John, John she’s hurt! She’s hurt and she doesn’t have her helmet on! John! Darryl! Somebody – please – get her outta there!”

Ronda thought, what’s the big deal? The girl, even as chunky as she was, could squeeze back through the space between rails easy. Hooking her arm through the top rail, Ronda dangled herself out to get a better look

Kara was on her knees in the dirt, squalling like a newborn and holding her fleshy left arm up at an unnerving degree. Broken, thought Ronda. Kara’s lip was was bleeding, too, and Ronda fought back a vicious urge to jump the railing, seize the child, and shake her. Kara looked like so much easy prey.

“Ohh shit,” Ronda gasped, and felt James’ hand on her back.

“You better look away,” he said softly. “Don’t want trouble.”

“I know,” Ronda grunted. “Where’s Lulu?”

“She’s comin’ back.”

Lulu had now noticed Kara in the ring, and halted, perplexed, cocked her head in almost the same way that Darryl had earlier. Sniffed the air.

“Come on Lulu!” Ronda yelled, and it came out in a roar. Nobody heard. Everyone near them was fixated on the plight of poor Kara, who was still sobbing while one of the rodeo clowns jogged across the arena toward her and Becky jiggled a fat arm through the gate trying to grab her.

The sheep, still loose and galloping in wide figure eights, dodged the rainbow-suspendered clown, kicked up a massive dirtclod with its hooves, and veered off again. Headed straight for Kara.

“Heeeyy!” The announcer piped up with a whine of audio feedback that made Ronda clench her hands tighter around the gate rail and gnash her teeth. “Get those clowns over there, awright?”

Kara was trying to stand up, but the booming voice over the loudspeakers startled her and she half-turned, overbalanced, and fell forward on her broken arm, just out of her mother’s reach.

The high-pitched shriek of pain that spiraled out of Kara almost knocked Ronda flat. The crowd sucked in a massive gasp of dismay, and Becky wailed and tried unsuccessfully to climb the fence. Kara rolled herself into a ball and shook with sobs, her pink face contorted in misery and smeared with dirt.

The sheep, disoriented by the child’s cries, careened toward the pens, almost mowed down a rodeo clown, and then doubled back at highspeed, ten yards from where Kara lay.

Sacrifice, thought Ronda, and loathed herself as she felt her stomach growl. She swung a leg over the rail.

“What the hell’re you doin’?” James yanked at the back of her shirt.

“KAAYYRAAHHH!!!” A shrill voice pealed out, and Ronda whipped her head around. Lulu was closer now, but she’d ripped off her hockey mask and dropped it to the ground. On her young face was a look of fury and despair that Ronda had never seen before. Her eyes blazed. “MOMMY!!!! Mommy Kayruh’s HURTED!!”

Becky’s husband John, just as girthy as Becky, couldn’t heave his bulk over the fence, and the cowboys in the chute had waited too long to try and open the gates. Ronda saw that she had maybe five seconds to get to Kara before the sheep did, if it kept coming. Surely it’d turn away and not trample the child, but tonight Ronda had already seen worse things happen to several of the kids who’d been bucked off, and those kids had been wearing hockey pads and masks.

What Lulu might do, though, Ronda feared much more. We can’t leave this town, too, she thought, with grim determination, and sprang into the arena. Behind her, James grunted her name and she ignored him.

Ronda landed on all fours and lifted her head. The reek of lanolin and blood and grassy feces roiled in her sinuses. Dimly, she heard the pound and surge of the audience, every heart beating in a dissonant rhythm. She saw Lulu running hell bent toward her – no, toward Kara, a savage intensity pulling her tiny mouth into a snarl.

Oh no, baby don’t, thought Ronda, and she leapt forward.

Movement to her right caught her eye as she ran. Darryl. He vaulted the fence, touched down and kicked off into a graceful sprint, and Ronda had a quick moment to think to herself, in stunned amazement: what are you, then, that I never sniffed you out?

He seemed to be heading straight for her, and Ronda saw that all four of them – herself, Lulu, Darryl, and the stupid mutton, might collide in a bone-cracking explosion of wool and muscle, but she kept on. If she could scoop up Lulu on the fly and keep going, she’d leave Darryl to whatever he intended. Surely he meant to help Kara?

Ronda gulped in air, saw Lulu covering ground in a low, speedy crawl, and knew she wasn’t going to make it in time.

The sheep never slowed, barreling toward Kara – until the moment when Lulu tackled it. It made a sound halfway between a yip and a mewl and then Ronda could see nothing but a blur punctuated by hoofkicks and Lulu’s high-spirited howl of triumph. The sheep, Ronda thought dazedly. The sheep, not the piglet. Lulu hadn’t hurt her friend. She’d helped her.

The horde of people in the bleachers thundered like a summer storm, and Ronda couldn’t even hear her own keening wail, a noise that threatened to become a crazy bark of laughter, or a yelp, she didn’t know which. A blind madness overtook her.

Before she could reach Kara, Darryl got there first, swung past the child’s prone form and snatched her up by the collar of her tshirt. She kicked and hollered as he swept her up, her pale belly heaving and then she was over the rail and in Becky’s blubbering embrace. Then Darryl wheeled and came at Ronda.

“Get your pup off that sheep right now!” he barked, and slammed into her broadside with his haunch. He was smaller than Ronda, but wiry and agile, and she stumbled and almost rolled.

She would have turned on him, would have pushed him down and tore into him, but over his shoulder, she saw James. He was standing atop the rail and yelling at her, waving his arms, but she couldn’t hear him. His mouth moved soundlessly, his eyes juddering whitely in their sockets.

Ronda glanced up. A thousand pairs of human eyes nailed her in place like a lifeless hide tacked to a trophy wall. All eyez on me, she thought, with giddy rage. And Lulu. Dammit.

Mutton bustin’. Ronda scowled. Indeed. She whirled, and in two strides had her claws tangled in the sheep’s greasy wool, yanked hard and pulled the struggling animal free from Lulu’s grasp.   In one swift motion, Ronda whipped the animal aside, and it tumbled onto its back, flipped, and shook itself to standing. No blood, Ronda observed with relief. Lulu still had her baby teeth.

The mutton gave a quick, irritated baaaa, and then spun and ran headlong into one of the stupefied rodeo clowns.

Darryl was at her side. “You better cry,” he snapped at her. “And make it look good. Your kid just got attacked by a sheep, awright?”

Lulu was up on her feet and ready to launch herself after the mutton, but Ronda grabbed her and pulled her close, lifting the child into an embrace.   “Ssshhh,” she whispered to her quivering daughter, who kicked at her and tried to bite her neck. “Stoppit,” Ronda yapped softly. “Lulu. Sweetie. It’s me. It’s Mama. Ssshhh.”

“Mommyyyy,” Lulu snuffled. “Where Kaahhaa heeyy ruhhh,” she began to sob. “Where Kara? Didda sheepie huh huh hurt Kayyy ruh??”

“She’s okay, baby. You’re okay.” And the damn sheep is too, Ronda sighed. Damn sheepies are always okay.

In the stands, applause began as a slow ripple, like a faraway rain, then grew to a downpour, surrounding the three of them in a cacophony of chants and whistles.

“AMAAAAZING!!” The announcer declared. “I don’t know about you folks, but that was definitely the show-stopper tonight! Let’s give this little girl and her mom a big ol’ rodeo cheer!!”

??????????????????????????????“You owe me,” Darryl said in Ronda’s ear.

Ronda eyed her coworker, her chin resting on Lulu’s shoulder as the girl clung to her neck. James was walking across the arena toward them, a mix of possessive fury and perplexity – and relief – on his face.

“No, you owe me,” Ronda countered, beholden to no man, white or black, pack or not, human or otherwise. “You owe me some answers about what you are.” She paused, considering.   “My husband grills a mean steak,” she told Darryl. “I think you need to come over for dinner some time.”

Darryl surprised her with a toothy grin, and a short, yipping laugh.

“Steak sounds good,” he replied. “I like mine rare.”

“I thought you might,” said Ronda. In her arms, Lulu woofed sleepily.

 

 

Acknowledgements:

Lick It Up

Words and Music by Paul Stanley and Vincent Cusano
Copyright (c) 1983 HORI PRODUCTIONS AMERICA, INC. and STREET BEAT MUSIC
All Rights for HORI PRODUCTIONS AMERICA, INC. Controlled and Administered by UNIVERSAL –

POLYGRAM INTERNATIONAL PUBLISHING, INC.
All Rights for STREET BEAT MUSIC Controlled and Administered by UNIVERSAL – SONGS OF POLYGRAM

INTERNATIONAL, INC.
All Rights Reserved Used by Permission
Reprinted by Permission of Hal Leonard Corporation

Lovin’ Every Minute Of It

Words and Music by R.J. Lange
Copyright (c) 1985 OUT OF POCKET PRODUCTIONS LTD.
All Rights in the U.S. and Canada Controlled and Administered by UNIVERSAL – POLYGRAM INTERNATIONAL

PUBLISHING, INC.
All Rights Reserved Used by Permission
Reprinted by Permission of Hal Leonard Corporation

  • Continue Reading
  • 1 Comment

Published by Associate Editor on February 23, 2015. This item is listed in Issue 25, Issue 25 Stories, Stories

The Girl, the Ghul and the Gift-Keeper

By Rhea Daniel

WraithThere is only one way to kill a ghul. One hard blow, delivered with the force of a thousand armies, but if it is not done hard enough, it returns with renewed strength. Many people have tried, and that is why the ghul is so hard to kill. The one that follows me is an errant one, far from the guidance of its brothers, and therefore the most dangerous.

A master of disguise, you might think it a good trickster, but it lacks the wiles of one. It has passed through the centuries, its tricks have worked so many times that it can’t think ahead of them, falling into a pattern of stalking, giving chase… consuming. And that is why I have angered it so, enough for it forget its calling and dedicate itself to the sole pursuit of me. I see it in my dreams, I see it when I wake, a flicker of smoke at the corner of my eye to warn of its coming and the coldest chill on the silver mark it has left on my shoulder.

I am richer now than I ever wanted to be; you have no idea what kings and princes are willing to pay to learn their future. I could have been richer, but the silver mark keeps me from tampering too much with the fates of men. Sometimes I give consul in gilded halls, in robes fit for royals, sometimes on a makeshift pedestal made of wooden crates. They call me Mother Seer, Virgin Oracle, silly names concocted to assure themselves of my use, my purity.

I know too much, more than I’d care to know. They whisper things behind my back, “What does she mean, ‘What will be will be’? Have I traveled miles to hear this? ‘All things will sort themselves out in the end’? How will that help me?”

There are many futures, so I am careful with my words, what else is one to do if one has the power to crush countries? I see them all, and I have learned to sift through the multitudes of strands marking their paths, the ifs, the may be’s, but I know most of them are slaves: so predictable, so stodgy, so intent on suffering! Rarely, there are sparks. It could be a prince, a widow, a beggar, or a convict. I save my most colourful predictions for them.

Kings and emperors touch my feet in reverence, but life is lackluster. History repeats itself, but so does the future. People bore me now, no lover holds thrall for me. I only anticipate the ghul’s next move. Sometimes I crave it, for it keeps my heart skipping. Oftentimes, I seek comfort in the past, when things were simpler, when I had a family, and from the hell I have seen in my visions, a passably good one.

I open a window in my mind and dare rest for a few minutes.

I see a tall, heavy woman leading a little girl through a crowded marketplace. She holds her hand tightly so the girl doesn’t stray, but the girl is curious, peering at the wares, smiling the smile of a child who held a fascination for the unseen. I am inside that little girl again, I’m holding my mother’s hand, eager, fearless, a fool for the unknown.

She fretted only when I was with her, making a great show of being a good mother. She had no qualms about sending me out alone to buy medicines or groceries when the need arose. I had a brother too, who was a liar. He acted out the part of protective older brother, like the time when the street urchins threw stones at me and I returned home with a cut on my forehead, and he railed loudly about how he would kill them with his bare hands until the neighbours came out to hear. I didn’t call him to task because I knew the urchins would make a worse job of him than they did me. He also pretended that he hated girls and frequently called them stupid, but I knew that he secretly liked them because he was often tongue-tied in their presence.

I had decided at early age that people were full of conflict and it made them weak.

My Father too, lived in conflict, but he wasn’t a liar like the others. He loved new and foreign things, his eyes settling longingly on the curves of silver amphoras and ivory horns, taking in the smells wafting from the foreign tenements whenever we walked hand in hand through the marketplace. Back in the day he had been a young sailor unencumbered with the burden of a family, but his job as a notary had dulled his senses, much like my Aunt Jaffina who embroidered kerchiefs all day because her husband couldn’t pleasure her.

Father complained that salt made his heart drum like “a buzzard’s wing around a carcass”, but couldn’t resist an extra pinch in his food. The rush of blood in his ears was the roar of waves and the drumming of his heart were the feet pounding the deck of a ship, the taste of salt on his lips was the spray of seawater from a howling storm. As much as he longed for his old life again, reminders of it made him uncomfortable, because he had turned Householder now and there was nought he could do about it.

I knew all this then, though I did not speak of it because people don’t like hearing the Truth. Also, does anyone take the words of a twelve-year-old girl and not call them childish fancies?

I licked my lips, tasting the grittiness of the dust kicked up by the carts and mules, savouring its chalky taste. Vendors tried to attract me with ice-lollies and painted dolls, but I refused to be distracted. I found my treasure when I passed the old seller of souls, bottles arranged like live jewels on a mat in the hot sun. It was the hour I chose my future.

“Come, come little one! Come see!”

He held up a tiny bottle with the flicker of purple light inside it and grinned a toothless grin at me. I knew that he smiled from a place of desperation, trying to entice passers by, so I humoured him and smiled back.

“No!” shouted my mother as she pulled me away, “Don’t look at that!”

She covered my eyes.

“God knows where these fakirs land up from! Parasites! Immigrants will ruin this city!”

She turned me around and shook me by the shoulders.

“Must you stare at everyone so? You’ll attract the wrong sort of attention! If anything happens to you—tauba tauba—” She slapped her cheeks and crushed me against her bulk, “—I’ll just die!”

My mother had a flair for drama. I allowed her to drag me all the way home, crushed to her side, where she promptly forgot about me and began preparing dinner with Aunty Jaff. They considered me a disaster in the kitchen and worried about my future husband, but I took any freedom that was given me because I had more important things to do. I had plans: I would grow up, leave, make my own living and eat my own cooking.

“It’s nothing, just electricity,” explained my brother, “It’s a trick, souls can’t be trapped inside a bottle.”

Father prided himself on eduPortal2cating both his children, but my brother was quite frankly the better investment.

“But how can it be electricity if it’s not connected to anything?”

“I don’t know, but it’s definitely an illusion,” he said knowledgeably, “I saw something like that at a fair once, lightning inside a glass ball, and when we touched the glass the lightning followed our touch, because our bodies are conductors of electricity. It’s why Uncle Kadi was paralyzed during the lightening storm when he opened the tap. It’s a science trick and the rest is superstition.”

Nevertheless, I was eager to visit the old man and his odd shop. I sensed there was much Truth to learn there. I would miss school, but it seemed worth it. I prepared carefully for my outing, covering every track so that no one would sense anything amiss.

“Come! Come little one!” he exclaimed when he saw me, as if he had been waiting for me all this time.

“Don’t call me ‘little’ because I’m not.”

I certainly wasn’t. I had been a woman for more than a year now, too early in my mother’s opinion. Her wails had been worthy of a funeral.

“All right,” he said, “What do I call you then?”

“My name is of no importance.”

“Oh very well, I see!” he exclaimed, nodding vigorously and humouring me, “So why does the young lady visit my shop?”

I took a deep breath to calm my nerves and met his glazed old eyes steadily.

“I want you to answer my questions about your craft, and if a customer arrives I want to watch from behind the curtain.”

He lost his glee and became serious all of a sudden.

“An unusual request,” he mused, “Young people usually come to make a purchase.”

“If I am satisfied I will pay you for your trouble, and if you deny me—” I made my voice harder— “I know that you are a seller of souls and the king frowns on such things.”

He laughed with the same desperation he pitched his goods.

wizard“A seller of souls! No, no my dear!” He waved his spindly arms, “I am a keeper of essences!”

“What’s the difference?”

“I take the essence of the bearer that has been denied, the sorrow of people who lie to themselves, the love of gifts that were not allowed to bloom!”

He was a flowery man, my teacher, his arms as expressive as his words.

“How can anyone find that of any use?”

“It is of use if you have none yourself, and if you are young then you can make an unused gift your own.”

“So…” I said, trying hard to grasp what he was saying, “You sell the talents of dead people?”

He sighed as if deeply disappointed.

“No, I protect them, and pass them on to new bearers.”

“Some people would say that you exploit sentiments.”

“My customers come to me of their own volition.”

I went quiet, observing him for a long moment. He had no reason to put up with my brashness.

“You’d better come inside,” he said, “It’s hot and dusty and it’s time for my coffee.”

“I will, but I want you to know that I am expected home in a few hours and I left a note on my bed of my whereabouts, and they will come straight here if I don’t come home on time. Moreover, my Father is an eminent notary and since the queen loves children, she will have you executed if anything happens to me.”

“Good God,” he said, scratching his head under his turban, “Children these days, really. Come in, or wait outside, it’s your wish.”

He disappeared behind the ratty old curtain. I waited outside a moment more before removing my shoes and stepping in.

Inside, it was darker and cooler. A large carpet that had seen better days covered the floor and the furniture was low and ornate. I stared at the hookah bubbling in the corner and the comfortable divan, the tray of fruit on a stand belying the appearance of poverty from outside. His space was small, but at least he had good possessions. I felt less sorry for him.

“Here,” he said handing me a small cup.

The pleasant aroma of coffee touched my nostrils.

“No thank you,” I said, to remind him that I hadn’t lowered my suspicions.

“More for me then,” he said and sat down crossed-legged on the divan.

“Now,” he said, taking a sip and laying the cup on a tray, “What is it that you want to know?”

“Everything,” I said, settling down on the carpet, “I want to know how you do your work. How do you extract an essence, how do you store it? Why do they glow inside the bottles? Is it….?”

His face took on an almost wicked look as I trailed away.

“Magic?” he finished for me, wiggling his fingers like a conjurer at a fair.

“No, of course not. I was going to say trickery.”

“Why have you come here if you don’t believe?”

“Seeing is believing.”

“Well,” he said under his breath, “I’ll just have to show you then won’t I?”

He rose and uncovered an nondescript cabinet against the wall of his shack. Inside, the shelves were lined with little bottles of uneven sizes. Some had more than one colour inside them. From inside, they looked drabber than the passing glimpse I had made outside.

“This one,” he said raising a bottle in the dim light with faint sparks inside it, “A girl so beautiful that her parents raised her only to give her away, little by little, but there was so much more to her than that. Pity.”

He shook his head sadly and kept it back.

“What do you mean, did they sell her?”

He stood silent and still for a moment and then said, “Yes, to the highest bidder, over and over again.”

“This one,” he said raising another one to the light, “A boy with such a colourful character that the people around him attributed it to madness. His teachers dragged him down and his father wished he had never been born. He could make his fellow students laugh for hours on end.”

“But why didn’t they like him?”

He looked at me and shrugged, “Too different, too much life.”

“An artist?”

“You could call him that. He had more gifts than he knew what to do with.”

He put that back as well as I watched him curiously.

“This, hmm,” he said, raising another bottle flickering red, “A talented dancer, given to bouts of rage because of her unfaithful husband. She ended her life to teach him a lesson, but he moved on.”

He sighed again.

“Did they all kill themselves?”

“Not all.”

“Were some of them murdered?”

“I don’t take those, they can have an inordinate effect on the bearer.”

“Did you steal it from any live ones?”

“No, that’s very difficult. The body has to give it up.”

“Have you tried any of them for yourself?”

“No, I fear my skill will cease if I do.”

“So how do you do it.”

“How do I do it? I wait for the right moment, and then I take it.”

“Did someone teach you how?”

“No, it came to me naturally…much like your own talent.”

He looked at me keenly and I blushed.

“I merely ask the right questions,” I said, refusing to be charmed.

“You are modest, little lady! You know I’m not short of talents myself? I used to be a great dancer in my day!”

He rose and began dancing impishly around the floor, spinning his skinny arms and legs about like monkey. I burst into helpless laughter.

“Customer!” he he shouted suddenly and went out.

I heard whispers and then the voice of an older woman practically wailing outside.

“I don’t know what to do with him! He lies around all day smoking hashish, or he’s off with his no-good friends. He begs me for money and if I tell him to get a job he calls me names—his own mother! What am I to do? He is heading down the same path as his father! Ai, ai, ai! I wish the ghilan on him!”

I heard her thump her breast in distress and the old man shushing her loudly.

“Don’t call on the name of Death-Takers unless you want them to pay you a visit! And do not despair, men have done worse things!”

He came inside and I watched him as he opened his cabinet again and searched busily through his bottles. He found what he wanted and went back outside, acting as if he had forgotten about me.

“Here, keep it under his nose tonight as he lies in a stupor, and tomorrow, I promise you, he will wake up a different man. But remember—”

He paused as if to make sure she was listening.

“This is a mere spark, it is up to him to nurture it, and up to you to make sure that he does. If he doesn’t it will fade and soon he will be back to his old ways. So don’t come crying to me again, for I don’t waste my elixirs on sluggards.”

I heard some sniffing and saw the shadow of her head nodding vigorously. The old man came inside looking very pleased.

“So you do exploit sentiments.”

He caught sight of me and sighed.

“Little one…I mean ‘nameless young lady’, if you feel I take advantage of these people, then don’t you think I would charge them in gold? They have lost all hope to come to me, and there was time when they came more often. Times have changed, but my prices have not.”

“Very well,” I agreed reluctantly, “But you might as well sell nothing in a bottle, name it ‘HOPE’ and then charge money for it.”

“Oh I see, I seeee…” he said sarcastically, rolling his eyes this way and that, “Fancy yourself a great philosopher do you? Do you know children fetch a pretty price in the market by the docks, and your parents won’t come to know of it until you’re off to…” he dropped down on his knees and wagged a finger at me threateningly, “… an island so far away that it drops off the edge of the ocean, where they stitch your lips together and make you work in a quarry all day! And no will hear you because you can’t scream!”

I stared at him, speechless and horrified.

He drew back, looking apologetic.

“There, there…but even I have reached the end of my patience.”

I swallowed nervously but stayed put.

“I have an hour left and I will wait for your next customer.”

“Suit yourself, but hide inside the bedroom, some people are not comfortable sharing their private matters, and if they see you it’s bad for business.”

CRW_8770A_800I looked suspiciously at the curtained off room as if it were a gateway to a dungeon.

“I’ll stay here until your customer comes, and then I’ll go inside if it suits me.”

“I see, and what do I expect in payment from this my most fussy client?”

I removed the coins I had collected from my forgetful father’s trousers over the past few months and showed it to him.

“Child, I don’t even want to know how you got hold of that much money.”

“It’s mine,” I insisted.

“A good truth-seeker but a bad liar.”

“But my father won’t miss it.”

“How do you know that, especially with such a large sum? I don’t want anyone accusing me of taking money from a gullible child.”

“I’m not gullible! I’m wiser than my age!”

“All right, O Wise One, what have you seen till now? How many people have you met in your short life?”

“Enough to know Truth when I see it.”

“And have you found me out too, then?”

“Well,” I said, for I had already made my assessment, “A person’s soul is essentially his self, so I don’t believe you can harness a person’s essence without taking something from their soul, if you can do it at all. And if you have, then you have committed a grievous sin against the gods.”

He laughed the same desperate laugh.

“I have not taken anything they didn’t want to give,” he said, “Those are the Death-Takers.”

“You mean ghilan?”

He shushed me fearfully.

“Tauba, tauba,” he whispered, touching his cheeks and glaring at me, “Don’t call on their name lightly, child, it’s precisely what draws them!”

I laughed at his alarm.

“Those are bedtimes stories told to children so that they do what they’re told,” I said.

“What is wrong with your generation, don’t they believe in anything?”

“I believe what I see,” I reiterated.

“Mortal eyes cannot perceive everything,” he said, brushing my cheek with a dry, stubby finger, “Now go home. One customer a day is enough for me, and quite frankly you’ve exhausted me.”

I slumped with disappointment, then rose to my feet.

“I’m coming back tomorrow,” I said before leaving.

“Suit yourself,” he said, and waved me away.

I heard him humming a tune as I stepped out of his shop.

I walked slowly back home so that I would meet my fellow students on the way and blend into a group, then copy their notes when I reached home. I worked so diligently at my deception that I got extra pudding that night.

“Show me how you do it.”

“No, child, my bones are too old to carry me around, hunting for lost gifts.”

“So you traveled widely when you were young.”

“Yes, I traveled great distances, and I came across many gifted people.”

“Did you have a wife?”

“I did, I did, for a time,” he paused to suck on the pipe of his hookah, “She possessed the most terrible gift of all.”

My ears sharpened and I leaned forward.

“What, what gift is that?”

“A gift no one in their right mind would want: the gift of foretelling.”

My mouth fell open.

“But that’s a wonderful gift!” I squeaked in indignation, “I would love to have it! I would be rich, I would live in my own palace! I would–”

I rose to my knees, envisioning a great future for myself.

“I would provide for my parents, my brother would envy me! I’d get my aunt a new husband! I’d be honoured by the king. I’d be friends with the queen!”

“Would you love to know when and how your loved ones would die? Would you like to see bloody wars played out in your mind? Oh no, child, don’t you know what happens to real foretellers, not those charlatans in the market, real ones?”

“If you know everything that is about to happen, then how could anything go wrong?”

“Now, you aren’t clever as you think. To know everything is to know every event that could possibly take place, every little action strikes a different path of every individual, sometimes it has little effect on those around them, sometimes it has an inordinate effect. The ambitions of a single man can effect the lives of millions, the conception of a single child can alter the course of future generations. It’s large, enormous—”

He spread his arms.

“–And can you imagine a single person owning the knowledge to everything that is to come, all the possibilities of every choice, every accident, every miracle? How does one, lacking other foretellers to teach them how, channel such a gift? It can drive a person mad! And there are those inevitable things, things you can’t change. My wife knew the way she would die, in every future, in every scenario. Death put the fear of the devil in her. Her own death, the deaths she’d seen in her visions. It’s dangerous, because if what falls out of your mouth comes true, people will think you caused those things.”

He shook his head as I sat back down.

“No child, it is not as simple as it seems. When I met my wife she was ostracized by her community, left to beg on the street, howling bitterly at strangers. Hey baker, don’t you know there will be a war in five years and your shop will be nothing but a black hole? Might as well throw some bread my way! She was close to getting herself lynched, but I think she wanted someone to kill her.”

nature-like-mother-is-an-improper-name“And you saved her?”

He nodded.

“I did. I had to. Under all that dirt and abuse she was a jewel, a shining star, her essence so strong it could have blinded me.”

He paused, closing his eyes and letting out a shaky breath.

“I took her with me, taught her to live in the present, to calm her fears, and soon the visions in her head dimmed. She worried about some things though, like her fears for my life, and the recurring dream of her death at childbirth. We refrained from touching each other, but sometimes we gave in, and then the inevitable happened.”

“She died?”

“Yes. She had begged me to take her essence, and she warned me of the future, of every possible danger I would face because of my trade. She did it out of love, of course, but it made me run, as if chased by demons, becoming as mad and as paranoid as she had been. And then as I grew older, my legs could not carry me as far. And soon, I came here and learned to accept the present too. I do not think of death anymore.”

“What did you run from Uncle, the ghilan?”

He opened his mouth in mock consternation and tapped the bridge of my nose.

“Thrice the devil! Well I suppose I can’t control what a child says, and to answer your question, I only run from women!”

“Women?”

“Beautiful women, to be precise.”

“Did your wife tell you to do so?”

“I insisted to her that I didn’t want to know how I would die, of what use is such information? But she warned me about deception and demons.”

He rose to go to his precious cabinet.

“I would not wish this on anyone,” he said, raising the bottle with the black cloud inside it.

“Show me,” I asked curiously. I peered at the contents through the glass in excitement though I found it difficult believe that any of this was possible. It was more of a game to me.

“What if someone gets hold of it?”

“True, true, she had that fear as well.”

He sighed deeply.

“It’s easy to use this for evil, and that goes for any power, but surely this can do more damage than others.”

“We shall bury it,” I said, clutching the bottle to my chest, “Bury it in a spot that only you and I know.”

He got caught up with my excitement. We removed a tile from the floor of his shop and dug a hole deep enough to fit my arm. Once this was done, I returned home and got the scolding of my life, but not because of the dirt on my clothes.

I had been undone by my brother who had become suspicious about my whereabouts and wheedled the truth out of my friends. Of course it had been him, he couldn’t wait for an opportunity to ingratiate himself to our parents at my expense. I wondered furiously if he would ever grow a spine. I itched to go back to the old man’s shop.

Much to his delight, my brother was now my watchdog. He went beyond the extent of his authority and soon I was ironing his shirts and polishing his shoes as well. I held back my annoyance and waited patiently for him to slip up, but the fool was a model son.

Soon I decided to use my powers to maximum capacity and leave my principles in the dust.

I took the help of a friend, of course. It took a week but she managed to distract him with meaningful looks and half-smiles. I paid her well for her pains, caring little for the predetermined end to the charade which would leave his oily little heart trampled.

And I managed to get away, greeting the Gift-Keeper with an equally enthusiastic smile.

“Little One, how long has it been? A month? A year? Come, sit, have some coffee!”

I did not have coffee but we chatted away wildly like we were old friends. I returned once a week for the next month, my plans working out satisfactorily with my brother on his way to heartbreak.

I watched as the Gift-Keeper charged his poor clients only as much as they could afford, and swindled the rich with the skills of a moneylender. I learned the secret longings of the old and young behind the black curtain of his bedroom, gathering my knowledge of people like a treasure chest of human failings.

I began to think in earnest about my future–what would I grow up to be? A lawyer perhaps, or a minister, an advisor to the king himself?

One day a shadow halted in front of the curtain and the smell of sweet, cool perfume wafted inside. I slipped inside out of habit, hiding behind the curtain that would give me a clear view both the client and my friend.

“Come, come young sir, come in.”

Our new client was rich, or Uncle wouldn’t have invited him in so quickly. When he stepped inside, my heart stopped momentarily.

His features were so elegant: a linear nose, softly curved at the nostrils, a childlike mouth with lips curled like the petals of a rosebud. His mustache was precise as the arch of a bow, groomed so it could have been painted…and his hands–so graceful, like bejeweled reeds bending in the wind! His turban was a kingly turquoise and purple silk, trimmed with gold, matching his exquisitely embroidered tunic. I gazed at him with the ardor of an inexperienced child.

He looked around Uncle’s little shop with his darkly outlined eyes, a small smile playing on his lips and I thought I could have fallen in love from the way he moved his head. I held my breath, waiting for him to speak, hoping the sound of his voice would complete this near perfect vision.

“Uncle, I have a favour to ask.”

He spoke plaintively and softly, and I wanted to embrace him and tell him that everything would be alright.

“Tell me, my son.”

“I have a fear that has plagued me from birth. Sometimes it cripples me so I cannot get up from bed. I feel as if the strength is being squeezed from me. My doctors cannot help me, so I thought perhaps it is not an ailment of the body. I came here hoping for a cure.”

“My son, I cannot help you unless you explain in detail what ails you.”

The young man sighed, his mouth drooping at the corners.

“It’s a long story, Uncle.”

“You will find me a patient listener, my son.”

“My family has unjustly been cheated out of its inheritance by many swindlers. They roam the earth making themselves richer on the spoils that were owed my family since…well many many years. My father and brothers have hidden this fact from me because they do not want me to waste my life searching out what they consider mere pilferage.”

He looked up, a frown lining his forehead, his eyes searching Uncle’s face.

“This angered me greatly because I consider this a serious loss, however small. Wouldn’t you admit that a single diamond is worth searching out in a cave? When you add up the years it is tantamount to an astronomical theft! I’ve searched the world for these thieves, but there is one more talented than the others who evades my grasp. So you see, I am upset, I feel ill, I cannot sleep when I think of the injustice that my family has suffered. It was promised to us! After all, Uncle, would you accept half the amount for a job fully done?”

Uncle Gift-Keeper was silent, and when I turned to look he was sitting still and stiff, his eyes staring off to somewhere over the young man’s shoulder. He opened and closed his mouth, then said in the saddest possible way, “My son, I cannot tell you any more than you already know.”

I looked to the young man, whose eyes were narrowed. The smile had returned, but with the narrowed eyes it did not have the same effect on me as it did earlier. I sensed something was terribly wrong. The man reached out and coiled his beautiful hands around Uncle’s neck, and I watched in fascination and horror as his fingers turned to smoke when they touched his skin.

The Gift Keeper began taking deep, gasping breaths, his expression stricken as if he had seen something frightening. My heart began to pound with nervousness and sweat broke out on my back.

“I know what you are, vulture, eater of the dead.”

Uncle began to shiver.embersc8b

“How dare you overstep your mortal bounds?”

The ghul’s disguise began to melt away, and its voice, enough to tempt me into revealing myself earlier, now scraped at my ears and made my blood run cold. Uncle made a gurgling noise as if the air were blocked in his throat and tried to push the ghul’s hands away, but he only succeeded in a making a waving motion as his hands cleared through the ghul’s form, as if it were made of air.

“Where is it? Where are you hiding what’s rightfully mine?”

Its face changed, joining the formlessness, clothes and jewels disappearing with the rest of the illusion, turning into a curving mound of undulating black waves. It peeled Uncle’s lips back with its curling black fingers, peering inside, its form dripping into the orifice of Uncle’s widening mouth. I watched as he struggled uselessly, emitting a staccato of grunts and squeaks until one intelligible word made its way through:

“…RUN!”

I jumped from my hiding place and running past the ghul, headed clumsily with waving arms into the open marketplace outside. The bright light of the sun blinded me I skidded for a moment, blinking and confused as to what direction to take. Then I ran towards home as if wild dogs were chasing me, kicking up dust with my bare feet. I turned a corner of a shop and leaned against the wooden wall, my breath burning and panting as if I’d run a mile. I forced myself to be calm and turning my head, peered back at the Gift-Keeper’s shop to confirm what I had just seen.

At first there was nothing, then the ghul stepped out from behind the curtain on long, stilt-like legs, its insides glowing through its belly like a fragmenting log of wood within a fire. It turned its head, with the same grace of the young man, glancing about as if looking for something, the sockets of its eyes grey and empty. I was sickened at the thought that few moments ago I was ready to fall in love with this creature. The Gift-Keeper had been right, I didn’t know as much as I thought!

A man walked past the ghul with a cart as if he didn’t see it as did everyone else on the street. And then, to my horror, it bent down and peered curiously at my shoes, lying haphazardly on the ground where I had left them earlier. It picked one up with its fingers and sniffed at it, then turned half its body around in the most knowing manner.

I ran again, terror taking hold of my body, jumping into alleyways and taking a winding route home, trying, unconsciously, to throw the creature off my scent, cutting my feet on debris and stones.

At home I wept deeply and loudly. I developed a fever and for the next few days I lay shivering in bed until my mother thought I had caught the plague. My body broke out into red blotches and the doctor was called. It took me a few attempts to calm myself but still I felt utterly alone and exposed. To add to that I was berated with questions about my missing shoes. The street urchins came as a good excuse and I was allowed to miss a few more days of school. My fever settled and I clung to my mother, her stifling bulk now a comfort to me. She was pleased at first but in a few days she grew tired.

“Must you cling to me so? What’s the matter with you? Leave me be!”

I turned for comfort to my father, who I thought would surely understand.

“Father,” I told him seriously, “There is a beast that pursues me, and he takes the form of a very handsome man. I’m quite sure that he intends to do me harm.”

Father listened intently until I reached the end of my sentence, then reached out and patted my cheek, which I took for reassurance.

“Oh, what silly stories you turn up with, my Little One.”

And he walked away dreamily.

I remember the deep sense of betrayal I had felt in that moment and I wondered if I had indeed imagined everything. I recollected each detail of the event, but then, it was true that no one saw the ghul in its naked form but me, and as a consequence, only I could believe what had happened.

I returned to school, clinging to my friends, who noticed my squirrelly behaviour. I walked in the middle, shielded by a girl on either side, protecting my self by trying to disappear, that I could be jumped on at any moment.

And then, as my self-possession began to return, I realized that no one could help me. Not my silly mother, not my flaky father, not my cowardly brother. I had asked enough of my friends already. It was time for me to swallow my fear and act on my own. I did not want my soul to be taken by the ghul, too be locked in some infernal prison and watch the torture of punished souls.

I returned to the shop. Taking one fearful step at a time, my head down, an ostrich with its head stuck in the sand—if I could not see the ghul then it could not see me.

I reached The Gift Keeper’s shack—bare, an empty hole. I stood before it silently until a woman’s voice spoke in my ear. It was the mother of the wayward son.

jamaka“Keep away, little girl! The place is cursed.”

“What happened?”

“Oh you should have seen it, I’ve never seen anything so horrible in my life. It was like his body had been turned in side out!”

She shook her head and made a sign to ward off the devil.

“Keep away dear one, this shop will lay unclaimed until the evil has passed.”

I waited until she had gone then looked around and seeing that no one else noticed me, I entered, my fear overcome by urgency. Bottles lay strewn over the ground and the cabinet was empty, the carpet marked by a large brown patch. I shivered, but only for moment. Retrieving the wife’s gift was of utmost importance.

I watch myself from the window of the past, clawing at the dirt with my hands and fingers, my uniform covered with dust, taking the only path I knew to take. Too late to turn back. I had been heading this way the day I had chosen to enter his shop.

I have cursed myself several times, if only I had never gone there, may be if I had listened to my parents, but no, I recognize the same spark that lit my heart as a little girl, the same one that lights the heart of all troublemakers and heroes. I was no hero, of course, I had been a troublemaker who had thought she was something special. I felt an inexplicable burning in my heart as I watched the girl uncover the bottle and swallow the dark cloud inside it.

I had waited for days, then the feelings began. I told the grocer to be careful, but I didn’t know why. My dear friend, my helper, my playmate, I could hear her screams in my dreams as she died, from what I couldn’t tell. I couldn’t look her in the eye after that. My brother? He would live a happy life, or at least he would convince himself of that. My parents would die in mourning.

It was testing me, poking the walls of my sanity. Visions joined with presentiments, some unclear, some accurate, but there could be no denying them. They did not drive me mad, as they had the Gift-Keeper’s wife, because she did not know what I knew. The cold clear sting of reality didn’t bring the same damning despair on me as it did in her. Perhaps I was made of sterner stuff. I accepted the subjects of my visions as much as I accepted the visions. I accepted evil. Besides, if one’s closest relationships disappoint you, how can anyone else hurt you more? My power, melded with the Gift-Keeper’s Wife’s, forged a bond that was hard to crack.

My talent bloomed and I made away with it, seizing my fate and leaving my father and mother to lie waiting for my return. I used my powers wisely and learned to hone my words, making them neutral enough to save me from blame. The tragic mistakes of the Gift-Keeper’s wife taught me all I needed to know.

My timing was fortuitous, people were disillusioned with modern life and were looking to the old ways for guidance. I traveled far and wide, attracting young and old, poor and rich. More over, I came in the form of a young virginal girl. What more convincing did they need?

Word spread of my powers, many kingdoms conspired to kidnap or bribe me, but I was always two steps ahead of them. Ordinary people followed me, venerating me, offering protection and payment. I grew to have loyal followers, ready to die for me. Full with the glory of my triumph I forgot the two most important things in my life, the ghul and my parents.

They came to seek answers about the whereabouts of their lost daughter. Ten years had passed, they did not recognize me under my veil. They had aged, shrunk with the misery of loss, and yet I found it hard to forgive them. Should I ease their burden, cast off my veil and reveal myself?

Image06“Your daughter is happier now than she ever has been,” was all that I said.

They had looked at each other in a searching manner. My father patted my mother’s hand with a sad smile and they left to make place for the next customer. I felt sharp barbs in my heart, and yet I was relieved that they had left without more questions.

It was the same day that I had felt the piercing chill of the ghul’s touch on my shoulder. It had disguised itself as one my worshippers. I escaped death by climbing onto the pedestal that they had raised for me, surrounded by the smoke of incense and holy signs. Someone smeared my face with spices and showered me with rose petals, an unworthy goddess, interfering, playing with the lives of innocents. I wonder how much I had angered the gods in heaven.

It was then I began to think earnestly of how to put an end to the ghul. I grew more cautious with my foretelling. I ceased to receive customers and instead, dropped in unannounced. This somehow made them revere me more. I was always one step ahead of the ghul, constantly reading my future, searching amongst the multiple strands for a way out. I dreamt often of a bright, blinding light and deafening silence. My future was calling to me, but how was I to get there?

I did not have to wait long. A young king came to me; handsome, a great general, intent on expanding his kingdom. He had been misguided by the retinue of advisors behind him and had now bitten off more than he could chew. I drank in the sight of his form, proud, the unconscious stance of a warrior, a perfect specimen of a man, and yet the face betrayed a boyish softness. A few years ago I would have taken him to my bed, for I had no fear of recognition when it came to my lovers. My face, revealed to them like some glorious celestial entity, would be replaced in their minds and memories by something that they thought I was.

“What do you mean, flee?” he demanded, like so many dissatisfied customers before him, “A king does not tell his people to run.”

“Then there will only be death.”

He frowned, looking both perplexed and angry.

“A war to end all wars, there is nothing you can do but run,” I explained, “You have caused a great deal of trouble in trying times, and woken a great beast to battle.”

A follower of mine cleared her throat as warning to accept what was given and leave. He bowed, a vertical line still creasing his forehead, then turned and walked away shaking his head angrily. No, he would not listen to me, like I have never listened to anyone.

And thus the ghul would play right into my hands.

Three nations, leaving destruction in their wake, set on conquering the world at the risk of annihilation. I saw the white blinding light over and over in my dreams, I floated above it with invisible wings, feeling an incredible lightness, an unburdening that has eluded me ever since I had taken of the gift. I longed for this future more than anything, I longed to cast away the gift that had given me everything I wanted.

I made my way alone in the night to the land of the young king. His armies unaware of the destruction to come, sleeping peacefully, people going about their business before the crack of dawn. Should I save them? If I told them what was to come, would they believe me? Would human nature surprise me?

If I had learned anything in the past fifteen years, then it was this, that the truth was oftentimes unbearable. That is why, when I had begun, I avoided tragedies and only foretold happiness. It was why I was alive.They would call me mad if I told them the the truth.

They were indifferent to me, I was invisible unless I stood on a pedestal, surrounded by worshippers.

Sheep, slaves, I spat at them as they passed by in their carts and vehicles, the rich still asleep in their beds and the poor thinking that there was an end to this day.

I chose the spot where I would stand carefully, affecting stealthiness, where I would take the full force of the eye of light that would turn everything to dust. And then I waited.

My ghul came, as I expected it to, each hoof-step leaving a hiss not twenty paces behind me, gurgling gluttonously now that its most prized catch was within reach.

I dared not turn now, or my courage might fail. Instead, I turned my head just so, so half my face were visible.

so-shipwrecked “You think you have caught me,” I said, “But it is I who have led you here.”

The fool animal did not listen, its form at the corner of my eyes, the orange embers glowing inside its body, grey waves flickering and pulling at its corners as if it were made of ashes and smoke.

“I should thank you,” I said to it, “For showing me how to live.”

The creature paused, its desperation suddenly measured. Then it resumed its pursuit.

“Sorceress, witch, liar!”

The flicker of rainbow colours before the blast of white, my signal to turn so I would see the creature die with my own eyes. I smiled as I saw its face for the second time in my life, teeth bared, grey empty eyes, reaching out with its hands, clawed and black, thin and graceful, rabid and desperate.

There is only one way to kill a ghul. One hard blow.

 

~ The End ~

 

  • Continue Reading

Published by Karl Rademacher on September 29, 2014. This item is listed in Issue 23, Issue 23 Stories, Short Stories, Stories

Shifted Suspicions

by William R.A.D. Funk

The Hunter

Rhythmic breathing beat back the desert’s silence. Leather sandals slapped the flat, cracked land with the rigid pattern of a soldier’s conditioning. Sweat rained down from his brow, blurring his vision. He dragged an arm across his face, but dry air had already licked it clean.

213_mt_nemrudTyrol of Thein raced through the shimmering waves of heat, his enemy too far ahead to see. His enemy, shaped and dressed as an Imperial soldier, could have only one destination in mind: the Imperial outpost. If that man, that monstrosity, made it there before Tyrol, the garrison could suffer the same gruesome fate as those in the rebel camp. A rebel himself, Tyrol had no love for Imperial soldiers, but no man deserved such a fate.

He attempted to swallow. Mouth dry, his throat stuck together, robbing him of the simple gesture.

High above, the sun appeared large, its width spanning half the sky. In ten minutes, Tyrol knew he’d die from heat stroke. His body would feel suddenly cold, his vision would darken until that final sleep came.

But that didn’t matter. As long as the creature died before him.

Less than two hundred paces ahead, the vague outline of his quarry moved effortlessly through the desert of No Man’s Land, the edge of civilization. Tyrol’s prey didn’t seem to mind the heat. Its direction centered on the Imperial outpost, where it could regain its numbers, where it could sink its teeth into the Empire, destroying it from within.

The Vicis glanced over its shoulder, face devoid of emotion, while its eyes glared through narrow slits. Its gaze met Tyrol’s and hissed–the threat of a cornered animal.

Fists balled and jaw clinched, Tyrol centered on his target and sprinted from his steady pace.

The Commander

Centurio Albus of Caisus, dishonored Commander of the Imperial outpost in No Man’s Land, continued his patrol through the underground compound. He climbed the ladder from the living quarters to a small dugout–the outpost’s only above-surface structure. By the fourth rung, he could hear the raspy sounds of a man’s snores.

Albus stifled a growl.

The watchman had fallen asleep–again. Undermanned and ill-equipped, the outpost could afford no more than one man on watch at any given time. And, he’d fallen asleep.

Wooden rungs groaned under Albus’s grip as he ascended, anger hidden behind white lips stretched thin.

Albus kept quiet. Each step, every movement, produced no more than silence despite his heavy breastplate and greaves. The thick plume of blue and black on his montefortino helmet barely stirred when he crept up behind the watchman.

Meanwhile, Rufus snored away from the chair, slumped and sprawled out over a table, head propped up on one arm.

Albus’s patience had grown thin over five long years in the desert–a post assigned as punishment for the crimes of another. To add further insult to his injury, the Empire continued to send him every reject and reprobate.

He unsheathed his sword, glaring down at Rufus. His upper lip twitched at the wretched excuse for a soldier. The blade rose high. It hadn’t drawn blood in all of those five years, growing thirsty from lack of use.

A powerful swing connected with Rufus’s head. The loud crack echoed against the clay-baked walls of the tiny dugout.

#

“Wake up, you idiot,” Albus shouted over the clanging echo of metal against metal.

Startled, Rufus’s hand fell to the hilt of his sword as he stumbled from the chair. He whirled about, back against the wall, his now dented helmet at a jilted angle.

“If I were the enemy, Recruit, do you think I’d taken the time to wake you first?” Albus asked, his blade-point pressed against Rufus’s blue and black tunic.

Rufus’s hand fell away from his sword, cheeks red, eyes focused on Albus’s blade. “No–o, Sir.”

“And where’s your armor?” Albus pushed the point deep enough to make the man wince.

Rufus’s eyes wandered to the table, where his breastplate lay in a heap. It wasn’t the first display of complacency and to Albus’s dismay, it wouldn’t be the last.

Rufus straightened to attention. “Apologies, Sir. It’s just this damnable heat. No matter how awake I am, I find myself falling forever toward sleep.”

“You’re new to this post,” Albus said, letting the sword hang at his side. “You’ll grow accustomed to it. Or as accustomed as a man can.”

Rufus nodded. “Yes, Sir. I–I will, Sir.”

“And if you don’t,” Albus bared his teeth and spoke through them. “I’ll kill you long before heat or rebels have the chance. Do you understand me?”

Rufus swallowed, and then nodded.

Bright light filtered in by narrow slits, lancets, wide enough to fire an arrow through, but thin enough to keep men out. Albus stared out at the desert. Barren, lifeless land stretched out as far as he could see.

“I’ll be checking on you from time to time,” Albus said, turning back to his subordinate. “If I ever catch you sleeping on watch again, I’ll stretch you out on the sand and let the sun take you slow.”

Sweat rained down from Rufus’s prominent forehead, curving over his bulbous snout. His eyes had gone wide, quivering in their sockets.

Albus sighed. He’d allowed his anger to get the best of him. Right or wrong, he would be stuck with this man for a long time. More than twenty years of leadership had taught him to temper punishment with education and a chance for redemption. “No one can make you strong.”

Rufus’s brow curved down, a wounded look.

“Only you can do that,” Albus continued. “Discipline and respect are not passed down from one to another. You have to cultivate it. Pull it from deep within. The Empire isn’t strong because it’s the Empire. It’s strong because men make it so. Be one of those men.”

Rufus’s wounded brow curved in with thought. A hint of pride sparkled in his eyes.

“For now, try standing when on duty,” Albus suggested. “It won’t be comfortable, but that’s the point. It won’t be as easy to fall asleep on your feet.”

“Yes, Sir.”

“Back at it then.” Albus headed for the ladder, the soldier still visible through the corner of his eye.

Rufus’s shoulders slumped. He rubbed at his chest where the blade had almost punctured.

Cooler air rushed up to greet Albus. Down in his quarters, he could remove the armor if only for a couple hours. He could use some of Quintus’s powder on the skin to stave off heat rashes and blisters.

“Are we to receive a resupply from the Empire, Sir?” Rufus called.

Albus understood the question or rather the concern. Out here, a soldier could feel disconnected or forgotten by the rest of the world. Without resupply, the outpost would starve in a couple of weeks. “In three days,” Albus said. “But, don’t worry. The military caravan has never been late. This outpost is to the Empire. They wouldn’t easily forget–”

“I don’t mean to contradict, Sir, but I think one is coming here now.”

Albus froze, two rungs deep, the underground cooling his calves. The resupply caravan wouldn’t–couldn’t–be early. Its schedule was decided in advance for security.

Due to the desert’s deadly heat, the only living souls out on the sand were soldiers from the two conflicting outposts. The alternative to a resupply caravan would be a rebel incursion–an event that hadn’t happened since the war’s onset.

“Show me,” Albus ordered. He forced his way back into the heat.

Rufus pointed through one of the lancets. “There. It’s a blur now, but it’s definitely headed this way.”

Albus followed the soldier’s outstretched finger. As he described, the hazy blur of a single person contrasted against a cloudless horizon. The terrain was devoid of life; no plants, trees or shrubbery existed to obstruct Albus’s view. Even rocks and boulders were a rarity. Only the flat, cracked, desert floor as far as one could see.

“Sound the alarm,” Albus shouted.

Rufus grabbed the rope to the alarm bell’s clapper.

“Wake up Tatius,” Albus continued, “Make sure Otho and Nonus bring their bows. And, now would be a good time to don your armor.”

“Yes, Sir.”

Rufus thrust the rope back and forth. Clapper against bell, its sound would reverberate down through the outpost’s three underground levels. All would hear it and know: The outpost was under attack.

Albus stared out at the approaching figure. It bounced up and down in a sprint, distorted as the desert gave up its heat.

A sword in his grip and a grin on his lips, the invigorating jolt of adrenaline coursed through Albus. After five long years, he was finally back in his natural element.

The Rebel

“Help me!” shouted a stranger, wearing Imperial garb, as he sprinted toward the dugout.

Albus watched the scene with bent brow. It had to be a rebel trick. The only Imperials in the desert were under his command.

“Halt!” Albus shouted. Neither of the two approaching men seemed to hear. “Halt or be fired upon.”

Now, the man dressed as an Imperial soldier heard the words and spotted Albus’s two archers. He stopped, hands up. The Imperial glanced over his shoulder at his attacker still charging down on him.

Albus raised two fingers. “On the rebel.”

“Yes, Sir,” Otho and Nonus acknowledged. Their arrows honed in on the rebel’s green tunic.

“Die!” The rebel shouted, sword raised high in the air.

Albus dropped his hand, the signal to his archers. The arrows were quiet as they spit forth. Two dull thuds announced they’d found a target, their feathered ends extending from the green tunic, now stained red.

The rebel reeled back from the force, but didn’t collapse. He straightened, then fell to his knees. Over his head, he held the sword with both hands and flung it at the stranger. The blade punched through the man’s thigh.

Both men collapsed. The rebel fell to his side, chest heaving in short, violent jerks, while the Imperial’s bellows sounded inhuman as the cries of dying men often did.

“Otho, Nonus, get him to Quintus–” Albus pointed to the wounded Imperial, “–and neither of you are to leave his side until I say otherwise.”

“Yes, Sir,” Under each arm, both men lifted the wounded soldier to his feet. They escorted him to the dugout, sword still protruding from his leg.

Albus walked over to the dying rebel. “Far from home aren’t you?” He eyed the horizon, half-expecting/half-hoping more rebels would materialize.

The rebel smiled, blood trailing from parted lips. “You should’ve let me kill him,” the rebel’s words were soft and raspy. Albus stooped to hear. “Vicis is your problem now.”

“Vicis?” Albus asked, brows bent.

The rebel didn’t answer. He was dead.

“Rufus!” Albus shouted.

“Yes, Sir.” Rufus ran up to his side. His bronze breast plate was half-fastened and his dented helmet still sat at a jaunty angle.

Albus sighed at the recruit’s appearance. “Bring the rebel’s body to Quintus. When he’s done tending to the wounded man, he may be able to tell us something about what would bring a single rebel to our little desert oasis.”

“Yes, Sir.” Rufus looked at the corpse as if it weighed five hundred pounds.

Another sigh. “Get Plinius or Gallus to help you.”

“Yes, Sir.” Rufus’s voice rose in what had to be relief.

“And where is Tatius?” Albus asked about his second-in-command.

Rufus shrugged.

Annoyed, Albus made his way back to the dugout. Unprofessionalism and complacency he’d come to expect from those under his command. Cowardice, however, he would never tolerate.

He ducked through the dugout’s low arch. Fists clenched. Albus would ensure Tatius never displayed fear in front of the others if he had to beat courage into his scrawny hide.

The Coward

Tatius of Caisus sat on the patient’s cot in Quintus’s laboratory. Glass flasks, beakers, and cylinders containing multicolored concoctions bubbled and hissed along the red-gray walls. Quintus, adorned in his occupation’s purple robe, worked with mortar and pestle to grind a small rock into dust.

“A little egg white from a domesticated chicken,” Quintus listed the ingredients as he plucked them from their various jars and added them to his mix. The blend of catalysts and reagents percolated in a small glass beaker suspended over the coal fire. “Can’t forget the wormwood extract.” He sprinkled what appeared to Tatius as sawdust into the beaker. The combination fizzled and coughed up a green wisp of smoke.

Tatius fought to keep his right eye from twitching. His fingers danced nervously on the cot’s wooden frame. Hardly aware, his toes tap, tap, tapped on the cavern floor. It was the heat. It had a way of crawling under the skin and scratch, scratch, scratching. He needed to cool down or go mad. His own rational thoughts hung by a straw from the outreaches of his mind. The earlier alarm bell had demanded his presence two floors above, where the heat was even stronger. To obey its call was unimaginable. He knew–if only in a distant way–that one good push and his mind would be lost forever.

“Please hurry, Quintus,” Tatius begged. He tore off his tunic. The normally pale flesh beneath was red and irritated. “I don’t think I can–” He pressed his palm to a temple and winced. His thoughts had ducked out of grasp.

“Patience, my boy,” Quintus said, his voice soothing. “I’m grinding the last ingredient now. Frost-stone from our own mine. You remember how it cooled your body last time?”

Tatius watched Quintus’s long beard bounce up and down as he spoke, but the words garbled in his ears. Gray hair funneled through a silver, ruby-encrusted ring. It’s gentle sway hypnotized as the wizard spoke.

Quintus pinched the powder from his mortar and sprinkled it into the beaker. There was a crackle as icy-blue smoke escaped. “Now, drink this and–”

“Tatius!” Albus’s voice burrowed through the outpost’s tunnels. “I have words for you!”

Tatius squeaked. “He’s coming. He’ll put me on guard duty, Quintus…with the heat!” He looked about the room for escape. “I can’t go back up there, Quintus. I can’t.”

“Just drink this and I think you’ll feel better.” Quintus poured the beaker’s contents into a brass cup.

“I just can’t go back up there!” Tatius shouted and made for the door.

“At least drink–” Quintus’s words thinned out as Tatius turned the corner and made for the ladder, then down into the mine.

The Madness

“Quintus,” Albus burst into the wizard’s laboratory, a place he avoided on most occasions.

Magic made him uneasy. Even now, it sent a jittery anxiety through his muscles. There was something unnatural about the unseen. It was undisciplined. Impossible to regulate by a laymen and barely manageable by the initiated. It gave men a power they were ill-equipped to possess; a power to undermine the will of others.

Albus in his haste to find Tatius, now found himself standing in the outpost’s source of magic. Colorful fluids bubbled, as strange animal parts floated in jars, while odd mists whisked above a coal fire. Each breath dragged a whimsical scent into his lungs: Familiar, but absent from memory. The presence of magic’s unpredictable machinations stole some of the rigidity from Albus’s broad shoulders.

“There’s no need to shout, Albus,” Quintus returned. “I’m old, but everything still works.” His beard and bushy mustache arched up into a wide smile. “Now, what can I do for the commander, today?”

Albus cleared his throat. “I seek Tatius. Have you seen him?”

“Yes.”

“Where is he?” Albus started forward, then stopped. Further into Quintus’s domain caused his muscles to tighten. What strange spell had the wizard cast to rob him of his confidence?

“Please, sit,” Quintus motioned to a wooden chair by the round table at which the wizard prepared and consumed his meals. “Would you care for some?” He held up the beaker of his latest concoction. “It’s Chill Bone potion. You won’t feel the heat for several hours.”

Albus waved it away. The raw, chafed flesh under his greaves begged him to reconsider. “As it wears off, my tolerance of the heat will have to start anew.”

“Not everyone’s as strong of will as you,” Quintus said, his smile shifted to one side.

“I’ve no need for compliments, Quintus. I need to find my second.”

“It’s about poor Tatius that I refer.”

Albus folded his arms.

“He didn’t ignore the bell for the reason you most likely assume.”

Albus sighed. Quintus had a way of drawing out a conversation whether a person wanted to talk or not.

Albus took the proffered seat at the table. “Then what reason did my second-in-command not rise to the call of battle?”

“Heat madness,” Quintus stated, smile gone. “Or at least, its inception.”

Albus’s haste to find Tatius withered. Heat madness was not to be taken lightly. Two men in the last five years of Albus’s command had succumbed to the illness, the results disastrous.

First, his quartermaster at the time went mad, slit the watchman’s throat, and then ran out into the desert. His body, a sun-baked husk, was found hours later. A diary in the quartermaster’s scribbled hand narrated his belief that the watchman–in league with The Heat–had kept him prisoner. By killing him, the quartermaster was free to escape.

On the second encounter, Quintus discovered the symptoms in one of the miners. The man was confined to quarters until the resupply caravan could take him back to civilization for treatment.

“If what you say is true, we have to confine Tatius immediately,” Albus stated.

Quintus nodded. “I was preparing Chill Bone potion for him before you arrived. I’d planned on adding a sedative to make him more compliant, but your booming voice sent poor Tatius into flight.” The wizard peppered his tone with a hint of reprimand.

“I take your point.” Albus gave the wizard a roguish smile. “Tell me where he is now, and I promise to whisper until he’s found.”

“Unless I miss my guess, he’ll have made his way to the lower level where it’s coolest.”

Albus nodded. “With Plinius and Gallus helping Rufus, the mine is deserted.”

“That’s best considering the possible state of Tatius’s mind,” Quintus said.

Albus stood. “Agreed–”

“Wounded man coming through,” Otho shouted. He and Nonus carried the wounded Imperial–now unconscious–into Quintus’s laboratory.

“What’s this?” Quintus asked, riddled with excited curiosity.

“A wounded soldier that needs aide,” Albus stated the obvious. “Beyond that, we have to discover for ourselves. Let me know when he’s ready to speak.”

Quintus didn’t waste time. He raced about the room collecting materials from drawers and shelves.

“Either Otho or Nonus will serve as guard over the wounded man until I say otherwise,” Albus said. “If you need assistance, get one of them to help.”

“Of course, of course,” Quintus answered, his attention elsewhere. “Otho, you’re the strongest. You’ll hold the man down while Nonus helps me pull the sword free.”

“Make way!” Rufus shouted, as he helped Plinius and Gallus carry the rebel’s dead body into the room.

“And what’s this?” Quintus asked.

“Another mystery I hope you can shed light on when you’re done with him–” Albus pointed to the wounded Imperial, then back to the rebel, “–our dead friend here was chasing him across the desert.”

“And where are his comrades?”

“He came alone,” Albus said.

“How strange,” Quintus whispered as he prepared his tools on the round table where Albus had been sitting a moment ago. “Perhaps poor Tatius wasn’t alone in his current plight.”

“Perhaps,” Albus granted, not convinced. Although his words were unusual, the rebel didn’t appear insane.

“Well, I can handle things here. You should concern yourself with Tatius before his condition worsens.”

Albus couldn’t argue. “Plinius. Gallus. Suit up. The two of you will accompany me into the mine. Tatius has been taken by heat madness. He’s to be apprehended and secured in his quarters.”

Everyone except Quintus stared at Albus, their faces uncertain.

“I said, suit up!” Albus roared. His voice still had an effect. The two miners shook themselves free and raced to their quarters for arms and armor. “Rufus, stand at the ladder and alert me if Tatius tries to ascend.”

“Yes, Sir.” Rufus rushed out.

“Otho,” Albus said, waiting for Otho to turn. “As quartermaster, you are second-in-command while Tatius is incapacitated. Don’t disappoint.”

“Ye–yes, Sir,” Otho stammered, his large head and tiny ears accurately painting the picture of sub-modest intelligence.

Rejects and reprobates, Albus thought. Not a man among them.

“And, put someone on guard-duty. The post is unmanned,” Albus added.

Albus walked out of Quintus’s laboratory into the narrow corridor carved from the red-gray rock that made up most of the desert’s underground. Two floors below the surface, crates and burlap sacks clotted the corridor, the level serving as storage aside from Quintus’s secluded work space. One floor above housed their living quarters and one floor below contained the reason for an Imperial presence in No Man’s Land, the frost-stone mine.

Turning the corner, Albus could hear a whispered voice emanate from Quintus’s laboratory, “What the hell does all that mean?” Otho asked.

“It means if the boss meets an untimely end, you become the supreme leader of this pile of sand,” said Nonus, the outpost’s resident priest.

The Miner

Gallus was the first to step foot on the mine’s floor. Met with a black darker than night, he drew his sword. Someone, presumably Tatius, had extinguished the oil lanterns, plunging the winding tunnel complex into an abyss.

The overgrown miner shivered. His sweaty clothes now clung to his body, made cold by the mine’s chill. He watched as his breath formed a thin vapor before it vanished into the darkness.

“I need light down here,” Gallus called up the vertical tunnel.

A whisper echoed around him, “Light means flame. Flame means heat. Heat is bad. Heat is the enemy.” The voice, if not deranged, belonged to Tatius.

Gallus–the largest Imperial in the outpost both in size and strength–felt vulnerable. He pressed his back against the ladder, the soft light from above created a limited glow for a couple of feet in every direction. It wouldn’t give ample warning if Tatius charged him, but with the light came a shred of confidence.

“Tatius, Sir. It’s Gallus…the miner. I’m a friend. Remember?”

A high-pitched chuckle echoed against the mine’s rock-strewn walls.

Gallus thanked the Empire’s one true deity as an oil lantern descended by a rope and pulley system. The same system used to remove excavated frost-stone from one level to the next. With each foot lowered, two feet of light stretched out in front of the miner. Once at eye level, Gallus could see the room before him.

The sieve room was a rounded space twenty feet across and a couple hands taller than Gallus’s six-foot frame. Various tools hung on the wall by wooden pegs. Two tunnels wormed their way through the rock across from where Gallus stood.

In the center, a large apparatus dominated half the room. Also rounded, it contained twelve layers of bronzed mesh used to separate ordinary rock from frost-stone. It was operated by repeatedly pulling on a rope that shifted the sieve’s layers from side to side. That was Plinius’s job. A man with a wiry build, Plinius was better suited to the task. While Gallus had to claw raw stone from the mine’s tunnel with a pickaxe.

Pickaxe! An empty space on the wall caught Gallus’s eye between the shovels and hammers. A pickaxe was missing. Yet, Plinius was meticulous about the tools. If one was out of place…

“Commander, I think Tatius has armed himself with a pickaxe.”

Laughter faded down one of the tunnels. From the echo, Gallus couldn’t determine which one.

“Stay your position. We’re coming down,” Albus announced.

Albus and Plinius had descended. Rufus stayed above should Tatius get by them and try to flee upward. Gallus used the flame from his oil lantern to ignite the others along the wall. In minutes, the sieve room took on its typical orange-blue glow. The black fumes from oil lanterns escaped through slits carved into the ceiling.

Proper ventilation made the mine livable. Its cooler clime made it desirable. Desirable until an armed madman had sequestered it. Now, Gallus would’ve taken a turn at watch rather than be down below. He found insufferable heat was suddenly preferable to a pickaxe in the chest.

“Tell me about the tunnels,” Albus instructed.

Gallus spoke first, having spent most of his days chipping away at the mine, “As you already know, the tunnel to the left is abandoned. We’ve scraped every pebble from that vane years ago. But, the tunnel to the right is fairly new, only a few hundred feet.”

“Do they intersect at any point?” Albus asked.

“Yes, Sir. There’s one,” Gallus replied. “It was by accident. When following the new vane, we intersected with one of the branches from the original tunnel.”

“Curses,” Albus muttered. His eyes retreated to a distant stare as if processing some internal calculations.

The commander’s deeply concentrated look reminded Gallus of the stories he’d heard about the man: Tales of a powerful tactician with more victories under his leadership than anyone else alive. His one inescapable flaw was in having a brother who aligned with the rebel’s polytheistic cause. He’d refused to execute his little brother, which led to his subsequent disgrace and exile to the outpost five years ago. In the face of that injustice, he never complained, never faltered in his duties.

“Why does that matter, Sir?” Plinius asked. The thinner of the two miners looked comical in drooping armor. His helmet and breast plate were made for a soldier much larger than him.

“It means we’ll have to split up,” Albus explained. “If we all go down one tunnel, Tatius could simply circle around behind us in an endless loop. The rebellion has used conditions like these to make their smaller numbers count.”

“The rebels, Sir?” Plinius asked. Gallus often wondered how a person that quick in body could be that slow of intellect. Then again, repeatedly pulling the sieve’s rope didn’t require a lot of thought.

Albus nodded, his face bright as he explained. “A legion’s numbers are useless if they have to funnel into a narrow space. Tatius is a graduate of the War College. He knows this. Even in his addled mind, he might retain a soldier’s strategic wit.”

“How should we split, Commander?” Gallus asked, fearing the worst.

“Since you know the tunnels better than either of us, you will take the new tunnel. Since I know little of them, Plinius will serve as my guide down the left.”

Gallus swallowed hard. It wasn’t the thought of armed conflict that rattled his nerve, but rather the strange laugh Tatius echoed off the walls. There was something inhuman about insanity.

“If you should encounter Tatius, don’t engage,” Albus said, face stern. “Simply shout that you’ve spotted him. Plinius and I will rush to the intersecting tunnel behind him. The same goes if we discover him first. If we can, I’d like to take Tatius alive. He’s a good man and it’d be a shame to lose him in such a disgraceful manner.”

“Yes, Sir,” Gallus replied with what he thought passed for confidence.

“Let’s begin,” Albus said, plucking a lantern from a hook on the wall and handing it to Plinius before taking one for himself.

Gallus followed the example.

“Good luck,” Albus said, stepping one careful foot at a time down the left tunnel.

Plinius shot Gallus an uncertain glance. The two of them had spent three years as partners. Unlike the soldiers above, they were civilians, a separate class.

“Don’t worry,” Gallus comforted, hiding his own fear. “You couldn’t be safer. The commander’s well known for getting his hands dirty in battle.”

“But, what about you?” Plinius whimpered.

Gallus puffed out his chest. “Tatius is a tough guy, but do you see anyone taking down someone with these.” He slapped a free hand against his bicep, the muscle thicker than Plinius’s head.

The skinny miner smiled, then nodded. The fear in his eyes had gone.

“Now stop wasting time,” Gallus mock-scolded. “The commander needs his guide. Hop to.”

Plinius returned with a mock salute–fist against chest–and disappeared into the tunnel.

Each step into his own tunnel, Gallus wondered who would convince him it was safe.

The Wizard

“That should do it,” Quintus said over the closed wound. The stitch work was neat and even, a result from having an unconscious, unmoving patient. He walked over to a bowl of water and rinsed the blood from his hands. He instructed the others to do the same. “I don’t want bloody prints all over my laboratory.”

Otho obeyed.

But in playful defiance, Nonus hovered a bloodied hand an inch from the wall. No Man’s Land offered few distractions. And, the boredom had a way of reducing men to immature caricatures of themselves. Nonus was no exception. Although, Quintus couldn’t remember a time when the lanky priest was any more than a joke gone stale.

“Touch that wall and I’ll sprinkle fire-salt in your next Chill Bone potion,” Quintus warned.

Nonus recoiled as if the wall were infected with some strange disease. Eyes on the floor, he walked over and rinsed his hands in the bowl.

Quintus stooped over the Imperial, stroking his own beard beneath the ruby-encrusted ring. There was something wrong and he couldn’t quite put his finger on why. The wound should have shed more blood than it did. And, there was no sweat. The wounded man didn’t sweat. Granted, they were two levels below the surface, but it was still uncomfortably warm.

“I call dibs on it,” Nonus whined, breaking Quintus from his contemplation. Otho and Nonus were fighting over the looting rights for the rebel’s corpse.

“Back! Both of you,” Quintus shouted.

Despite Quintus’s earlier threat involving fire salts, Nonus now glared at him. “You now the rule, Magician,” Nonus used the less flattering term for the wizard’s profession. Magicians were the charlatans of the magic world. Illusions and parlor tricks were the domain of such lesser men. While Magic belonged to the wizard. “A soldier can loot what he kills.”

“But, my arrow struck first,” Otho broke in. “And, as the commander put it, I’m in charge while he’s gone.

Quintus sighed, tugging at his beard. Soldiers could be so short-sighted. They lacked the patience for proper investigation. “I’m not contesting your right to loot, but the commander gave specific orders for me to find out why this man came alone. I must do so before you pick him clean.”

Both men looked dubious.

“Perhaps the two of you can discuss how to divide the loot while I conduct my investigation.”

Suspicion vanished, replaced by greed.

“That should be simple enough,” Nonus said, walking away from the body. “I have quicker reflexes. Naturally, it was my arrow that launched first.”

“Except, I’m stronger. My arrow would fly faster,” Otho rebutted.

Quintus drowned out the bickering as he examined the corpse. The man lacked any armor, but wore the green tunic of the rebellion, green standing for honor and victory. An intentional change from the Empire’s blue and black, blue for loyalty and faith to the one true deity–a fact that the polytheistic rebels fought against.

Around the neck, a thin plate of metal on a hemp string identified the man as Tyrol of Thein. He had a belt pouch with a handful of copper coins and an empty scabbard. The missing blade sat on a brass tray, recently removed from a man’s leg.

Quintus tore open the tunic. His hand then crept up to stroke his own beard. “Interesting,” he muttered.

Nonus and Otho were drawn by the word. “What’s interesting?” Nonus asked. “Is it valuable?”

“Only to an inquisitive mind,” Quintus replied. “See these marks?”

Nonus and Otho nodded. “Flesh wounds,” Otho uttered.

“Exactly,” Quintus said. “They’re quite recent too. Our dead rebel was in battle not long ago.”

“Out here?” Nonus asked, wrinkling his long nose. “Against who?”

“Wh–where am I?” called a voice from the patient’s cot.

“Maybe our now-conscious friend can shed some light on these mysteries,” Quintus said, walking over to the wounded Imperial. “What’s your name, son?”

“Cato–” a dry cough cut him short.

Quintus handed him a cup of Chill Bone potion to wet his throat. Cato drained it and sighed in notable relief.

“Ah. I needed that,” Cato said, then stopped. His hands clawed at his stomach as he doubled over in pain. Before he could utter a sound, the man shook in a violent seizure.

“What do we do?” Nonus shouted in panic.

“Nothing,” Quintus said, hiding his own fear. “The fit has to finish before we can–” The seizure stopped, a thin strand of pink foam had bubbled between his lips. Cato lay motionless.

Quintus placed an ear over Cato’s mouth and watched the chest. It didn’t rise. Breath didn’t tickle his ear. Horrified, he laid a hand on the man’s chest. The heart didn’t beat.

“He’s dead,” Quintus said, stunned by his own announcement. He dropped to a whisper, “But he didn’t lose that much blood. Did I miss something?”

“What?” Otho asked. “How? What did you give him?”

“Chill Bone potion,” Quintus replied. “It couldn’t hurt a newborn much less a grown man.”

Quintus got to his feet and paced the length of his laboratory. He tugged at his beard as if he could pull the answers free by a strong enough yank.

“He’s going to kill me,” Otho muttered.

Nonus chuckled. “The burdens of leadership, my friend,” he said, slapping Otho on the back.

“What?” Quintus returned his attention back to the room. He spotted the fear in Otho’s eyes and recognized the same concern in Tatius before he fled. “Relax,” he said, placing a hand on Otho’s shoulder. “Cato was my patient. His death is my responsibility and I’ll tell Albus the same. You’re absolved of any fault.”

Otho nodded. “Okay, Quintus.” Relief washed away the fear in his eyes.

Quintus was less concerned over Albus’s reaction than the quartermaster. There was a good chance his patient had died from a potion he’d given him. Wizards were sworn to protect life at all costs. Magic to kill and potions to poison were left to the shadowy figures of sorcerers and dark alchemists. To have taken a life, even if by accident, would call his abilities into question. It was rare, but a wizard would occasionally fall for the allure of darker magics. With a dead patient, questions would be asked. Doubt would form.

Quintus shook the thought from his head, if only for a moment. “Help me put the rebel on the cot. I don’t want to be tripping over bodies all day.”

Nonus and Otho obeyed.

“Otho,” Quintus whispered to the quartermaster. “Didn’t the commander instruct you to post a watchman?”

Otho’s eyes shot open. “That’s right.” He raced out of the room.

“I’ll bring you some Chill Bone potion,” Quintus called after him. Turning to Nonus, “I trust you can guard two dead men. Maybe you can tend to their spirits before you strip them of their worldly possessions.” Those sarcastic words were out before he could pull them back in.

“Don’t worry about me, Magician,” Nonus returned with equal venom. “If they give me any funny business, I’ll just give them some of your Chill Bone potion. It seems to be more effective than a sword.” The priest’s smile turned wicked.

Quintus bit down hard. The comment struck deep. It would be the first of many like it if he didn’t do something fast. Cornered, he chose the most common refuge–denial. He replied by pouring a cup of the potion, then drinking it all in long confident gulps.

Nonus’s jaw dropped.

“There’s nothing wrong with my potions,” Quintus said, pouring another round. He left the room, Otho’s cup of Chill Bone in hand.

The Savage

To Gallus, the echoed laughter of Tatius’s madness seemed closer with each step. The tunnels were his home. In days past, their closeness made him feel protected. Today, they closed in on him. They stifled.

A small cavity opened on Gallus’s right. He stopped. With a wave of the lantern, he illuminated the area. No Tatius.

The recesses along the tunnel were common. Whenever a vein of frost-stone or other precious ores split from the tunnel, Gallus would dig it out, leaving a small pocket in which he could later store materials and equipment. The spaces were often large enough to conceal one or two men comfortably. As a result, Gallus scanned them carefully before pressing on down the tunnel.

“I see your flame,” Someone whispered from up ahead, out of sight.

Gallus stopped. He pressed the lantern forward, creasing his eyes to better pierce the dark.

“Tatius. Is that you?” Gallus called, his own voice bouncing back at him.

“You’re trying to bring the heat down to me.” Tatius raised his voice from a whisper to an angry accusation, “I won’t let you!”

“The lantern is only so I can see, Tatius,” Gallus returned.

No answer.

“Come on, Tatius. We just want to help you. Commander says–”

“Commander says, commander says,” Tatius rattled off. “Commander says Tatius go up and lookout on the land of heat. Suffer the heat, the commander says.”

Gallus recognized the voice as Tatius’s, but it was different; it was twisted like the man’s mind.

With sword stretched out in front, he moved forward, ready to call out. Another cleft opened on the right. The lantern slowly peeled back the shadow concealing it. Light glinted of something metallic. Gallus sucked in a breath to shout. It had to be Tatius.

Gallus swung to face the crevice, lantern thrust forward. The space brightened. Flickering light reflected off the metal surface of a wheelbarrow.

He wasn’t there.

Tatius roared, emerging at full sprint from further down the tunnel. Pickaxe in hand, raised high, he barreled into Gallus’s side.

The large miner, stunned by the crazed look in the eyes of his attacker, managed only to lift his arm. The bone cracked as it connected with the pickaxe’s wooden handle. Pain exploded in Gallus’s wrist as Tatius’s momentum brought both of them to the ground.

Pinned on his side, Gallus could see the pickaxe’s sharp point inches from his face. With broken wrist and the weight of Tatius’s body pressing down, his superior strength abandoned him. Tatius laughed as he watched the point descend, lowering toward Gallus’s eye.

“That’ll teach you to attack me with heat,” he said.

Tatius lifted his body to drop down with more force. Gallus knew he wouldn’t be able to resist. The point would pierce his eye and then his brain, light’s out.

Gallus closed his eyes in anticipation.

There was a loud clang, but pain didn’t follow.

He opened his eyes in time to watch Tatius’s mouth sag open and his eyes roll up. Gallus jerked his hips and Tatius fell off, the unconscious man’s head smacking the tunnel wall.

Plinius stood over him, a shovel in hand. “What’s the point of having these–” Plinus said, slapping one of his biceps, “–if you don’t use them.” The skinny miner smiled.

The Priest

Nonus yawned. As with most days, he was bored. The fact that he shared a room with two dead bodies didn’t bother him. A priest’s duties often involved preparing the dead for their transition into the next world.

He snickered.

The next world. Now that was ludicrous. To believe in something they’d never seen. Something they had no evidence of aside from what men of religion said to be true. Priests, like himself, were mere con men with symbols of hope in one hand and a collection box in the other. It never ceased to amaze him how people could behave like mindless sheep, a hole ever-burning at the base of their coin purses.

That reminded him.

Nonus looked around the room. He was alone, no one to contend with his right to loot. Head poking from the door, he looked both ways. Rufus stood at the far end, guarding the ladder down to the mine, but no Otho or Quintus. Nonus silently closed the door and locked it.

After a cursory check of the rebel’s possessions, he wasn’t overjoyed. Seven coppers couldn’t even get him laid. It could buy the first pint of mead though. Nonus pocketed the coins.

He hovered over the Imperial and mused that Quintus technically had looting rights for killing his own patient. But then again, the wizard was too sanctimonious to loot. Nonus shrugged, then continued his search.

“Thanks for nothing, buddy,” Nonus said. The man had no possessions, not even the imprinted plate around his neck. He was anonymous, destined for an unmarked headstone.

“Help me,” Cato whispered, eyes open.

Nonus stumbled back, toppling two chairs on his way down.

Cato reached a weak hand out toward Nonus, pale and bent at the wrist. “Help me.”

“Yo–you’re dead,” Nonus muttered. He’d dealt with dozens of dead bodies. This was the first to speak.

Cato shook his head in a slow, heavy motion.

“But Quintus checked,” Nonus argued.

Cato shook his head again. “He was wrong.”

Not entirely convinced, Nonus turned toward the locked door. “I’ll get Quintus. He’ll know how to help you.”

Cato reached out. “Wait.”

Nonus stopped, glancing over his shoulder, his own hands trembling.

“I need–” Cato tried to speak, his words fading, “I need–”

“You need what?” Nonus asked.

“I need–” Cato motioned for Nonus to come closer.

Nonus took a couple steps forward. Cato motioned again. Reluctantly, Nonus moved close enough to stand over the bed, the rebel’s dead body between him and Cato.

“I…need–” Cato whispered, motioning closer.

Nonus bent over, just out of reach. “What do you need?”

“A place to hide,” Cato said.

Nonus’s eyes shot open. Something was wrong.

Before he could retreat, pain sliced across his upper back. Both legs went instantly numb, collapsing, dropping him forward. He tried to break his fall, but both arms refused to obey. He landed face first against Cato’s body.

“Your race is so easily deceived,” Cato said, sliding out from under him.

Strong hands lifted Nonus to the cot and rolled him over. Above, standing over him, Cato held the sword Quintus had removed from his leg.

“I can’t move,” Nonus said, his voice shaky.

“I severed your spine,” Cato explained. “At most you’ll be able to move your head and neck.” He dropped the sword back on the brass try.

“Why?” Nonus asked. “We tried to help you.”

Cato chortled. “I’ve known your people longer than you’ve known yourselves. You don’t help. You offer pretty promises and leave bitterness in your wake.” He shook his head, the mirth now absent from his face. “None of that matters now. This is our land. And you’ve come again with sword and pickaxe, to chip away at my home–” He stopped. The bones snapped and shifted. His face became an amalgam of different people Nonus had never seen before. Those thick muscles shrank while his body stretched. Before his eyes, Cato’s body had changed into someone else’s. When the face settled, Nonus lay silent, shocked. He was looking into the face of his own reflection.

“You’re–” Nonus started to say.

“You?” Cato finished. His face and body were identical to Nonus. “We are Vicis. And, soon your people will again learn to fear that name.” The Vicis removed Nonus’s armor, attaching it to his own body.

“But, I don’t understand–” Nonus was interrupted by the cloth shoved into his mouth. Cato tied a loose rag around Nonus’s head to keep him from spitting out the gag.

Cato walked over to a lantern hanging from a wall sconce. He blew out the flame and unhooked it.

“If it’s any consolation,” Cato spoke, standing over the cot, “your friends and loved ones will join you in the next world soon enough.”

“Huh?” Nonus sputtered through the gag.

Cato upturned the lantern, its oil spilling from the bowl, soaking Nonus and the rebel body.

The priest’s eyes stretched wide with horror as the situation became clear. Fear and a severed spine locked him in place.

Cato took an oil soaked straw and lit it from another lantern. He put the original lantern back in its place and lit it. Straw in hand, he walked over to the cot.

Nonus shook his head violently. “No!”

A wicked smile on Cato’s face, the straw dropped.

The Plan

The pulley system worked as Plinius had said it would. Tatius’s bound and unconscious body raised with little effort from the mine floor to Rufus above.

Albus let out a quiet sigh. Until recently, the outpost had been a quiet one. To have two major events in one day defied the odds: First, a rebel attack involving a single soldier, a mystery Imperial appears, and now Tatius gone mad. Albus’s command–if it could be called that–was disintegrating. How would the mine produce frost-stone for the Empire if his strongest miner sustained a broken wrist?

“Fire!” Nonus shouted. “There’s a fire in Quintus’s lab.”

“Plinius,” Albus switched mental gears. “You and Gallus ferry water from the aqueduct to the fire.”

“Yes, Sir,” Both men said. Gallus didn’t ask how he would accomplish that with one less arm. Instead he grabbed a bucket with his good hand and raced for the underground aqueduct.

“Rufus,” Albus shouted up. “Secure Tatius in his quarters. Remove any sharp objects and make sure I have the only key.”

“On it,” Rufus answered.

At the lab’s threshold, Albus shielded his eyes against the blaze.

By some miracle, the flames kept to the patient’s cot while most of the black smoke, carrying the scent of charred flesh, escaped through the ceiling slits. Nonus had moved anything flammable against the opposite wall. And, the cavern’s stone surfaces prevented the fire from spreading further.

Albus thanked the one true deity for that small charity and noted Nonus’s competence in the face of emergency. He would have to reward the action when everything settled back down.

Nonus looked over at the commander. “I don’t understand it, Sir. The bodies just burst into flame.”

Quintus raced down the corridor toward Albus as Gallus thrust the first bucket of water onto the pyre. A small section of the fire hissed, vanishing into steam.

“What happened?” asked Quintus.

Albus failed to restrain his anger. “You tell me, Quintus.” He glared at the wizard as Gallus rushed in with another bucket. “I was dealing with Tatius. You were supposed to be in the lab getting me answers.”

“I got what I could,” Quintus explained, fluster in his face. “The wounded soldier died before I could get anything more than his name.” Quintus moved to let Gallus by with another bucket. “He said his name was Cato. I gave him some Chill Bone potion since he was in the desert for so long. He drank it, doubled over, and died. I left Nonus with the bodies while I brought Otho some potion.”

“Curses,” Albus muttered. Nothing was going right today. “Nonus said the bodies burst into flame. Could your potion have–”

“Absolutely not,” Quintus said, fluster turning to irritation. “Bodies don’t just start fires and neither do my potions.”

Albus held out a hand toward the fire. “Then you tell me.”

“I don’t know.”

Albus sighed. “What can you tell me.”

Quintus stroked his beard. “The rebel did have fresh wounds, as if from battle. Aside from that, I have nothing new.”

Albus nodded, processing the information.

Gallus rushed by with his fourth bucket. The fire was nearly dead.

Perplexed, Albus traced through what he knew: an unarmed Imperial soldier running through the desert alone, chased by a single rebel soldier on a suicide mission. What had he said? You should have let me kill it. Vicis is your problem now.

“Does the name Vicis mean anything to you?” Albus asked Quintus as Gallus put out the last of the fire. The miner sat down in a chair, breathing heavily, and cradling his broken wrist.

“Vicis?”

“It was the last thing the rebel said before he died.”

Quintus tugged at his beard. “Maybe. Nothing specific springs to mind, but it has a familiar ring to it. I’ll check my books and get back to you.”

“You can tell me when I return.”

“You’re leaving?” asked Quintus.

“It will be nightfall soon,” Albus said, staring at the charred bodies now on the floor. “Rufus and I will scout the rebel camp. If I can’t find answers here, I might find some there.”

“Just the two of you?” asked Quintus. “Is that wise?”

Albus shrugged. “Tatius has gone mad. Gallus is wounded. You’re no soldier. That leaves Otho, Rufus, and Nonus as capable for combat. Otho is next in command and therefore must stay here. Nonus will cover his back. That leaves me with Rufus.”

“What of Plinius?”

“He did well down in the mines, but he’s skittish,” answered Albus. “I need stealth if I’m to get the answers I seek.”

“Very well,” said Quintus. “I’ll prepare a potion for Fire Breath to keep you both warm at night and Chill Bone potion should you be caught in the desert at daybreak.”

Albus started to wave the suggestion away.

“Don’t argue Albus. It weighs nothing and having it can save your life.”

“Fine. If it doesn’t distract you from researching this Vicis.”

#

With the setting sun, No Man’s Land transformed from a furnace with its shimmering waves of heat by day to iceless tundra by night. Frigid winds strafed the land, capable of numbing a man’s soul while a star-littered sky and amber moon made lantern light unnecessary.

Albus and Rufus laid against the cracked desert floor, the rebel camp less than a mile away.

Rufus popped the cork to the Fire Breath potion Quintus had given him and drank it all. “A strange thing to crave heat after despising it all day.”

Albus snorted. “Hardship makes a man stronger while comfort makes him weaker. Your perspective will change if you seek out the qualities of life that will make you better. Now hand me the looking glass.”

Rufus obeyed, brows bent in thought.

The looking glass extended into a conical stick. It was another gift from Quintus. To help with your stealth, he’d said. Albus looked though it now and understood what the wizard meant. Without the glass, the rebel camp was nothing more than a dark speck in the distance. With the glass, Albus was standing at their front door. Or at least his eyes were.

Through the lancets of the rebel’s dugout, Albus could see inside, but no watchman.

“It’s empty,” Albus stated, unsure of his own words.

“Sir?” asked Rufus, sounding equally uncertain.

“Quintus’s toy allows me to see inside the dugout,” Albus explained. “There’s no one on guard.”

“What should we do?”

“Investigate,” Albus answered. For the first time in five years, he was on the offensive. His heart agreed with the decision, hopping along at an excited pace.

The Enemy

Halfway through his limited library, Quintus found the vague reference he was seeking. He found it in a tome of ancient lore. Most of the stories were long abandoned as fictitious accounts spun by overeager men desperate to make their name known. The reference was nothing more than a bard’s archaic poem.

Quintus read the poem aloud as if casting some arcane spell.

“From deep depths unknown,

arise Vicis, face unshown.

Beware world of man

this forever changing clan.

From the endless sands

Power will change hands.

Frost and snake heads,

weapons a Vicis dreads.”

Quintus shut the book, more confused now than before he opened it. Why would a rebel soldier whisper this long forgotten name to a commander of his enemy? Quintus looked over to the burnt body as if it may answer the question. He looked closer. Maybe the bodies could answer the question.

Quintus shot up from the chair, leaving the book open on the table. He dashed about the room collecting his autopsy utensils.

He’d have to be quick. If the others knew what he was doing, they’d object. Autopsies were viewed as desecration. But, Albus needed answers and superstition was a lousy excuse for ignorance.

#

In the corridor outside Quintus’s laboratory, Nonus/Vicis listened at the door, a snarl wrenching at his lips. His hiding place wouldn’t last long if the wizard solved the puzzle. He had to be eliminated.

Nonus/Vicis tested the latch. It was locked. Now he couldn’t kill the wizard without making a lot of noise. He needed an alternative solution.

“Let me out!” A voice called from the floor above. “I can feel the heat. Don’t leave me with the heat.”

Nonus/Vicis smiled, his new strategy taking form. He looked down at his hand, two fingers bent and twisted together, painfully taking the form of a key. A key he’d seen Rufus give the commander.

#

Tatius lay naked on the floor. The stone felt cold against his skin. He knew it wouldn’t last. The heat from his body would make that spot warm.

“Please,” he begged. “Don’t keep me here with the heat.”

“Tatius,” someone whispered from the other side of his door. “Tatius, are you awake?”

“Wh–who’s there?” Tatius asked.

“It’s Nonus.” The voice was familiar. It was Nonus.

“I won’t go up. You can’t make me!” Tatius shouted.

“I’m not here to make you go up, Tatius. I’m here to help you keep the heat away. Forever.”

Tatius didn’t speak. He didn’t breathe. Could Nonus be serious?

“I’m going to open the door, Tatius,” Nonus warned. “I stole the key from Otho. Don’t do anything rash. Okay?”

Tatius heard a click. The knob turned and the door opened. It was Nonus, standing over him, a kind smile on his face.

“Don’t worry, dear Tatius,” Nonus said. “I’ll tell you the secret for keeping the heat away.” Nonus knelt on one knee, motioning Tatius closer.

Tempted by the promise, Tatius crawled on hands and knees, bending his head to listen.

“Good boy,” Nonus said, his cold fingers combed through Tatius’s hair, beating back the heat.

Tatius groaned with relief. “What’s the secret?” he asked.

“I’ll do better than tell you. I’ll show you,” Nonus said, tightening his grip on the soldier’s head and hair.

Tatius’s instincts kicked in. For the first time since he heard Nonus’s voice, he felt naked, exposed and vulnerable. He tried to pull free but Nonus’s hands were carved from stone, unrelenting.

Cold lips touched his ear.

“What are you doing?” Tatius squawked, trying to peel away the fingers from his head.

Nonus didn’t answer. Instead, something wet and slimy pushed through those lips, and wriggled against Tatius’s ear. It slithered and pressed its way down the ear canal.

“No!” Tatius screamed. “Get away from me.”

The wormlike object made its way further, undulating deeper.

Tatius howled.

There was a pinch of pain. His screams sounded suddenly shallow, far away.

Danger. Heat. Enemy. Esca–

#

Quintus stood over the two corpses struggling with the facts he’d found. The first detail was in the relative size of the bodies. Granted the fire would have melted away some of the meat, but the basics like height would have remained the same. Somehow, Cato had grown taller in the fire while his muscles had shrunk.

The other inconsistency was in the parts that couldn’t burn. Quintus recalled finding seven copper pieces on the body of the dead rebel before the fire while Cato had nothing. Now, it was Cato’s corpse that had seven copper pieces and the rebel none. How could that be? He knew it was probable that Nonus looted the rebel’s corpse in his absence. But that didn’t explain why Cato suddenly had the exact same number of copper coins. Unless the ruined body in front of him were Nonus, not Cato.

Quintus waved the thought away. He knew it couldn’t be. He saw Nonus alive and well.

Vicis, face unshown. That ancient poem’s verse highlighted in his mind. Quintus, then, remembered another relevant piece of information. It was from his days in the Academy. There were rumors of a spell capable of stealing the identity of others. A power sought by many wizards, but mastered by none.

The rumor had to come from somewhere. Could the man he thought was Nonus be someone else? Could someone have mastered the spell? And, if this potential enemy could assume the form of another, how could Quintus be sure?

The Magic

Nonus/Vicis locked Tatius’s door behind him. The deed done, he’d have to move fast. Quintus wouldn’t take long to figure it all out. When he did, no precaution Nonus/Vicis took would be enough. With four humans remaining in the camp, he was outnumbered. It was time to start changing those odds.

“I heard someone screaming,” Plinius said as he entered the corridor, focused on Nonus/Vicis.

Plinius was the weakest, an ideal first candidate. “I heard it too,” Nonus/Vicis said. “It echoed through the hall, but I think it came from below. Let’s check it out.”

Plinius nodded. He disappeared into his room and came out with sworn drawn. Nonus/Vicis stifled a low growl. He’d seen what sword toting humans were capable of in the rebel camp.

“Come on,” Plinius called, descending the ladder.

Nonus/Vicis followed.

The storage corridor was devoid of life. Even the door to Quintus’s lab was closed. “There’s no one here,” Plinius stated, looking back up the ladder. “Maybe it wasn’t from down here. We should go up and check.”

“Or maybe it was Gallus down in the mine. He could be hurt.”

Plinius’s eyes shot open. He glanced over at the ladder dropping down into the vertical tunnel, the rope pulley hanging in the middle.

“Let’s go over and call down to him. See if he needs help,” Nonus/Vicis offered.

“Good idea.”

The two rushed over. Plinius bent over, raising his hands to his mouth. “Gallus!”

Nonus/Vicis didn’t waste time. With a strong shove, he pushed Plinius down the shaft head first. The startled miner screeched, arms waving until his voice was silenced by a single crack.

“Plinius?” Gallus called from below. He was coming to investigate.

#

Gallus rushed across the sieve room. Startled by Plinus’s call, he woke from his nap. Quintus’s painkillers had left him groggy.

When he reached the bottom of the vertical tunnel his jaw dropped. Plinius was upside down, foot resting on one of the ladder’s rungs while his head bent to the side at an inhuman angle. The life had left the miner’s eyes. In shock, Gallus walked over to his friend’s body, laying him on his back.

He opened his mouth as if to say something, then closed it a second later. Gallus’s vision started to blur, his eyes wet.

“How?” he asked Plinius. “Why?”

Plinius wasn’t bright, but he was careful. Could he have slipped and fallen? As if by instinct, Gallus looked up the vertical tunnel to get a glimpse of any rational reason for his friend’s sudden demise.

Before Gallus had time to process what he saw, it was too late. Bent over the lip of the tunnel, Nonus stared down at him, a cruel smile stretched across his face, the pulley’s bucket in his hand. The bucket dropped, crashing into Gallus’s head.

The lanterns lining the walls appeared dimmer to Gallus at that moment. They flickered with the intensity they normally had, but the light was dull. The room grew darker–vision blurred–breathing slowed–someone was laughing–tired–eyes heavy–nothing.

#

Quintus pushed the table against the door, piling on chairs, anything to keep it out.

There came a pounding at the door. “Come on Quintus, open up.” It was Nonus’s voice, but Quintus knew better than to think it was the priest. There had been screams, loud noises, conflict.

“Stay back. The others will–”

“There are no others, Quintus,” Nonus said. “It’s just you and me now.”

Quintus shook all over. He wasn’t a soldier. He wasn’t ashamed of his fear as it washed over him. The thing outside had every intention of killing him, or worse. Fear was rational.

“Very well, Quintus. If you won’t let me in, I’ll get creative.”

Quintus heard Nonus’s footsteps moving down the corridor. He was tempted to feel safe, but knew better. The creature would come back and if Quintus wasn’t ready, he’d die.

The wizard scanned the laboratory, hand shaking as he stroked his beard. There were many chemicals and reagents at his disposal, but what would work? His eyes spotted the open book on the table. The poem spoke of weapons against the Vicis; Frost and snake heads. Quintus didn’t know how snake heads played a role, but frost seemed straight forward; His Chill Bone potion certainly had an effect. The question was how to use frost as a weapon.

The answer was there. It was what separated a wizard from an ordinary alchemist. Magic. Real Magic. Quintus pulled a jar of mage-essence from the shelf. He dumped a healthy portion into the mortar.

As he worked, the implications registered in his mind. Magic didn’t come cheap. A wizard paid for it with his spirit. Sacrifice was required. And, at his age, he may only have so much to give. He grabbed frost-stone from a bowl and added them to the mortar.

A heavy object slammed into the door, causing Quintus to jump. Another slam. Wood splintered. The monster had an ax.

“You should’ve played nice, Quintus,” Nonus shouted. “I would’ve made it quick, but now I’m not so sure. Perhaps you’ll make an excellent vessel.” The ax slammed again, forming a small breach. It wouldn’t be long.

Quintus ground the frost-stone with the pestle. He snatched a large pinch of powdered-rage, adding it to the mix.

The ax broke through. A hole formed large enough to fit three fingers. Another swing sent splinters scattering onto the barricaded table.

“Almost there,” Quintus whispered. The frost-stone was close to a fine powder.

Nonus thrust a hand through the hole. His fingers traced down to the lock and turned it. The hand disappeared back through the hole.

Quintus dumped the powder into a beaker of water and stirred.

The table legs screeched across the stone floor as Nonus pushed. It was strong. A crack soon formed as the door opened little by little.

Quintus drank. The mix poured cold down through his body as if ice formed on his innards. Breath turned to vapor with each exhale.

The Vicis forced the door open enough to squeeze through. Nonus smiled. His steps were slow. He had all the time in the world. “I think I’ll make you a vessel after all. I promise you it’s an excruciating process.”

“Stay back,” warned Quintus, his body growing colder. He plucked a lantern from the wall and chucked it.

Nonus swatted, shattering the glass casing, its flaming contents splashed against the bookshelf. Old parchment from Quintus’s books ignited instantly. Fiery fingers lept from one area of the lab to the next, black smoke billowing up to the ceiling.

The monster’s strong hands reached out and grasped the sides of the wizard’s head.

Quintus sucked in a deep breath. It was now or never. Their faces inches apart, he exhaled, his breath freezing everything in its path. Crystals formed on the face of his enemy.

The Vicis screamed out in pain, falling back.

Quintus looked down at his hands. They were blue.

This was his moment. His moment to perform real Magic. His body somehow created an unnatural cold. A cold he could direct. But, how long he could keep it up, he didn’t know.

Quintus reached out. Waves of frost emanated from his fingertips, embracing the Vicis. It stumbled and fell. Each movement was slow, weak. There was fear on its face for the first time as it struggled to crawl from the room.

Quintus followed. He focused the blue light of cold onto the fleeing creature.

Nonus squeezed through the door on all fours. Quintus pushed passed, stepping between the Vicis and the ascending ladder.

“Back!” Quintus ordered, herding the imposter toward the mine’s vertical tunnel.

Quintus started to feel weak, the magic exacting its stiff price on his body. It could be minutes, maybe less.

“Back!” He pushed the cold forward. The air crackled as the corridor’s foodstuffs froze in its path.

Nonus let out a wounded screech before slithering down the vertical tunnel with Quintus close behind.

The Vicis

Albus stood at the center of the rebel dugout, sword drawn, scanning the dark interior as Rufus cowered outside.

“Nothing,” Albus said, staring at the bare table and empty watchman’s chair. “No bodies. No sign of struggle.”

“How can there be nothing?” asked Rufus. “They wouldn’t abandon their only outpost.”

“No they wouldn’t,” Albus muttered.

He walked over to the ladder. Complete darkness rested at the bottom.

“I’m Commander Albus of Caisus,” he shouted.

“Sir!” Rufus squeaked at his booming voice.

“I invoke a parlay,” Albus finished.

No answer.

“Nothing,” he said again. “We’ll have to go down and–”

“Sir!” Rufus shouted again.

Albus rushed out of the dugout. The recruit’s outstretched finger focused on a meandering line of dark smoke splitting the bright amber moon.

“That’s–” Albus said, putting the looking glass to his eye. “–my outpost.”

“Another fire?” Rufus asked.

A knot twisted at the base of Albus’s stomach. “We have to go.”

“What about the rebels?”

“If I had to guess–” Albus started running, shouting over his shoulder, “–they’re all dead.”

#

Albus raced across the desert. To gain speed, he’d discarded his helmet and armor a mile passed. Up ahead, the outpost-–his outpost–approached fast.

Albus glanced over his shoulder. A winded Rufus had started to fall behind.

“Move it!”

“I–I’m sorry, Sir,” Rufus yelled back, out of breath.

Albus cursed the soldier. Didn’t he know what was at stake?

“Just…don’t you dare stop running, Recruit.”

“Y–Ye–Yes, Sir.”

The knot in Albus’s stomach tightened as he approached the dugout. It was absent of lantern light. There were no alarm bells to signal his approach. A part of him hoped the watchman had simply fallen asleep, but another part–that knot in his stomach part, told him the Vicis was responsible.

Albus drew his sword and dropped the scabbard before ducking through the threshold. It was marginally darker inside the dugout, but enough light filtered through the lancets to create a silhouette of a man seated in the watchman’s chair. Small ears, large head, and broad shoulders–it was Otho. A dagger’s handle jutted from between his shoulder blades. Dead.

“Back!” Quintus’s voice floated up from deeper down.

Albus left Otho and descended. In a hurry, he poked his head in each of the rooms. Tatius’s door was still locked while Quintus’s had burnt down to the hinges along with everything else in the lab.

“Back I say!” Quintus shouted from further below.

Albus rushed down the mine’s vertical tunnel. The air around him grew cold enough to force a shiver.

At the bottom, Plinius and Gallus lay broken and motionless. Quintus was on the floor, head propped against the sieve apparatus. The wizard’s hand stretched out toward the tunnels as blue shimmers extended from his fingers. Ice coated the floor and walls in its path.

“Quintus,” Albus said.

Quintus turned his head. A once gray beard had turned stark white. The fleshy parts of his face had sunk against the skull, leaving behind a weak old man.

“Albus, thank The One you’re here,” said Quintus before he coughed. “I didn’t think I could hold on long enough.”

“I’m here now, Quintus,” Albus said as he took the wizard’s head in his hand, the knot in his stomach hardening with resolve. “Now tell me, where’s this Vicis and how do I kill it?”

“It’s not that easy,” Quintus’s voice softened as some of the light left his eyes. Albus had to crane his head to hear the rest. “Listen.” Quintus laid a hand on the commander’s arm. “It wants to infest and destroy the Empire, but can’t get there alone. It’s weakened by the cold. It wouldn’t make it across the mountains separating No Man’s Land from the rest of the Empire. Not without the caravan to ferry it there.”

“The caravan due in two days?”

Quintus nodded. “Frost and snake heads.”

Albus shook his head, confused.

“Weapons the Vicis dreads,” Quintus continued. “Frost is the cold that weakens it, but I don’t know about the snake heads.”

“I don’t understand–” Albus started to say, but stopped as Quintus’s eyes slid shut. The cold vapors of his breath were gone. He was dead.

“Troublesome people, wizards,” Albus’s voice emerged from the dark mine tunnel on the right.

Albus looked up, questioning if he’d actually heard it.

From the shadows, a man–matching Albus in every detail–walked out into the sieve room, sword in hand. The commander stared at his reflection. Neither of them wore armor as the real Albus had ditched his in the desert for speed.

Albus set Quintus’s head to the floor with care, removed the ruby ring from the wizard’s beard, and climbed to his feet. He slid the ring on the thumb of his sword hand. Quintus would be there in spirit as he plunged the blade in the monster’s chest. Justice would be served.

“Vicis,” The real Albus growled through gritted teeth, sword leveled at his enemy’s throat.

“Commander, I’m here and–” said Rufus, climbing down. He stopped at the sight of the two dead miners. His gaze moved to dead Quintus against the apparatus, then the commander and his double. “May The One protect me for my eyes deceive me.”

Albus/Vicis pointed his sword at the real Albus. “Stop the imposter, Rufus. He killed Otho and the others.”

The Decision

Rufus moved at the sound of Albus’s booming voice, prepared to attack the other.

“Stop,” ordered the other Albus. “This thing,” he pointed at his reflection, “once held the form of that wounded Imperial. It was responsible for the death of all those rebels and every one of our fellows here.”

Rufus stared at the two identical men. “You both look and speak the same,” he whined. “I’m sorry, Sir. I don’t know what to do.”

“Simple. Kill him,” An Albus said, again pointing his sword at the other commander. Rufus didn’t budge.

Rufus cursed himself for not having better sense. The real commander would know how to pick and he couldn’t exactly ask that man’s advice right now.

Forced to rely on his own faculties, Rufus scanned the two men. Both wore the uniform of an Imperial soldier, absent any implements of armor. Swords were standard issue. Identical down to the placement of every last hair, nothing separated them. Everything except…except for a ruby ring. On the thumb of one of the Albuses, it was Quintus’s ring.

How did that help? It certainly separated them at least. But, who was the real Albus? The ring could be loot from the imposter’s kill or it could have been for the commander’s strong sense of justice. To have Quintus there as he drove in the finishing blow. But, which was it?

“Curses, Recruit,” The Ringless-Albus spouted. “Your indecision is unacceptable. I gave you an order to kill this imposter. Now, kill him!”

Albus–with a ring–turned and stared at Rufus. “Every man has to make their own decisions. Time to be a man, Recruit. Make your decision and live with it, but most importantly…make a decision.”

Rufus scratched his cheek. There was only one person who ever tried to make him better despite his many failings.

Rufus raised his sword at his choice and said, “Surrender or be killed.”

“No!” Ringless-Albus screamed, raised his sword, and charged.

Rufus swung first. His blade was deflected and a sandal punched up into his gut, knocking him against the sieve apparatus.

A sword pierced the shoulder of Rufus’s chosen ally. That ringed-commander fell to the ground with a painful bellow.

Ringless-Albus charged Rufus. Strong hands wrapped around his throat, bending his back over the sieve’s wall with incredible force. Thumbs were pressing into his windpipe.

A roar broke through the strangling grunts of Rufus and his attacker. The Ringed-Albus, sword still in his shoulder, rushed in and embraced the man at Rufus’s throat. He lifted and dropped his double face-first against the brass mesh of the sieve.

“Pull the rope!” Ringed-Albus yelled.

Rufus did as he was told, throwing his weight down on the rope. The layers of brass mesh–sharp enough to cut stone–moved in opposing directions, shearing the face pressed against them.

Ringless-Albus let out a hideous screech as his face was removed layer by layer until, within seconds, only a bloodied stump remained above the chin. His body slid out from under Albus’s hand and crumpled to the ground.

Albus’s chuckle was dry. “Snake heads.”

“Sir?” Rufus asked, between breaths.

“Frost and snake heads,” Albus said, staring at Quintus’s ring on his thumb. “The wizard was there to the end, after all.” He looked up at Rufus. “How do you kill a snake, Recruit?”

Rufus scratched his head. The question felt like a trick. “Cut off its head?”

“Exactly,” Albus replied, looking down at the headless imposter at his feet.

The Inevitable

“With the rebel’s camp wiped clean,” Rufus said to Albus, “we’ll never have another moment of excitement out here.”

Albus nodded, never taking his eyes off the caravan as it grew smaller against the horizon. “May we be that lucky, Second.” Albus used the young soldier’s promoted rank.

Despite the dishonorable post in No Man’s Land, Albus had helped save the Empire from a dangerous enemy. It was enough to lighten his heart for the first time in five years. If he was left out in the desert for the remainder of his service, he knew he could be satisfied. Nothing could take away his final victory.

#

Tatius looked out through the barred window of his cell on wheels, the rear carriage of the caravan. He watched as the Imperial outpost disappeared against the desert terrain.

A sinister smile stretched across his face.

It would be at least a day before anyone found the mutilated corpse of the real Tatius tucked under the cot. The human’s chest had ripped open where Tatius-Vicis crawled out. And, by the time the vessel was discovered, Tatius–or Tacius/Vicis–would make a miraculous recovery from his heat madness. After the snow-laden mountains, the caravan’s soldiers would make excellent vessels themselves. From there, the Empire in all its haughty pride would crumble from within, a Vicis at its head.

  • Continue Reading
  • 1
  • 2
  • 3